| Building a Pretext to Wage War on Syria: Hidden Agenda Behind UN Security Council Resolution - Friday, October 28, 2011Ronda Hauben
Global Research
October 28, 2011 I – Introduction
On Tuesday, October 4, the UN Security Council announced it would take up a draft resolution on Syria. This meeting was to be an instance, when the lessons some Security Council members had drawn from the experience with the resolutions on Libya could be reflected in their action on a draft resolution against Syria. Several weeks earlier, journalists had been told that there were two different draft resolutions about Syria tabled at the Security Council. One draft resolution on Syria had been proposed by Russia and China. Russia and China said their resolution had been designed to encourage a peaceful process to help the Syrian government deal both with its stated desire for reforms and with the extremist violence against the Syrian government that was making such reform difficult. The other draft resolution was tabled by four of the European members of the Security Council – France, UK, Germany and Portugal. (1) This draft condemned the actions of the Syrian government. It did not oppose foreign intervention into Syria’s domestic affairs. The European draft called on all states to deny the Syrian government arms, but made no such call to deny weapons to the armed opposition. The European draft framed the problem as the Syrian government, similar to how Resolution 1973 framed the problem in Libya as being due to the government guided by Muammar Gaddafi. Coming to the stakeout area where the journalists were congregated, the four European Security Council members informed journalists that they had called for a vote on their resolution that evening at a meeting scheduled to start at 6 pm. II – The Security Council Vote on the European Draft Resolution
At 6:20 pm, the Nigerian Ambassador U. Joy Ogwu as the President of the Security Council for the month of October, opened the meeting.(2) Under Rule 37 of the Provisional Rules of Procedure of the Security Council, she invited the Syrian UN Ambassador Bashar Ja’afari to participate in the meeting.(3) The Security Council President called for a vote on the European draft resolution. No members spoke before the vote. There were nine votes in favor of the resolution, two votes opposed and four abstentions. Voting in favor of the draft resolution were Bosnia-Herzegovina, Colombia, France, Gabon, Germany, Nigeria, Portugal, the UK, and the US . Voting against were China and Russia. Abstaining were Brazil, India, Lebanon and South Africa. The ‘no’ votes by China and Russia, as permanent members of the Security Council, represented a double veto of the European draft resolution. The European draft resolution failed to pass. III – Comments by Nations Voting ‘No’ on the Resolution
What was different in this situation from the vote on Security Council Resolution 1973 about Libya, is that instead of the two permanent members Russia and China abstaining, as they had done on the Libyan resolution in March, this time they both voted ‘no’. Russian Federation UN Ambassador Vitaly Churkin explained his vote. He said that working with China, Russia had prepared a draft resolution which was supported by Brazil, India and South Africa. The fundamental philosophy of the draft resolution he had worked on, he explained, was to support a respect for the national sovereignty and territorial integrity of Syria, and the principle of non intervention in its internal affairs. These are key principles of the UN Charter. Such an effort, he argued, necessitated the need to refrain from confrontation. There should be no threats, ultimatums, or sanctions against the Syrian government. “The situation in Syria cannot be considered in the Council separately from the Libyan experience, “ Ambassador Churkin said. (Transcript, p. 4) He referred to the alarm expressed in the international community at NATO statements that Security Council resolutions on Libya provided a model for future actions by NATO. Churkin specifically pointed to how the language of Resolutions 1970 and 1973 on Libya was turned into its opposite by some members of the Council. The language calling for a quick cease fire, he said was turned into a full-fledged civil war. The provision of a no fly zone, he explained, “has morphed into the bombing of (Libyan) oil refineries, television stations and other civilian sites.”(Transcript, p. 4) The arms embargo was used as a pretext for a naval blockade affecting humanitarian goods. The call to prevent a tragedy in Benghazi led to a tragedy in Sirte and Bani Walid, observed the Ambassador. Though Churkin did not present a specific description of this tragedy, NATO bombing campaigns were being waged against civilians in Bani Walid and Sirte, even as the Council met. “These types of models should be excluded from global practices once and for all,” said Churkin. One of the reasons Churkin gave for voting against the European draft, was that those writing the resolution had refused to build in a prohibition against foreign intervention into the Syrian conflict. “Our proposals for wording on the non-acceptability of foreign intervention were not taken into account and, based on the well-known events in North Africa that can only put us on our guard,” Churkin told the Council. While the Russian Ambassador condemned Syrian government repression of non-violent demonstrations, he also pointed to the need to condemn the extremists’ violent actions against the Syrian government taken outside the law and aimed at gaining foreign sponsors for their actions. Churkin offered to continue to work on the Russian-Chinese draft resolution to support a process toward a peaceful resolution of the internal Syrian conflict. China’s UN Ambassador Li Baodong, explaining his own vote against the European draft resolution, called on all parties in Syria to avoid violence. Whether the Security Council takes further action on the question of Syria, he said, should depend on whether such action would facilitate the easing of tension in Syria, help to defuse differences through political dialogue , and contribute to the maintenance of peace and stability in the Middle East. Important for China was whether the Security Council’s efforts comply with the UN Charter and the principle of non-interference in the internal affairs of states, “which has a bearing upon the security and survival of developing countries, in particular small and medium sized countries,” Ambassador Li told the Security Council. China’s Ambassador reminded the Council that there were two draft resolutions, one of which China supported because “it advocates respect for the sovereignty of Syria and resolving the crisis through political dialogue.” The other draft, the one that was voted down, focused “solely on exerting pressure on Syria, even threatening to impose sanctions,” he explained. IV – Nations Abstaining Explain their Vote
The four nations that had abstained also spoke to the Council about the reasons for their votes. The Indian Ambassador, Hardeep Singh Puri, explained that states have an obligation “to respect the fundamental aspirations and respond to the grievances” of their people. (Transcript, p. 6) “At the same time,” he said, “states also have the obligation to protect their citizens from armed groups and militants.” Clarifying his concern, he said, “While the right of people to protest peacefully is to be respected, states cannot but take appropriate action when militant groups – heavily armed – resort to violence against State authority and infrastructure.” He saw the need for “the international community” to give “time and space for the Syrian government to implement far-reaching reform measures they have announced.” For this to happen, he proposed, it is necessary “that the opposition forces in Syria give up the path of armed insurrection and engage constructively with the authorities.” The Indian Ambassador cautioned that the international community should “not complicate the situation by threats of sanctions, regime change, et cetera.” Ambassador Basu Sagqu of South Africa explained his nation’s abstention. He observed, “We have seen recently that Security Council resolutions have been abused, and that their implementation has gone far beyond the mandate of what was intended.” (Transcript, p. 11) He questioned whether the plans of the European sponsors of the draft resolution were not part of “a hidden agenda aimed at once again instituting regime change which has been an objective clearly stated by some.” He referred to the rejection by the European Security Council members of “language that clearly excluded the possibility of military intervention in the resolution….” He proposed that, “the Security Council should proceed with caution on Syria lest we exacerbate an already volatile situation.” Lebanon’s Ambassador Nawwaf Salam said his country had abstained to defend Syria’s right to sovereignty and “the integrity of its people and land” and in protection of Syria’s unity and stability. (Transcript, p. 9) Explaining why her nation abstained from voting for the draft resolution, Ambassador Maria Luiza Ribeiro Viotti of Brazil said that the European draft resolution had been rushed to a vote rather than allowing the needed time to accommodate the serious concerns raised by members about it. (Transcript, p. 11-12) V – Votes of Nations Sponsoring the Draft Resolution
Explaining their votes in favor of the resolution, France, the UK, Germany and Portugal portrayed what is happening in Syria mainly as a movement for “freedom and democracy” essentially denying that there have been violent attacks against the Syrian government or foreign intervention which encourages these attacks. Their response to the concerns raised by Russia and China and other Council members was to dismiss the issues that they raised. The four European members brought their draft resolution to a vote without resolving the disagreements. While it is likely they had anticipated a veto, they claimed to be surprised at the results of the vote. UK Ambassador Sir Mark Lyall Grant maintained that their text “contained nothing that any member of this Council should have felt the need to oppose.” (Transcript, p. 7) VI – Other Council Members Voting in Favor Draft Resolution
The US Ambassador Susan Rice said that the US was “outraged” by the action of the Council.(Transcript, p.8 )The US offered no specific responses to concerns raised by other council members about the resolution, such as Ambassador Churkin’s concern about how the words of the Libyan resolution were turned into their opposites, or the South African concern that the draft European resolution on Syria would be used for actions far beyond any mandates intended by all members of the Council. Ambassador Rice merely said that the resolution against Syria was “not about military intervention” or about Libya. Nowhere in her comments was there any response to the problem other Council members raised about alleged foreign intervention, like that of Turkey and other States which are repeating with Syria the pattern of what NATO nations had done in the case of Libya. Colombia and Bosnia expressed their support for the resolution condemning the Syrian government. Gabon and Nigeria did not speak to explain why they voted in favor of the European resolution. VII – Syrian Comments to the Council
After all of the Council members who had asked to speak, had been given the floor, Syrian Ambassador Ja’afari was called on to present his comments to the Council. It is the usual Security Council practice to allow a UN member with a material interest in an issue being considered, to present its position, but only after a vote is taken. The Syrian Ambassador proposed that the reason the NATO countries are targeting his country for hostile action is not because of any humanitarian concerns. The basis for their hostile actions, he said, is “due to our independent political position which does not conform to the agendas of those capitals.” (Transcript, p. 12) Pointing to massacres and human rights violations by the US and other western nations in Vietnam, Laos, Cambodia, Algeria, many African countries, Iraq, Afghanistan and Libya, Ja’afari said he did not see how anyone could ignore these. The implication was that the nations bringing the draft resolution to the Council had a double standard about whose human rights violations they asked the Council to condemn. While he acknowledged the need and desire of the Syrian people and government for economic, political and social reforms, he denounced the misuse of such demands to try “to facilitate external opposition,” and to “pave the way for external intervention.” He proposed that, “encouraging the radical demands of the opposition in Syria to topple the government by force of arms, violence and terrorism amounts to a coup supported by outside powers….” (Transcript, p. 14) He argued that “the intervention of the Security Council in Syrian internal affairs further aggravates the situation and sends a message to extremists and terrorists – that their acts of deliberate sabotage and violence…are encouraged and supported by the Security Council.” (Transcript, p. 14) Concluding his comments, he expressed his appreciation to the States that had rejected what he characterized as abuse of the Council. “If we are optimistic about the Council,” he said, “it is because we continue to hear the voice of the wise echoing in the Chamber.” The Security Council meeting ended at 7:45 pm. VIII – Some Examples of Netizen Comments on the Resolution
While much of the mainstream Western media portrayed the October 4 Security Council meeting in the terms offered by the US and European members of the Council, several responses posted on the Internet demonstrated that there are many people who oppose the actions of the western members of the Security Council.(4) For example, in one response to media reports that Ambassador Rice said the US was “outraged” by the Russian and Chinese vetoes of the European draft resolution, one netizen asked, “Where is all the outrage over US and Europe’s cracking down on their protesters? Where is the UN resolution on all that?” A number of netizens applauded Russia and China for vetoing the European resolution against Syria. Some netizens wrote that Russia and China “should also have vetoed the Libyan resolution.” One netizen explained the view that “they (Russia and China) just allowed NATO to kill Libyans, and destroy the country so they can make big money in reconstruction contracts. “ A US netizen who expressed a similar view said, referring to the US President Obama, “So I guess our Nobel Peace Prize winner wants to spread more peace around the globe. He will have to do it Bush style without UN approval.” Another netizen said that such a veto a few months ago in the Libyan situation would have prevented the “now ongoing genocide and catastrophe that the US, France and so-called UK have brought the Libyan nation via NATO bombings and flagrant – shameless support of armed revolt. Perhaps there’s still a chance for the ‘United Nations’ to vindicate itself historically and salvage its long lost credibility and honorable standing.” Expressing a similar viewpoint, a netizen ended his comment, “If a ‘no-fly zone’ is interpreted by Obama and Sarkozy as 6 months of unlimited bombing (of Libya), how could China and Russia risk allowing any kind of resolution on another country.” IX – Conclusion
Comparing the October 4 Security Council meeting which rejected the hostile European draft resolution against Syria with the March 17 meeting approving Resolution 1973 against Libya, what stands out is that on October 4, some members of the Security Council acknowledged the violent actions of some of the internal opposition against the Syrian government. In March the Council had failed to acknowledge the armed insurrection against the Libyan government. One lesson that several members of the Council appear to have drawn from the Security Council action on Libya, was the need to avoid passing a vague or hostile resolution which could be abused by powerful nations as a pretext to carry out a hidden agenda of regime change. The opposition on the Security Council to the European draft demonstrated a determination to prevent a NATO type intervention against Syria, similar to that which had been carried out by the US, France, and the UK against Libya using NATO. The Libyan experience had shown that these powerful western governments would do as they wished using a Security Council resolution as a pretext and the Security Council had no means to stop such abuse of its resolutions. The UN Charter obligation of the Security Council is to work for the peaceful resolution of conflicts affecting peace and security in the international arena. The situation in Syria, as it was in Libya, is a domestic affair complicated by foreign intervention. The fact that many Libyan civilians have been and continued to be killed by NATO bombing missions in Libya as the Council considered a similar resolution against Syria, offered a grotesque backdrop to the fact that some NATO members who are members of the Security Council have continued to try to use the Security Council to claim legal authority for their clearly illegal attack on the sovereignty of UN member nations.(5) Netizen comments in response to western media reports in support of such illegal actions demonstrate a rejection by these netizens of the kind of action NATO has undertaken against Libya. The effort of NATO members of the Security Council to use the Libya resolution as a model to support their attack on Syria, was met by a double veto and four abstentions in the Security Council. It was also met by netizens posting articles and comments on the Internet to oppose NATO’s actions and to welcome the Russian and Chinese vetoes of the European draft resolution. Ronda Hauben has been a resident correspondent at the UN for the past 5 years covering the UN first for the English edition of OhmyNews International, and more recently as a blog columnist at taz.de . She is co-author of the book “Netizens: On the History and Impact of Usenet and the Internet.” Notes 1) S/2011/612, Security Council Draft Resolution (Not approved)
http://daccess-ods.un.org/TMP/8257293.10512543.html 2) Rule 37 of the “Provisional Rules of Procedure of the Security Council”
http://www.un.org/Docs/sc/scrules.htm
“Any Member of the United Nations which is not a member of the Security Council may be invited, as the result of a decision of the Security Council, to participate, without vote, in the discussion of any question brought before the Security Council when the Security Council considers that the interests of that Member are specially affected, or when a Member brings a matter to the attention of the Security Council in accordance with Article 35 (1) of the Charter.” 3) S/PV.6627, The Security Council Meeting of Oct 4, 2011. I refer to this UN document as “Transcript” in the text of the article. A url for the document at the UN website is:
http://daccess-dds-ny.un.org/doc/UNDOC/GEN/N11/529/74/PDF/N1152974.pdf?OpenElement 4) Comments in response to an article in the Washington Post.
http://www.washingtonpost.com/world/national-security/russia-china-block-syria-resolution-at-un/2011/10/04/gIQArCFBML_allComments.html#comments 5) See for example an excerpt from a talk given by John Pilger at the October 8, 2011 protest in Trafalga Square, UKhttp://mrzine.monthlyreview.org/2011/pilger101011.html
“(T)he United States, Britain, and France are bombing a city in Libya called Sirte. There are 100,000 people. Day and night, residential buildings, clinics, schools have been hit with fragmentation bombs and Hellfire missiles. . . .The media refer to Sirte as a true Gaddafi stronghold. The Channel 4 reporter in Libya describes the attacks as “cutting off the head of the snake.” For such heroic journalists, there are two types of humanity in war: there are worthy victims and unworthy victims. The people of Sirte are unworthy victims, and therefore they are expendable both as people and as news. In Iraq the people of Fallujah were also unworthy victims. American Marines, helped by the British, killed some 5,000 people there. . . . As Harold Pinter would say . . . none of it happened. It didn’t happen even as it was happening. It didn’t matter. . . . We’ve had ten years of such crimes that didn’t happen, that didn’t matter. . . . The war on Afghanistan was a fraud right from the beginning, just as the attack on Iraq was a fraud and the invasion of Libya is a fraud.” This article appears on my blog at taz.de. The url is: |
| Nearly a Third of ‘Occupy’ Protesters Advocate Violence - Tuesday, October 18, 2011Some demonstrators favor giving government power to enforce socialist system of wealth redistribution at gunpoint Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
Tuesday, October 18, 2011 Research conducted by polling firm PSB reveals that almost one third of the Occupy Wall Street protesters support using violence to enforce their ideas, which is somewhat disconcerting given the fact that many of the demonstrators also support concentrating that force into the hands of government to oversee a program of radical wealth redistribution at gunpoint. “On Oct. 10 and 11, Arielle Alter Confino, a senior researcher at my polling firm, interviewed nearly 200 protesters in New York’s Zuccotti Park. Our findings probably represent the first systematic random sample of Occupy Wall Street opinion,” writes pollster Douglas Schoen in the Wall Street Journal today. The interviews with the demonstrators revealed that “nearly one-third (31%) would support violence to advance their agenda.” In their hit song “Revolution,” which is being trumpeted by the Obama-supporting, George Soros-funded MoveOn.org group as an anthem for the demonstrators, the Beatles sung about the need for people to come together to change the world, but they made it very clear that violence and Communist rhetoric, which has unfortunately been adopted by many ‘Occupy’ adherents, was not the way to do it. However, as we have witnessed, this violence would not be used to bring in some ‘glorious’ grass roots revolution, the revolt of the “99 percent,” as the demonstrators have characterized themselves, it would in all likelihood be entrusted to government who would then abuse such power to use even more heavy-handed force than they already do. In the interview below, Adam Kokesh follows the “solution” many ‘Occupy’ protesters are advocating to its logical conclusion, the government being empowered to use violence against the American people to enforce “the public good”.
"The Public Good" = a gun to your head
The “public good” in this example, supported by the ‘Occupy’ protester interviewed, is an IRS agent putting a gun to the head of a citizen to enforce payment of taxes. The tone of this interview is very similar to Kokesh’s earlier videos which betrayed the fact that many of the OWS protesters would support giving the government totalitarian power to use force against those who disagree with using top-down socialism to redistribute wealth. PSB’s figures show that almost half of the ‘Occupy’ demonstrators will vote for Obama in 2012. Given the fact that these tyrannical, statist and overwhelmingly hypocritical “solutions,” which are embraced by a sizeable chunk of the ‘Occupy’ demonstrators, are now coming to dominate the sentiment of the protesters with increasing regularity, it’s unsurprising that the likes of Wall Street-puppet Barack Obama, Ben Bernanke, and now the government of North Korea, which enjoys putting dissidents in concentration camps, have thrown their weight behind the ‘Occupy’ movement. While there are undoubtedly many thousands of protesters who do not share these beliefs, the obvious subversion of the ‘Occupy’ movement to the point where it has now become a rallying cry to end capitalism completely and replace it with something much worse – top down, violently enforced socialism – is a frightening prospect given that it has now elicited the support of the President of the United States along with numerous prominent members of his administration. Confused ‘Occupy’ DC Protesters Want to Reward Obama with Re-electionOccupy Houston protesters converge on City HallJP Morgan Funded NYPD Mass Arrests Over 700 Peaceful Occupy Wall Street ProtestersOccupy Wall Street protesters arrested on Brooklyn BridgeOccupy Wall Street: NYPD accused of heavy-handed tacticsOccupy Wall Street Protesters Call For Totalitarian Government, Re-Election Of ObamaBreaking: Cops Arrest Large Number of Occupy Wall Street ProtestersOne Million Protesters To Occupy Wall StreetOccupy Wall Street more popular than ObamaOccupy Wall Street Protests Sprout 928 Offshoots On Meetup.com OvernightBritish police begin kettling protesters as they arrive for Occupy LSX‘Occupy’ Forms Alliance With Obama Lobby Group |
| Crazed Marxist Accuses Tea Partier of Racism & Violence, Then Gets Racist and Violent - Wednesday, October 12, 2011YouTube
October 12, 2011 In Portland, Oregon on October 10th, 2011, this unknown man attempted to crash a Tea Party gathering at Pioneer Square. Near the end of the video he attacks the videographer, attempting to steal the camera in the process (language warning).
read more ... |
| ‘Occupy’ Agitators Attempt to Ban First Amendment - Tuesday, October 11, 2011UPDATED NEWS on the Leftist Cult
Paul Joseph Watson | Foul-mouthed collectivists don’t want their creepy “consensus” meetings being filmed.
Foul-mouthed collectivists don’t want their creepy “consensus” meetings being filmed
Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
Tuesday, October 11, 2011 A new video from the ‘Occupy DC’ event in Washington betrays how leftist agitators are busy trying to drown out any message that doesn’t correlate with their collectivist “consensus,” as the First Amendment is sabotaged when a freelance journalist is blocked from filming a public protest. It seems as though some of the agitators who have latched on to the ‘Occupy’ movement are only happy with people expressing their First Amendment right if the participant completely agrees with their point of view.
“Free-thinking individuals do not engage in this kind of behavior! If I had witnessed this in person, I would have shouted out, “You are all zombies!” at which point I’m sure I would probably need my zombie defender flamethrower to roast the mindless masses as they tried to swarm over me with their “one mind” attack.” It is now clear that statist agitators and leftist lobby groups with direct ties to the Democratic Party and the Obama administration are busy trying to co-opt the Occupy Wall Street movement and anoint themselves as leaders of this so-called “leaderless” resistance. That’s why agitators from MoveOn.org and other establishment-backed groups are deliberately trying to ostracize any activists who deviate from the collective borg hive and attempt to educate OWS protesters about the Federal Reserve, Ron Paul, or anything that actually poses a threat to the real epicenter of economic corruption. Many of the genuine ‘Occupy’ demonstrators who started the movement are expressing their frustration about this tactic of subversion on the official Occupy Wall Street website. Our own reporters and colleagues have also witnessed how the establishment left is trying to co-opt the demonstrations. Infowars reporter Derrin McBreen’s son, Kelen McBreen, encountered collectivists who had assumed leadership roles at the Occupy Austin event who told him that “Ron Paul signs are not welcome here,” after he held up a sign advocating the sound money policies of the Texan Congressman. These same individuals then ludicrously claimed that the Tea Party was attempting to infiltrate the ‘Occupy’ movement. Watch the clip below in which WeAreChange San Antonio activist Matthew Medina exposes how MoveOn.org have dispatched their agitators to divide the protesters on grounds of race and gender, while acting as thought police in attempting to ring-fence what ideas can and cannot be aired. Two foul-mouthed leftists attempt to block independent journalist Adam Kokesh from filming a public protest taking place in a public square, making inane arguments about the participants feeling threatened by appearing on camera, despite the fact that they are demonstrating in the middle of America’s capital city. In reality, Kokesh’s previous videos, in which he documented how the protests were being misdirected by statist, Obama supporting hypocrites were the likely source of the agitators’ grievance with being filmed. It seems the two individuals in the clip are uncomfortable with the prospect of their message reaching a wider audience, which is bizarre to say it’s supposed to be part of a mass protest movement. The agitators didn’t want Kokesh filming their creepy “consensus” meeting, strange ritualistic get-togethers which have been characterized by cult-like chanting, weird hand signals and zombie-like collectivist mind control. As Mike Adams, who has studied linguistics and psychology, points out in his article today, “The whole point of this experience is to eliminate the individual mind and train everyone to think, and say, and do exactly what they are told to do by a “leaderless leader” who is really a mind control manipulator.”
Mike Adams | Sadly, OWS Atlanta protesters’ minds have been hijacked using dangerous, collectivist ‘group think’ methods
Mike Adams
Natural News
October 11, 2011 Occupy Wall Street protesters are undergoing collectivist zombie training in Atlanta, where a large group was caught on film engaging in a weird sort of “one voice” hypnotic chanting ritual that characterizes the key principles of both Communism and Socialism. Watch the video at:
http://naturalnews.tv/v.asp?v=8B371… Having an extensive background in studying linguistics and human psychology, I recognize mass hypnosis when I see it. The mind-numbing call-and-return vocalizations captured in this video reflect the same kind of mind control techniques used in cults, sporting events and even some church revival events. The whole point of this experience is the individual mind and train everyone to think, and say, and do exactly what they are told to do by a “leaderless leader” who is really a mind control manipulator. Bending the will of the masses Watch this video. What you’re seeing is classic mind control, shrouded in the context of a public protest. And yet these people are practicing the very same thing they claim to be protesting! What is that? Thecentralization of power in America. That’s the whole problem with Wall Street, and Congress, and the mega corporations — they allconcentrate powerin the hands of the few while everyone else just follows along and does what they’re told. This is a perfectly reflection of this hypnosis “zombie training” ritual at which one person holding the loudspeaker utters one verbal command after another as each one is repeateden masseby the crowd of clueless followers. That’s much like the relationship between the Federal Reserve and U.S. bank account holders. Free-thinking individuals do not engage in this kind of behavior!If I had witnessed this in person, I would have shouted out, “You are all zombies!” at which point I’m sure I would probably need my zombie defender flamethrower to roast the mindless masses as they tried to swarm over me with their “one mind” attack. Watch this video and see for yourself. This is some really weird collectivist mind control stuff that should make you absolutely shudder:
http://naturalnews.tv/v.asp?v=8B371… Now, I don’t have anything against a group of peaceful meditators who want to sit in a drum circle somewhere and pray for world peace. I’ve been part of plenty of that myself, and it’s a valuable exercise in positive intention. But when it comes down torestructuring society, you’ve got to engage the individual creative minds of intelligent men and woman who can debate ideas from a position of individual sovereignty, not some sort of collective hive mind engaging in weird zombie chants.Here’s a taste of how the hypnotic trance ritual unfolded in Atlanta. Keep in mind the “leader” is on a loudspeaker so that his voice drowns out everyone else’s, even though he claims that everyone should be equally heard… A brief transcript of Atlanta Zombie protesters Leader:We have someone here… Zombies:We have someone here… Leader:Who would like to address the assembly. Zombies:Who would like to address the assembly. Leader:That person… Zombies:That person… Leader:is Congressman… Zombies:is Congressman… Leader:John Lewis. Zombies:John Lewis. At this point, the crowd erupts into spontaneous applause for Rep. John Lewis. But the zombie leader feels this spontaneous action on the part of the crowd is some sort of violation of the groupthink, so he proceeds to instruct people that they should feel bad about applauding, because the sound of their applause might have been so loud that someone who was trying to speak could not be hard. (Bizarre zombie logic? Because this zombie leader is blaring his voice over a loudspeaker…) Leader:How do we feel… Zombies:How do we feel… Leader:with hand signs please. Zombies:with hand signs please. Leader:Let me take a moment… Zombies:Let me take a moment… Leader:to explain why… Zombies:to explain why… Leader:we use hand signs. Zombies:we use hand signs. Leader:Clapping… Zombies:Clapping… Leader:can prevent someone else… Zombies:can prevent someone else… Leader:who is addressing the assembly… Zombies:who is addressing the assembly… Leader:from being heard. Zombies:from being heard. Leader:We want everyone’s voice… Zombies:We want everyone’s voice… Leader:to be heard. Zombies:to be heard. Leader:To signal approval… Zombies:To signal approval… Leader:wave your hands or your fingers… Zombies:wave your hands or your fingers… Leader:or do a thumbs up. Zombies:or do a thumbs up. Leader:That way… Zombies:That way… Leader:We can hear each other. Zombies:We can hear each other. At one point, a female audience member is allows to stand and explain her own weird “we are all the same” philosophy of why the group should allow Rep. John Lewis to speak: Woman:Allowing Senator Lewis to speak… (she thinks he’s a Senator, apparently) Zombies:Allowing Senator Lewis to speak… Woman:does not make him a better human being. Zombies:does not make him a better human being. Woman:it just says… Zombies:it just says… Woman:that we respect the work he’s done… Zombies:that we respect the work he’s done… Woman:and we respect the position he holds… Zombies:and we respect the position he holds… Woman:in the government we want to change. Zombies:in the government we want to change. Woman:People like John Lewis… Zombies:People like John Lewis… Woman:has just as much right… Zombies:has just as much right… Woman:to be part of the change… Zombies:to be part of the change… Woman:as to be part of the problem. Zombies:as to be part of the problem. After this woman finishes speaking, large numbers of other people in the zombie crowd raise their hands as if they want to speak. They are waving their arms and hands like a bunch of kindergarteners who are asking for permission to go to the bathroom. Seriously, these are a bunch of adults acting with an elementary school mentality combined with a weird hypnotic role playing trance where they all believe they are contributing to a collective hive of some sort. Ultimately, after what seems like endless rounds of ridiculous vocalizing about whether Rep. John Lewis should be “allowed” to speak or not, they diss the man and “decide” that he shouldn’t speak at all! So this man, who was already voted into office as a representative of the People, is not allowed to address the People? Even when the zombie leader on the loudspeaker says “everyone” should be heard? I mean, hey, I probably disagree with Rep. John Lewis on just about everything he says, but I still support his right to speak in public as a representative of the people who elected him! Who are these brain-numbed zombie masses to prevent a member of Congress from saying a few words? Why collectivism is so dangerous Watching all this gives me the willies! This is a prime example of “the madness of crowds” and the dangerous collectivist mindset that deludes these people into thinking whatever they do is for “the common good.” Total Marxism is alive and well in Atlanta, it seems, and it’s led by a bunch of do-gooder trance-inducers who somehow manage to attract a group of willing followers who just can’t wait to be told what to say and think. They’re even commanded to use hand signs instead of applause. These are the kind of people who destroy societies. Well, them and the criminal banksters who run Wall Street, too. On that point, the zombies are right that the banksters are crooks. But you don’t solve these problems by replacing one delusion with another. The only path to true freedom is found in protecting individual liberty which necessarily involves protecting the individual right to speak your mind without seeking permission from some kind of weird collectivistgroupthink. The whole point of free individuals having both their First Amendment and Second Amendment rights is that each person is their own sovereign citizen who has the right, and the power, to exercise freedom, protect the innocent, seek justice and stand as a bastion of strength and individual liberty against a sea of conformist, brainwashed masses whether they be tyrannical governments or mind-numbed zombies. The whole point of having a Second Amendment, of course, is so that we canprotect ourselves from zombies and tyrantswho attempt to overrun nations with disturbing regularity. The Second Amendment is what protects the First Amendment, because if the People didn’t have the ability to shoot back, they would very quickly lose their right to speak out. It’s not the collapse that you should be worried about, it’s the rebuilding of society that comes after All this reminds me to remind you that once the collapse of America is in full swing, NaturalNews will put out a call for patriots and lovers of liberty to take action and interject yourself into the discussions of how we rebuild society. The danger — the great danger in all this — is that after the collapse of our current system, the collectivist zombies will take control and we will end up with something far, far worse than the crony capitalism we have today. If you thought George Bush and his secret prisons were bad, just imagine Nancy Pelosi leading a national zombie chant, declaring that anyone earning over $125,000 a year should have their wealth confiscated; that Free Speech is now subject to government approval; that everyone except the government should be completely disarmed; and that individual liberty must be sacrificed for the “common good of the People.” These are all code words for outright government tyranny. Remember: Just because our current system is headed for collapse doesn’t mean we’re automatically going to get something better in its place. If we want a truly free and just society,we will have to fight for it. We will need the Jeffersonians, the Ron Paul supporters, the liberty lovers and the freedom fighters to take decisive action in making sure our “Next Society” doesn’t end up becoming some sort of weird collectivist cult led by people like Michael Moore. Just because the People are pissed off doesn’t mean they understand the principles of liberty and economic growth. Many protesters, remember, actually believe thatgovernments create jobs! (Hilarious). And that everybody can just be given free health care, free educations, free rent, and free everything under a nanny state system where the government controls everything they do. While I agree that education should be provided by one generation for the benefit of the next (in other words, all education is free when you’re young, but you pay it forward to the next generation), I also understand that the key to economic growth isreducing government burdens on small businesses– especially in the realm of health care. We’ve got to get government out of the way and let America’s great entrepreneurs create jobs and create wealth. That only happens when liberty is assured; when power is decentralized; and when regulatory burdens are minimized to cover only the really important things like preventing corporations from dumping toxic chemicals into the rivers and so on. Most ideas about how to run society are bad ideas People have all sorts of weird ideas about how to run societies, but history has shown us that most of them are ill-conceived. Furthermore, tyranny always comes out of good intentions, so it’s not enough to just “intend” to create a utopian society. It comes down to HOW you structure it. What Jefferson and America’s founding fathers understood is that all power tends to become concentrated over time in the hands of the few. Thus, the Declaration of Independence — and later the Bill of Rights — were all written todecentralize powerby placing it in the hands of sovereign citizens from which government was granted its power toprotect the rights of the People. The power of government stems solely from the power of the People who conditionally grant such power to the government. This is the polar opposite of what collectivists believe: They think that power begins with a central authority and then it is distributed to the obedient masses from there. That’s why so many OWS protesters are still calling for big government to solve all their problems… they still believe government rules over them and therefore has the authority to fix everything! Watch my increasingly popular video “Freetopia” to get a better understanding of all this:
http://naturalnews.tv/v.asp?v=16899… Beware of collectivism Only through the interaction of individual thought — brought forth by free men and women — can we truly achieve a brighter future. Those who try to sell you (or hypnotize you) to believe in socialism, communism, Marxism or other “groupthink” solutions are terribly misled and have failed to read (or understand) history. Liberty is the only path to lasting freedom and economic abundance. End the Fed! Bring the money supply back to the People:
http://endthefedusa.ning.com/ Support States’ rights! The Tenth Amendment helps halt the federal takeover of local laws:
http://www.TenthAmendmentCenter.com Support Ron Paul! He’s the only candidate who understands freedom and is willing to protect it:
http://www.RonPaul2012.com Join the protests! Let your voice be heard as a pro-freedom, pro-Ron Paul liberty defender who believes in food freedom (raw milk), farm freedom (hemp farming), medical freedom (medicinal herbs), economic freedom (honest money) and individual freedom (Bill of Rights). Carry the signs, shoot videos and upload them to NaturalNews.TV if you wish. This is how we achieve real, lasting change — by starting with justshowing upand making sure the protests aren’t dominated by a bunch of collectivist zombies who utterly fail to understand what freedom really means. Repeat after me: Freedom is… You:Freedom is… Me:…when you don’t do… You:…when you don’t do… Me:…what somebody tells you to do… You:…what somebody tells you to do… Me:…just because they claim false authority over you. You:…just because they claim false authority over you. There, doesn’t that feel better? Think for yourself! And beware of zombies.
read more ... |
| Considered ‘untouchable’ because of his celebrity socialite clientele, the self-styled Lord was sent - Thursday, October 06, 2011Daily Mail
October 6, 2011 A self-styled lord who led the lifestyle of an international playboy and friend to the stars was yesterday unmasked as the ‘ringmaster’ of a £4.5million global fraud. Edward Davenport charmed the rich and famous, with Kate Moss and Princes William and Harry among the guests of raucous parties at his £30million mansion. ‘Lord Davenport’, 45, whose nickname was Fast Eddie, was jailed for seven years and eight months in September for conning 51 victims, including Princess Diana’s wedding dress designer Elizabeth Emanuel, who lost her life savings. Davenport cashed in on the credit crunch by offering bogus start-up loans to entrepreneurs desperate for cash. Victims were promised millions of pounds of credit, but were asked to pay for ‘due diligence’ investigations into their companies before they could have the loan. Davenport and his lieutenants, Peter Riley, 64, and Borge Andersen, 66, pocketed £4.5million in deposits and advance fees but never paid out the promised £2billion in loans to entrepreneurs from as far afield as India, Canada and Dubai. Read full report here |
| USDA threatens $60,000 fine, federal raid against woman in legal possession of indoor lemon tree - Monday, October 03, 2011The USDA are now spying on people whom they suspect are in possession of ordinary lemon trees Ethan A. Huff
Natural News
Oct 3, 2011 The US government’s assault against innocent American citizens continues to get more aggressive and just plain strange, with new reports of harassment against honest owners of ordinary lemon trees.Health Freedom Alliance(HFA) reports that officials from the US Department of Agriculture (USDA) are now spying on people whom they suspect are in possession of ordinary lemon trees, and threatening them with excessive fines and even federal raids if they refuse to surrender the plants on demand. Several years ago, Bridget Donovan, who has now been dubbed “The Lemon Tree Lady,” purchased a Meyer lemon tree from meyerlemontree.com. A resident of Wisconsin, Donovan purchased the tree legally and in full accordance with all federal and state laws regulating citrus transport, and had lovingly cultivated and cared for her indoor citrus plant for nearly three years. Then, out of nowhere, Donovan received an unexpected letter from the USDA informing her that government officials were going to come and seize her tree and destroy it — and that she was not going to be compensated for her loss. The letter also threatened that if Donovan was found to be in possession of “regulated citrus” again, she could be fined up to $60,000. Donovan was shocked, to say the least, as her tree was not a “regulated citrus.” The store from which she purchased it is fully legitimate, and she had done absolutely nothing wrong. But it turns out Donovan and many others who had also purchased similar citrus plants had faced, or were currently facing, the very same threats made against them by the USDA. Most of those targeted simply surrendered their trees without trying to fight back, Donovan discovered. And while she, herself put up a hefty fight in trying to get honest answers in order to keep her tree, Donovan was eventually forced to surrender it as well. And worst of all, many of those who were told that a replacement tree would be in “compliance” later had those trees confiscated, too. Why has the USDA been targeting lemon tree owners? The answer is unclear, other than that they are a supposed threat to the citrus industry. And a USDA official admitted to Donovan that the agency has been spying on those suspected of owning lemon trees, and targeting all found to be in possession with threats of fines and raids if they failed to give them up — and the agency has been doing this without a valid warrant. “I felt utterly violated, angry, and upset,” Donovan is quoted as saying by HFA. “I pay my taxes, I obey the law, and this is how I was treated? I did nothing wrong. I would expect these action (sic) toward someone running a drug house, not someone who owned a lemon tree.” Be sure to read Donovan’s entire shocking story here. read more ... |
| 12 Signs That Americans Who Love Liberty And Freedom Should Watch Their Backs - Sunday, October 02, 2011The American Dream
Oct 1, 2011  Do you love liberty and freedom? If so, you better watch your back. The control freaks that run our society are stripping away our liberties and freedoms a little bit more each day, and lately they seem to be particularly focused on coming after those that are not “integrating” into the system. Just like the rest of the western world, America is being transformed into a “Big Brother” police state control grid. Nearly everything that you do is being watched and monitored. A whole host of organizations know that you are on this website right now. If you want to go to an NFL game next weekend, there is a good chance that you will be on the receiving end of an “enhanced pat-down” and if you are producing raw milk on your farm there is a good chance that the feds will show up for a pre-dawn raid on your property. In many areas of the country, the government forces us to shoot our kids full of vaccines and implant dangerous microchips in our pets. Virtually wherever we go there is a camera that is watching us or there are other Americans that are evaluating whether or not we are engaged in “suspicious activity” that needs to be reported to the government. Once upon a time, America was all about liberty and freedom, but today our nation is undergoing a radical cultural shift. America is being “locked down”, and those who love liberty and freedom should watch their backs. Once upon a time, our founders thought that they were guaranteeing our freedoms by adding a Bill of Rights to the Constitution. But today there are a lot of freedoms that we simply do not have any longer. In America today, you do not have the right to say whatever you want. If you say the wrong thing on a blog or a website it can have dramatic consequences. In America today, you do not have the right to do raise your own children as you see fit. In America today, you do not have the right to grow whatever food you want and you do not have the right to eat whatever food you do grow. In America today, you do not have the right to be free from unreasonable search and seizure. In America today, you do not have a right to privacy. In fact, you should expect that everything that you do is watched, tracked, monitored and recorded. If you doubt any of the statements above, just check out the examples posted below. The following are 12 signs that Americans who love liberty and freedom should watch their backs…. #1 A 55-year-old man in Arizona was recently ordered to turn in all his guns because of things that he wrote on his blog. Fortunately, after WorldNetDaily covered the story there was an outpouring of outrage and the order was overturned, but what would have happened if WorldNetDaily had not covered the story? #2 According to Mike Adams of Natural News, the CDC is starting to call parents all over the nation to question them about the vaccination status of their children…. The U.S. Centers for Disease Control, which has been comprehensively exposed as a vaccine propaganda organization promoting the interests of drug companies, is now engaged in a household surveillance program that involves calling U.S. households and intimidating parents into producing child immunization records. As part of what it deems a National Immunization Survey(NIS), the CDC is sending letters to U.S. households, alerting them that they will be called by “NORC at the University of Chicago” and that households should “have your child’s immunization records handy when answering our questions.”
You can see a copy of the letter that the CDC is sending out to selected parentsright here. #3 According to blogger Alexander Higgins, students in kindergarten and the 1st grade in the state of New Jersey are now required by law to participate “in monthly anti-terrorism drills”. The following is an excerpt from a letter that he recently received from the school where his child attends…. Each month a school must conduct one fire drill and one security drill which may be a lockdown, bomb threat, evacuation, active shooter, or shelter-in place drill. All schools are now required by law to implement this procedure.
So who in the world ever decided that it would be a good idea for 1st grade students to endure “lockdown” and “active shooter” drills? To get an idea of what these kinds of drills are like, just check out this video. #4 According to licensed private investigator Angela V. Woodhull, hospitals are increasingly using “guardianship” to strip elderly Americans of their liberty and to rapidly drain their bank accounts. The following is one story that Woodhull included in a recent article…. Ginger Franklin, Hendersonville, Tennessee, fell down the stairs in her condo and suffered a bump on her head. She was declared “temporarily mentally incapacitated” and a guardian was appointed through the courts. Within six weeks, the guardian had sold Franklin’s home, car, furniture, and drained her bank account. Today, Franklin has her freedom back, but she is having to start all over.
#5 In a sign of just how far individual liberty in the United States has declined, a judge in Wisconsin has actually ruled that citizens do not have a right to grow and eat whatever foods they want to. The following is a short excerpt from his recent decision…. 1) no, Plaintiffs do not have a fundamental right to own and use a dairy cow or a dairy herd; 2) no, Plaintiffs do not have a fundamental right to consume the milk from their own cow; 3) no, Plaintiffs do not have a fundamental right to board their cow at the farm of a farmer; 4) no, the Zinniker Plaintiffs’ private contract does not fall outside the scope of the State’s police power; 5) no, Plaintiffs do not have a fundamental right to produce and consume foods of their choice;
#6 The freedom to raise our pets as we want to is also being greatly curtailed in many areas of the country. For example, a new law in St. Louis would require nearly all dogs and cats to be sterilized and microchipped…. Board Bill 107 would require all pet owners to spay or neuter their dogs and cats and microchip them for identification. Those who don’t want to sterilize their pets would be assessed a fee of $200 per year.
Will the control freaks that run things want to start sterilizing and microchipping humans someday? #7 Whenever any politician suggests that we should “suspend elections”, that should be a major red flag. North Carolina Governor Bev Perdue recently made national headlines when she made the following statement…. “I think we ought to suspend, perhaps, elections for Congress for two years and just tell them we won’t hold it against them, whatever decisions they make, to just let them help this country recover“
#8 As I wrote about recently, many NFL teams are now performing “enhanced pat-downs” of fans before they enter the stadiums. In Green Bay, the Packers are using hand-held metal detectors on fans before they are allowed to enter Lambeau field. What is next? Will they soon insist that we all undergo full body cavity searches before we are permitted to attend the games? #9 Many Americans have complained about the horrible treatment that they are receiving at U.S. airports, but now the TSA is bringing their brand of “security” to many other locations throughout America as well. TSA “VIPR teams” now conduct approximately 8,000 “unannounced security screenings” a year at subway stations, bus terminals, ports and highway rest stops. #10 Many of our public schools are now being run like prisons. In fact, in many areas of the country, little kids are being publicly arrested by police in their own classrooms and are being marched out of their schools in handcuffs. #11 If you think that anything that you do on the Internet is private, you should guess again. It has recently come out that Facebook continues to track most of the websites that you visit even after you have logged out of Facebook. In addition, law enforcement agencies all over the globe are increasingly viewing social media as a law enforcement tool. For example, the NYPD recently createda special “social media” unit dedicated to looking for criminals on Facebook and Twitter. Also, many large organizations are now setting us very sophisticated systems that keep track of what is being said about them online and who is saying it. For example, the new “Social Media Monitoring Solution” being developed by the Federal Reserve will identify “key bloggers” and monitor “billions of conversations” about the Fed on Facebook, Twitter, forums and blogs. #12 The U.S. government is ramping up efforts to have all of us watch one another and to report any sign of “suspicious activity” to them immediately. But exactly what does “suspicious activity” entail? According to a shocking document obtained by Oath Keepers, the FBI has really broadened their definition of “suspicious activity”. According to the document, “suspicious activity” now includes…. -paying with cash -missing a hand or fingers -”strange odors” -making “extreme religious statements” -”radical theology” -purchasing weatherproofed ammunition or match containers -purchasing meals ready to eat -purchasing night vision devices, night flashlights or gas masks According to WorldNetDaily, this document is part of a “series of brochures” that will be distributed “to farm supply stores, gun shops, military surplus stores and even hotels and motels.” Our entire society is becoming extremely paranoid. The Department of Homeland Security is spending massive amounts of money and running tons of ads to promote the “See Something, Say Something” campaign. Apparently the Obama administration wants to turn the entire country into a vast network of government snitches. They spend billions upon billions of dollars watching all of us, and yet now they also want all of us to watch each other. It is not right. I don’t know about you, but I don’t want to end up living in a society that resembles the novel “1984″ by George Orwell. Sadly, the death of our civil liberties is very rarely mentioned by any of our politicians these days. Both major political parties seem to have fully embraced the growing national security apparatus that is starting to suffocate the life out of this country. Yes, we will always need security, but security measures should be implemented in such a way that they will never violate the liberty, freedom, honor or dignity of ordinary Americans. In a previous article, I wrote the following…. If those in charge of our security right now cannot protect us without compromising our liberty, freedom, honor and dignity then they need to immediately resign and allow someone else to do the job.
The Department of Homeland Security should be given a dual mandate. They must be charged with protecting us and they must be charged with protecting our liberty, freedom, honor and dignity at the same time. If those running the security apparatus in this country right now feel like they cannot do that, then they need to step aside and let someone else take over. The status quo is not acceptable. Right now, all law enforcement personnel in this country are trained to bark at us like dogs and to treat us like cattle. They are actually instructed to be mean and aggressive with us. From the first day of training, they are taught to treat us like dirt. Things were not always this way in America. Once upon a time there was a clear distinction between the United States and “evil” totalitarian regimes. Well, today we are becoming a little more “evil” and a little more “totalitarian” with each passing day. If you love liberty and freedom, you better watch your back. America and even Canada is changing, and not for the better. read more ... |
| British Corporation Mass Murdering Ugandans in UN Sanctioned Land Grab - Tuesday, September 27, 2011Tony Cartalucci | Beneath fraud, media spin, & UN stamps of approval, awaits an unfolding nightmare for the people of Africa and the world.
Prisonplanet.com
Sept 27, 2011 The New York Times recently reported in an article titled, “In Scramble for Land, Group Says, Company Pushed Ugandans Out,” that the British “New Forests Company” has evicted over 20,000 people from their land in Uganda to make way for tree plantations. Homes were burnt, people, including women and children, were brutalized and murdered during the long eviction process. However, the New York Times states that in this case “the government and the company said the settlers were illegal and evicted for a good cause: to protect the environment and help fight global warming.” 
The “group” the New York Times is referring to is Oxfam, which published a report titled, “The New Forests Company and its Uganda plantations,” detailing the activities of New Forests in Uganda and the evictions the New York Times gingerly describes in its article. Who is The New Forests Company? Meet “New Forests,” a UK-based firm that claims to be a “sustainable and socially responsible forestry company with established, rapidly growing plantations and the prospect of a diversified product base for local and regional export markets which will deliver both attractive returns to investors and significant social and environmental benefits.” Their corporate website is not short of the color green, nor of African people smiling and prospering, so apparently, we are left to believe, New Forests has made good on their mission statement. 
Image: Taken from New Forests’ website, they proudly display the swath of destruction their company is responsible for, of course, instead of depicting the displacements, murders, and thuggery they are committing against the people of Africa, they place images of thriving trees.
….
Meet Robert Deveruex, chairman of New Forests, one of the founding shareholders of The Virgin Group and former chairman of Soho House Group. He has spent a great deal of time and energy making what his corporation is doing in Africa appear to have a philanthropic spin. In an August 2010 Guardian article titled, “Robert Devereux donates £4m of art collection to set up African charity,” Devereux claims of his New Forests company that it “has a huge community development programme. It’s not philanthropy. We go to the community and we say, ‘We want to co-invest with you. If you provide what labour and materials you can, we’ll provide money for things that you can’t get.’” Devereux, however, never mentioned what happens if the community says, “no thanks.” 
Photo: Robert Devereux, a long time investor, a long time con-artist spinning his company’s despoiling of Africa as some sort of cutting-edge investment strategy that makes money and “helps” people. Even as Devereux made his disingenuous statements in 2010 regarding New Forests, the villagers in Uganda he was “helping” had already filed a court case a year earlier protesting the British company’s encroachment on their land.
…
Meet New Forests executive director and CEO Julian Ozanne, who previously worked for the Financial Times, advised US and European investment banks on business and political risk in Africa and worked for the global corporate-fascists nexus, the World Economic Forum. Also serving as a New Forest director is Jonathan Aisbitt, chairman of the investment firm, The Man Group, and previously a partner and managing director at the now notorious Goldman Sachs. There is also Avril Stassen, who is not only a director at New Forests but is also currently a principal at Agri-Vie Investment Advisers, which claims to be “focused on food and agribusiness in Sub-Sahara Africa with a mission to generate an above average investment return, as well as demonstrable socio-economic development impacts through its equity investments in food and agribusinesses.” In other words, buying up land in African nations people depend on to live, to instead broaden foreign investors’ portfolios and profits, all under the cover of feel good rhetoric and pictures of smiling Africans pasted all over their website and annual reports. A good website that seems to be keeping watch on Agri-Vie isFarmlandgrab.org, which in one short URL explains exactly the game Agri-Vie is playing. And finally, meet Sajjad Sabur, also a director at New Forests, as well as a managing director at HSBC, heading the mega-bank’s “Principal Investments Africa” branch which targets African businesses with management buyouts, growth capital and recapitalization “opportunities.” Sabur’s HSBC invesment arm has actually invested in New Forests. Quite clearly, this looks more like the profile of a Wall Street-London corporate-fascist hit team than anything at all involving humanitarian, environmental, or social concerns. And judging byOxfam’s report and the subsequent attempt by the New York Times to mitigate the gravity of what the largest banks in the world are doing to Africa, it seems like a corporate-fascist hit is just what is unfolding in Uganda at New Forests’ hands. Globalization is Modern Day Imperialism by Anglo-American Bankers Backtracking to New Forests’ mission statement, apparently “social responsibility” equates to murdering or displacing tens of thousands of Ugandans in their own nation, and “attractive returns” equates to the extraction and exportation of Ugandan resources for a corporation’s shareholders 4,000 miles away. What we are told is of significant “benefit” to society and the environment looks more like a textbook case of imperialism, perpetrated by British, surely new to being socially and environmentally responsible, but certainly not to imperialism nor gimmicks used to mask it behind noble causes. The New York Times reveals that the World Bank is also an investor in New Forests along with HSBC, and that the true nature of the scam goes beyond merely displacing tens of thousands to grow trees, but that the trees are being used for the purpose of selling contrived carbon credits, not even to provide tangible resources for economic activity. The New York Times also implicates the United Nations, which granted New Forests permission to “trade” with the Ugandan government regarding its 50-year lease to grow trees in the landlocked nation. The government of Uganda, led by President-for-life Yoweri Museveni for the last 25 years, was the result of a protracted civil war led by Museveni himself. After seizing power, he was immediately lauded by the West, embraced the World Bank and International Monetary Fund’s plans for restructuring his newly conquered nation, and has been running it as a dictator ever since. It is no surprise that Museveni is now selling his own people out, no doubt in exchange for his perpetual, unhindered rule, transiting a vast corporate media black hole enjoyed by regimes servile to Wall Street and London worldwide. The globalist New York Times has a long tradition of apologizing not just for Anglo-American bankers as they defile the planet, but defending their accomplices, Museveni apparently one of them. In a 1997 New York Times article titled, “Uganda Leader Stands Tall in New African Order,” Museveni is praised for his extraterritorial meddling throughout neighboring African states. The New York Times claims, “not only has Mr. Museveni resurrected his own impoverished nation from two decades of brutal dictatorship and near economic collapse, but he is also widely seen as the covert patron of rebel movements like the one that has just toppled Mobutu Sese Seko, the longtime dictator of Zaire.” The article then brushes off accusations that Museveni is dictator of a single party system of governance by providing Museveni’s own defense, that Uganda is pre-industrial and not ready for multiparty democracy. How resurrected Uganda is from poverty is a matter of debate, and certainly, the concept of poverty has taken on all new dimensions for over 20,000 Ugandans forced from their land by Anglo-American bankers and their willing accomplices in the Ugandan government. How Museveni plans on bringing Uganda past its “pre-industrial” state by handing over land to foreigners to grow trees on for the next 50 years, leaving his own people homeless, jobless, and destitute for an entire generation is also a profound mystery. What we are watching in Africa is the grotesque reality that is globalization peaking through the thick layer of lies, propaganda, spin, liberal ideologies, and imagery used to dupe the Western world, and increasingly many in the developing world. It is a reality that entails theft on a massive scale, human exploitation, mass-murder, collective punishment, and intimidation. For those that think Uganda is an isolated anomaly and are somehow able to dismiss the backgrounds of New Forests which represents an entire network designed specifically to exploit and strip mine all of Africa, one need look no further than Southeast Asia’s Cambodia. There, half way around the world from Uganda, another Western backed dictator-for-life, Hun Sen, has literally sold half his country to foreign investors, displacing hundreds of thousands at gunpoint in a nearly identical Wall Street-London land-grab. Globalization is a multi-billion dollar packaged update of the British Empire’s “spreading of civilization.” Designs of dominion and exploitation have historically always been accompanied by excuses seen as palatable for the masses who were expected to support and carry these designs to fruition for the ruling elite. While it is no longer fashionable to kill black and brown people while accusing them of being “savages,” it is still quite fashionable to consider them “undemocratic,” “backwards,” “overpopulating,” “terrorists,” and above all, “detriments to our environment.” At least, New Forests and New York Times seem to think so. Once again, the choice we the people have, upon learning of this, is to either detach in cowardice and apathy, or identify the corporations, banks, and institutions leading this “globalization,” expose them, boycott them, and ultimately replace them. Those of New Forests guilty of displacing, even murdering people simply for profit in a foreign nation, thousands of miles from their shores, don’t belong in business anymore. The darkest villains we face on earth today are not cave dwelling Islamic fundamentalists, Libyan colonels, or Americans selling sliver coins, instead, the most dangerous, degenerate, and detrimental members of the human race reside on Wall Street and in London’s financial institutions. read more ... |
| UNsafe New York - Sunday, September 25, 2011Becky Akers
LewRockwell.com
February 25, 2011 New York City was under siege this week. Decent folk cowered at home while two-bit thugs stalked our streets, guarding the self-important sociopaths invading Manhattan. Yep, the United Nations’ General Assembly met as always at this time of year, plotting to grab more power over the world, and the NYPD milked that for all the overtime it could get. 
Photo: Phillip Tellis. Were you to stroll around the skyscrapers in midtown, you’d assume you’re in occupied territory. Cops – phalanxes of them – clog every intersection, and movable, metal barricades fence off whole streets, confining New York’s disarmed populace to sidewalks as though we pose some sort of threat. Recall that many of the dictators bloviating at the UN have hundreds or thousands of rapes and murders, a war or two, torture and often even genocide to their credit, not to mention the usual plunder and theft. Yet Our Rulers fret about protecting them from us. And so cops bar traffic, both foot and vehicular, from whatever streets the sociopaths’ motorcades will curse. Because, yes, even the tinhorn tyrant from Dirtpooristan, where the annual per-capita income is $1.31, cruises town with his entourage lolling in limousines, plural. If you don’t live in densely populated Manhattan, you may not appreciate the havoc cops wreak when they close streets. New York’s traffic is the stuff of nightmares for good reason: street-space is as scarce as innovative bureaucrats. There are far more cars than inches of paved road, so taking even one artery out of commission snarls traffic for miles. Ditto for pedestrians. Manhattan is a walker’s paradise; you can live your entire life here and never own wheels because everything you need – and much that you don’t – lies within a few blocks of home. Even straphangers who ride the subways to work each morning still walk from their apartment to the station and, on the other end, from the terminal to the job. At any hour of the day, and often of the night, you’ll find at least a dozen pedestrians ambling along a single block, and many times that number during rush-hours. But with the UN’s incursion, cops suddenly declare whole streets “frozen zones.” They’ll block the intersection with their cars, forcing other drivers to a halt. Ditto for the anyone caught at that moment on the sidewalk: we are forbidden to cross the street. It lies empty and clear until Their Highnesses have rolled past in regal isolation. “Frozen zones” can detain folks for 10 minutes or more. It’s bad enough for drivers, but it’s horrific on the sidewalks. Those metal barricades? They act like dams as people pile up. Perhaps you don’t want to cross the street: maybe you just want to head around the corner for a cup of coffee. You probably won’t be able to squeeze through the crush – and forget about backtracking: pedestrians are bunched by the scores behind you. Meanwhile, the moments tick by as you’re once again late to the office, or that appointment with your biggest client, or fetching your toddler from day-care. You might think both the cops and the sociopaths would want employees to reach work on time: after all, it’s our taxes that keep these leeches living high. But no. However pressing your business, you can jolly well wait until Dear Leader’s limos have glided by on their way to yet another soiree or more pontification on “peacekeeping.” Ah, yes: blue helmets, uniforms, guns and slaughtering anyone who disagrees. That’s a heck of a way to keep peace. I vote we call these hired killers who impose their commanders’ will on helpless civilians what we do other such scum: “soldiers.” And how many casualties have these mercenaries racked up as they “peace-enforc[e]“? We’ll never know by asking the one-world government that pretends to care so very much about us all. Prepare for a shock: though the UN maintains meticulous records of its troops’ deaths, “covering the period 1948 through 31 August 2011” and broken out just about any way imaginable (“Fatalities by year… by nationality and mission … by mission and appointment type … mission and incident type … mission, year and incident type … year and appointment type …,” etc, ad nauseam), it neither mentions nor seems at all concerned for the folks its “peace-enforcers” murder. Not a word or acknowledgement anywhere of the corpses littering the UN’s wake; indeed, we might be forgiven for thinking the “peacekeepers” only die and never kill. A tad callous, wouldn’t you say? Even supposedly independent organizations concentrate solely on the “mortality rates” of the UN’s troops. Again, “peacekeeping’s” victims merit no consideration or even a passing reference. And there’s an infuriating, heart-wrenching multitude of victims. For example, in July 2010, “a complaint was filed with the Dutch prosecutor’s office … alleging that three Dutch soldiers, operating as UN peacekeepers, were complicit in the commission of war crimes and genocide during the 1995 Srebrenica massacre … which resulted in the death of 8,000 Bosnian Muslim men and boys.” Tragically, it’s unlikely that this or any lawsuit will succeed in punishing the UN’s troops for their crimes. Like all governments, the UN is above the law: “Relatives of the victims of the Srebrenica massacre have previously sought justice for the actions of Dutch peacekeeping forces, which they say led to the massacre. In March, the Hague Appeals Court … upheld … the UN’s immunity from prosecution by rejecting claims … brought by relatives of victims of the massacre. … The court found that immunity is essential to the UN’s ability to carry out its duties and that the Dutch acting as UN peacekeepers could not be held responsible …” Which makes the chirpy insult on the UN’s homepage all the more offensive: “Welcome to the United Nations. It’s your world.” Legions of the dead and caged New Yorkers argue otherwise. |
| Tony Blair’s six secret visits to Col Gaddafi - Sunday, September 25, 2011Robert Mendick
London Telegraph
Sept 25, 2011 Tony Blair’s close relationship to Colonel Muammar Gaddafi has come under fresh scrutiny after it emerged he had six private meetings with the dictator in the three years after he left Downing Street. Five of those meetings took place in a 14-month period before the release of Abdelbaset al-Megrahi, the Lockerbie bomber. Mr Blair is coming under increasing pressure to make public details of all his meetings and discussions with Gaddafi. It follows the disclosure in The Sunday Telegraph last week that on at least two occasions Mr Blair flew to Tripoli on a private jet paid for by the Libyan regime. Among the new meetings uncovered by this newspaper is a visit to Gaddafi in January 2009, when JP Morgan, the US investment bank which pays Mr Blair £2 million a year as a senior adviser, was trying to negotiate a deal between the Libyan Investment Authority (LIA) and a company run by the Russian oligarch Oleg Deripaska, a friend of Lord Mandelson. The multi-billion dollar deal, which later fell through, would have seen the LIA provide a loan to Rusal, the world’s largest aluminium producer. JP Morgan’s involvement in the deal is revealed in an email sent to the LIA by the bank’s vice-chairman, Lord Renwick, in December 2008, in which he sought to “finalise the terms of the mandate concerning Rusal before Mr Blair’s visit to Tripoli”. Full article here |
| How Britain courted, armed and trained a Libyan monster - Sunday, September 25, 2011Colin Freeman
London Telegraph
Sept 25, 2011 From lavish parties to SAS help, UK plc pulled out all the stops to please Khamis Gaddafi. Printed on gilt-edged card embossed with the Royal coat of arms, the invitation from Britain’s man in Tripoli was to the social highlight of the diplomatic calendar. “On the occasion of the Birthday of Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II, Her Britannic Majesty’s Ambassador… requests the pleasure of the company of His Excellency Captain Khamis al Qadhafi at a reception on Wednesday, 16 June, 2010.” This was how Britain’s then ambassador to Libya, Richard Northern, extended the VIP treatment to Colonel Gaddafi’s feared fifth son at last year’s annual party in the ambassador’s residence overlooking Tripoli’s palm-lined seafront. With 32 other invitees from the cream of the Libyan military, Khamis would have mixed with guests on the well-kept lawn, and been offered wine or Pimm’s — a rare diplomatic perk in a land whose ruler banned alcohol as a threat to “revolutionary society”. Yet the rolling out of the red carpet to Col Gaddafi’s security establishment was no routine diplomatic courtesy. Documents found by The Sunday Telegraph in the now-abandoned embassy building show that Khamis and his sidekicks were on the guest list not at the behest of Mr Northern, but at the suggestion of the United Kingdom Trade and Industry Defence and Security Organisation (DSO), a Government unit dedicated to promoting British arms exports. The Khamis Brigade, named after its commander-in-chief and staffed by hard-core Gaddafi loyalists, had proved a lucrative customer. Full article here |
| A Message For The Government: Get Off Our Backs! - Thursday, September 22, 2011The American Dream
Thursday, September 22, 2011 Government in America has gotten completely and totally out of control. Our founding fathers originally intended to set up a nation where the power of government would be greatly limited, but today government has become a horribly bloated monster that is relentlessly growing.  It is not just the federal government that I am talking about. All over the country, there are state and local governments that have become monstrous as well. No matter who we elect, they just want even more of our money, they demand even more of our time and our resources, they pile even more rules and regulations on to our backs, they seek even more control over us and our children and they take even more of our liberties and freedoms away. They have invented hundreds of different ways to drain money out of us, and yet it is never enough. They pile up nightmarish debts that they expect our children and our grandchildren to repay, and yet our cities and our infrastructure are crumbling all around us. Government seems to have a relentless appetite for demanding even more from all of us, and yet they seem to badly mess up everything that they try to accomplish. Well, I have a message for the government. Get off our backs! I was horrified recently when I learned that the state of Virginia plans to put toll booths on Interstate 95. Talk about a stupid idea! I used to spend many hours traveling up and down Interstate 95. It is a traffic nightmare and the last thing anyone needs is for it to become even more congested. But that is what is going to happen. So why are they doing this? Well, it is another way for them to make money. This is happening all over the nation. State governments are taking roads that have already been paid for and they are turning them into toll roads. I am very highly offended by this. But amazingly, most of the politicians that are doing this keep getting voted back into office. Another example is the 520 bridge in the Seattle area. The 520 bridge is the primary connection between Bellevue and Seattle and it has already been paid for. A lot of hard working people use that bridge to get to work. But now they are slapping toll booths on it. Will we eventually live in an America where almost all of the major roads are toll roads? Don’t laugh – we get a little bit closer to that every month. It is just another way that government has found to suck us dry. What is worse is when state governments sell roads that have already been paid for to foreign companies. These foreign companies are allowed to put up toll booths and charge an outrageous amount of money. These deals give state governments an immediate injection of cash, but they also subject their citizens to abusive tolling for decades to come. Of course when it comes to taking our money, the biggest offender is the federal government. Did you know that when the federal government implemented a personal income tax back in 1913, the vast majority of the population paid a rate of just 1 percent? The highest marginal rate was just 7 percent. I sure wouldn’t mind paying 1 percent today. But we all know what has happened since that time. Now Barack Obama wants to raise taxes once again. Obama is portraying his plan as a tax on millionaires, but the reality is that there is a whole lot more to it than that. The truth is that what he has proposed is so ridiculous that even Bill Clinton is against the Obama tax plan. You see, the government has learned not to use the word “tax” so much. Instead, words like “fees”, “fines”, “contributions” and “deductions” are used a lot more often these days. A recent article posted on Yahoo News documented some of the “fees” that are peppered throughout the Obama tax plan…. Airline passengers would see their federal security fees double from $5 to $10 for a nonstop round-trip flight and triple to $15 by 2017, raising $25 billion over the coming decade. Federal workers would face an additional 1.2 percentage point deduction from their paychecks to contribute $21 billion more for their pensions over the same period. Military retirees would pay a $200 fee upon turning 65 to have the government pay their out-of-pocket Medicare expenses. They’d also pay more for non-generic prescription drugs.
But it is not just the federal government that is doing this kind of thing. For example, CNN recently profiled Ray Garcia, the owner of Prestige Limousines in Boca Raton, Florida. Garcia says that complying with government regulations takes up most of his time and he says that the fees are absolutely outrageous…. We will start with Miami, which is Dade County. You have to buy a permit, which costs anywhere from $10,000 to $15,000. Once you acquire that permit, you have to find a vehicle to put that permit on. And it has to be no older than five years old. Once that car is five years old, you have to go out and buy a new one, no matter what kind of condition you keep it in. You have to get the car inspected every year. And you have to renew the luxury sedan permit every year. It would be better if you could buy just one permit for your entire fleet. But you have to buy one for each car and each car permit costs $675.
It is getting really, really hard to run a small business in the United States today. Politicians love to give speeches about how much they love small businesses, but when they get into office they just soak them dry. The number of small businesses in this country continues to shrink. According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, 16.6 million Americans were self-employed back in December 2006. Today, that number has shrunk to 14.5 million. Life is especially tough for small businesses that try to carry employees. Things have gotten so bad at this point that it is really hard to justify the expense of hiring new workers. There are so many rules, regulations and taxes that it is almost always more trouble than it is worth for small businesses. In a recent column, Charles Hugh Smith shared what one small business owner told him about why he is so hesitant to hire new workers these days…. Once I hire someone, I am party to a relationship that is full of risk. What usually happens is the “check harvesting” situation where just enough work is done to extract a paycheck. I am on the hook for matching Social Security tax, medicare tax, city occupational tax, unemployment tax, federal unemployment tax, workers comp insurance and all the abuse that goes along with that system. I have to withhold State and Federal income taxes with ridiculous penalties for late payments. Often I will get served with a garnishment or child support levy for an employee, and I am on the hook for all this. If I fail to withhold on a garnishment I become liable to pay the debt.
After reading that, can you understand why so many small businesses are not eager to hire more people? The government is sucking all of the life out of the economy. Even the smallest businesses get cracked down on hard. As I have written about previously, all over America lemonade stands that are run by little children are being shut down by police because they are not complying with government regulations. We have become a nation that is run by bureaucrats. You know, things ran pretty darn well back before we had an army of bureaucrats running everything. We had the greatest economy on the face of the planet and things were rolling along pretty good. But now federal bureaucrats even tell us what kind of light bulbs we are allowed to buy. (Thank you George W. Bush for sticking it to us with that one.) If you really stop and think about it, there are very few things that we are still free to do in America today without getting government permission first. Yes, I know that sounds ridiculous, but if you will stop and really think about it you will see that is correct. The government has taken all of the joy out of a lot of things that used to be so much fun. When I was young, I loved to go to the airport. Flying on a plane was very exciting and most people seemed to really enjoy the process. But today, our airports have been turned into prison grids. Did you know that now the TSA says that it has the right to check our hair for explosives? Yes, you read that correctly. The following is a brief excerpt from a local NBC News report about one lady that was deeply offended recently when the TSA searched her hair…. Two TSA agents told her she could not go any further until they checked her hair for explosives, Brantley said. She said she reluctantly allowed them to do it. The agents patted her hair down right there instead of asking to return to a private area for screening. “And so she started patting my hair, and I was in tears at that point,” Brantley said. “And she was digging in my scalp.”
How would you feel if some TSA goon was running his fingers through your hair? But we are not seeing this type of security just at airports. The federal government is even pressuring private businesses to crack down on “suspicious activity”. For example, NPR recently did a story on the nightmarish security that has now been implemented at Mall of America…. Mall security reported one man because he was sitting on a bench in the corridor, “observing others while writing things down on a note pad.” They worried he might be a terrorist “conducting surveillance.” Turned out he was a musician waiting for a friend. Three security guards surrounded another man because they thought he was looking at them “oddly” and walking “nervously” through the amusement park; he turned out to be an insurance company manager, shopping for a watch for his son.
Do you want to be regarded as a “potential terrorist” every time you go to the mall? That is what this nation is turning into. In America today, we are all “potential enemies” and the government always knows better than we do. Sadly, government keeps trying to even take away the freedom to raise our own children the way that we want to. According to Natural News, a new law in the state of California will allow health officials to vaccinate children as young as 12 for sexually-transmitted diseases without having to get the approval of parents…. California’s Assembly Bill 499 has already quietly passed both the California House and Senate, and today sits on the desk of Gov. Jerry Brown where it awaits his signature. The bill, which is only a single page in length, contains specific language that will allow children as young as 12 to opt for sexually-transmitted disease (STD) vaccines like HPV (Gardasil, Cervarix), Hepatitis B, and any future vaccines developed to treat STDs, without having to attain parental consent.
The ways that the government is intruding in our lives are endless. They are putting “smart meters” into our homes, they are putting surveillance cameras in school cafeterias, and in some areas they are actually digging around in our trash to make sure that we are recycling properly. If you want to live in a totalitarian police state, there are dozens of choices to pick from all over the globe. This is supposed to be America. This is supposed to be the land of the free and the home of the brave. But right now, government is becoming a little bit more oppressive every single day. We need millions of Americans to stand up and start talking about these issues, because you will notice that neither major political party is even talking about the horrible abuses of our freedoms that is going on. Most of us just want to live our lives, and if the government would stop interfering with us so much that would make things a whole lot easier. So do you think that the government should get off our backs? Please feel free to leave a comment with your opinion below…. |
| Whistleblowers reveal tight-knit relationship between U.S. officials and drug cartels - Tuesday, September 20, 2011Madison Ruppert
Infowars.com
September 20, 2011 The relationship between the global drug trade and the government of the United States of America is a long, complicated and irrefutable one. Some of the most infamous dealings that have come to light have involved the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) and various drug trafficking rings throughout the world. However, it now appears that the CIA involvement in drug trafficking is just one aspect of an incredibly close relationship between so-called authorities in America and the drug cartels they pretend to fight. Two former law enforcement officials and confidential informants for the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) have now revealed that drug cartels have ties to elected officials, high-level police and even judges. Even more disturbing, these men said that drugs are dropped by small planes on properties along the border between the United States and Mexico which are then escorted to their next stop by U.S law enforcement. One of the whistleblowers has said that he was asked by the FBI to accept drug shipments coming from Mexico through his ranching company. What do these two brave whistleblowers get in return? Termination of their position as informants, death threats and FBI-issued memos designed to keep other agencies from investigating their allegations. One of these men is a retired sheriff’s deputy, Greg Gonzales, and the other is a former livestock investigator for New Mexico, Wesley Dutton. During their 18-months as confidential informants for the FBI, they assisted in several investigations which included an inquiry that led to the arrest of FBI Special Agent John Shipley for selling guns to drug cartels. This arrest resulted in a mere two year sentence to be served in federal prison, even though he helped narcotraffickers acquire arms that included a .50 caliber sniper rifle, an incredibly devastating weapon.
The short sentence looks even more ridiculous when one considers that federal agents recovered 17 firearms including two .50 caliber Barrett rifles; various ammunition including over 2,800 .50 caliber rounds; one silencer; and $7,340 in cash when they executed a search warrant at Shipley’s home in 2008. Shipley actually had posted advertisements for firearms online over 200 times, and purchased no less than 54 and sold no less than 51 weapons for over $100,000. Unfortunately, John Shipley, who I believe should have been treated more harshly by federal authorities, was not just one bad egg among a totally upright law enforcement community. In fact, Dutton and Gonzales have alleged that with their help the FBI dredged up some “big names” during one investigation which was then mysteriously dropped without any follow-up. Even more mysterious (and what I consider a strong indication of guilt or at least willful ignorance on the part of the El Paso FBI) is that both men were dropped from their positions as confidential informants after the drug investigations they participated in turned up the “big names” of Americans. Furthermore, they allege that these vicious drug cartels hold fundraisers and parties which are attended by “bankers, judges, and law enforcement officers” who very likely knew who they were involved with. Gonzales and Dutton said that these cartels have gained large amounts of influence over these officials and even go as far to make large campaign contributions in order to keep their cronies in power. Both of the men say that they have not been able to get anyone to actually follow through and investigate their allegations, which is a strong indication that there are some questionable dealings going on behind the scenes. These individuals have absolutely nothing to gain by coming out with these accusations; in fact, Gonzales lost his job for a security firm at a federal courthouse and even had someone threaten him “by holding a knife to [his] throat”. Dutton told the El Paso Times that an elected official paid him a visit during which he inquired as to what it would take for Dutton to retract his allegations. Dutton also relayed that an FBI official issued a memo to other law enforcement agencies instructing them to stay away from both Gonzales and Dutton. If the allegations made by these two men were hollow, why would they not only drop them as informants but then instruct other law enforcement agencies to steer clear of them? Why would they not investigate Dutton’s allegations of “campaign fundraisers and parties in La Union that the [Juarez] cartel held for officials from New Mexico and El Paso”? Why would they not look in to Gonzales’ claim that an American law enforcement officer sold a list of U.S. Marshals and their telephone numbers to a street gang tied to the same Juarez drug cartel? If this allegation is true, “the gang was able to ‘clone’ the agents’ cell phones and intercept their calls. That way, they would know when one of the agents was trying to serve an arrest warrant against one of their members” according to Gonzales. This is not the only high-tech trick of the sleeves of these drug cartels, according to Dutton and Gonzales. They said that cartels have also been able to get a hold of access codes to computers running American surveillance systems of the border. This allows the cartels to see where and when the Border Patrol agents are monitoring the border in order to safely move guns, drugs, people, and money across the border. Dutton issued many of these allegations in a letter directly to current Texas Governor and Presidential hopeful Rick Perry. A spokesman for Perry’s office said that they “received the letter and referred it to the appropriate agency, which was the Department of Public Safety”. The director of the Texas Department of Public Safety, Steven McCraw (who also just happens to be a former FBI agent from the El Paso office) at first said that he was interested in speaking with Dutton.
Only one half-hour later, McCraw suddenly changed his mind completely and said that Dutton had no credibility. McCraw likely had missed the memo telling law enforcement to ignore their allegations when he made the first statement last Friday. McCraw said that the Department of Public Safety “looked into and there was nothing there,” which is pretty incredible given they had a half an hour to conduct a full-scale investigation into a plethora of allegations. Dutton revealed that the Department of Public Safety’s version of investigation includes ignoring 18 months’ worth of telephone records, documents, and videos that substantiate his allegations. Dutton has revealed that the FBI participated directly in drug trafficking much like the CIA has for decades. Dutton reports that, “The drugs were concealed in horse saddles, and we started getting a lot of them. But the FBI kept putting me off when I asked for the money to pay the cartels for the drugs. I had to use my own funds. The FBI still owes me thousands of dollars for these out-of-pocket expenses.” He further reveals that he “asked the FBI for help when I started getting threats, but the only thing that happened is that everyone starting running for cover to protect their careers. One of the FBI agents said politics got in the way, and that they had to close out the investigation and end their relationship with me.” I find it pretty disturbing that politics could get in the way of uncovering strong ties between our government and some of the most violent criminal organizations on Earth. Then again, as Dutton and Gonzales have revealed, it is a lot more than just politics that is stopping the investigations, it is the fact that the cartels are now so interwoven with the authorities that they are nearly one and the same. On top of using horse saddles to move drugs at the behest of the FBI, Dutton alleges that cattle shipments across the U.S.-Mexico border are utilized for drug trafficking purposes. Unfortunately, it now appears that the Juarez drug cartel is not the only one that enjoys a special status within the United States thanks to their relationship with so-called law enforcement. Dutton also alleges that informants made him aware of the wife of a high-level Zetas cartel member who holds a position in the Doña Ana County District Attorney’s Office. The web of collusion with drug cartels does not stop there; indeed it spreads to such behemoth proportions that it is almost like something out of an over-the-top Hollywood film. This web includes an El Paso doctor who issues drug prescriptions to help guilty individuals game lie detector tests. It is worthwhile to note that lie detector tests are usually inadmissible in a court of law, so one could draw the conclusion that these individuals receiving prescription drugs were likely law enforcement officers who receive in-house lie detector tests. Due to the blatantly deliberate move to avoid investigating any of Dutton and Gonzales’ many allegations and the death threats they have received, the two whistleblowers have turned to Judicial Watch and U.S. lawmakers for assistance. The research director for Judicial Watch, Chris Farrell commented that, “These are very serious allegations that should be investigated by law enforcement. There are too many details and specifics to just ignore them. The threats against them (Dutton and Gonzales) also should be investigated.” Unfortunately Judicial Watch is simply a “nonpartisan educational foundation in Washington, D.C” and not law enforcement. A few pressing questions remain: will these allegations be investigated properly or will they be swept under the rug like the FBI and Department of Public Services have both attempted to do? How high do the links go in government and law enforcement? Will an appeal to U.S. lawmakers make a bit of difference? How long will we continue to pretend that there is not a serious problem of corruption in our law enforcement? How long can all of America sit by while the so-called “war on drugs” is used to rake in billions of dollars for bloodthirsty cartels and their allies in government and law enforcement? I, for one, refuse to go on pretending that the war on drugs is legitimate and furthermore I wholeheartedly reject the notion that it is working to do anything other than get a ton of innocent people killed while making truly objectionable elements of our society filthy rich. As Americans who are aware of what is going on, we have to do everything in our power to bring publicity to whistleblowers like these in order to uncover the truth and undermine the power enjoyed by these groups by tearing away the veil of secrecy they have enjoyed for far too long. If you have any information on this or other instances of corruption and collusion in American law enforcement, especially regarding their relationship with drug cartels please send it to me right away at admin@endthelie.com so I can continue to bring these issues as much attention as possible. |
| The Pentagon's New Power Elite: A Secret War in 120 Countries - Friday, September 16, 2011The US government authorizes some 70 black ops commando raids in some 120 countries EVERY DAY. In fact, the secret, black ops military of the US is so large today it now totals more personnel than the ENTIRE MILITARY OF CANADA!
A recent report noted, “In 120 countries across the globe, troops from Special Operations Command carry out their secret war of high-profile assassinations, low-level targeted killings, capture/kidnap operations, kick-down-the-door night raids, joint operations with foreign forces, and training missions with indigenous partners as part of a shadowy conflict unknown to most Americans. Once ‘special’ for being small, lean, outsider outfits, today they are special for their power, access, influence, and aura.” To see the complete report of America’s secret wars, go to: http://tinyurl.com/3q7s335 By NICK TURSE - Counter Punch Somewhere on this planet an American commando is carrying out a mission. Now, say that 70 times and you're done... for the day. Without the knowledge of the American public, a secret force within the U.S. military is undertaking operations in a majority of the world's countries. This new Pentagon power elite is waging a global war whose size and scope has never been revealed, until now. After a U.S. Navy SEAL put a bullet in Osama bin Laden's chest and another in his head, one of the most secretive black-ops units in the American military suddenly found its mission in the public spotlight. It was atypical. While it's well known that U.S. Special Operations forces are deployed in the war zones of Afghanistan and Iraq, and it's increasingly apparent that such units operate in murkier conflict zones like Yemen and Somalia, the full extent of their worldwide war has remained deeply in the shadows. Last year, Karen DeYoung and Greg Jaffe of the Washington Post reported that U.S. Special Operations forces were deployed in 75 countries, up from 60 at the end of the Bush presidency. By the end of this year, U.S. Special Operations Command spokesman Colonel Tim Nye told me, that number will likely reach 120. "We do a lot of traveling -- a lot more than Afghanistan or Iraq," he said recently. This global presence -- in about 60% of the world's nations and far larger than previously acknowledged -- provides striking new evidence of a rising clandestine Pentagon power elite waging a secret war in all corners of the world. The Rise of the Military's Secret Military Born of a failed 1980 raid to rescue American hostages in Iran, in which eight U.S. service members died, U.S. Special Operations Command (SOCOM) was established in 1987. Having spent the post-Vietnam years distrusted and starved for money by the regular military, special operations forces suddenly had a single home, a stable budget, and a four-star commander as their advocate. Since then, SOCOM has grown into a combined force of startling proportions. Made up of units from all the service branches, including the Army's "Green Berets" and Rangers, Navy SEALs, Air Force Air Commandos, and Marine Corps Special Operations teams, in addition to specialized helicopter crews, boat teams, civil affairs personnel, para-rescuemen, and even battlefield air-traffic controllers and special operations weathermen, SOCOM carries out the United States' most specialized and secret missions. These include assassinations, counterterrorist raids, long-range reconnaissance, intelligence analysis, foreign troop training, and weapons of mass destruction counter-proliferation operations. One of its key components is the Joint Special Operations Command, or JSOC, a clandestine sub-command whose primary mission is tracking and killing suspected terrorists. Reporting to the president and acting under his authority, JSOC maintains a global hit list that includes American citizens. It has been operating an extra-legal "kill/capture" campaign that John Nagl, a past counterinsurgency adviser to four-star general and soon-to-be CIA Director David Petraeus, calls "an almost industrial-scale counterterrorism killing machine." This assassination program has been carried out by commando units like the Navy SEALs and the Army's Delta Force as well as via drone strikes as part of covert wars in which the CIA is also involved in countries like Somalia, Pakistan, and Yemen. In addition, the command operates a network of secret prisons, perhaps as many as 20 black sites in Afghanistan alone, used for interrogating high-value targets. Growth Industry From a force of about 37,000 in the early 1990s, Special Operations Command personnel have grown to almost 60,000, about a third of whom are career members of SOCOM; the rest have other military occupational specialties, but periodically cycle through the command. Growth has been exponential since September 11, 2001, as SOCOM's baseline budget almost tripled from $2.3 billion to $6.3 billion. If you add in funding for the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, it has actually more than quadrupled to $9.8 billion in these years. Not surprisingly, the number of its personnel deployed abroad has also jumped four-fold. Further increases, and expanded operations, are on the horizon. Lieutenant General Dennis Hejlik, the former head of the Marine Corps Forces Special Operations Command -- the last of the service branches to be incorporated into SOCOM in 2006 -- indicated, for instance, that he foresees a doubling of his former unit of 2,600. "I see them as a force someday of about 5,000, like equivalent to the number of SEALs that we have on the battlefield. Between [5,000] and 6,000," he said at a June breakfast with defense reporters in Washington. Long-term plans already call for the force to increase by 1,000. During his recent Senate confirmation hearings, Navy Vice Admiral William McRaven, the incoming SOCOM chief and outgoing head of JSOC (which he commanded during the bin Laden raid) endorsed a steady manpower growth rate of 3% to 5% a year, while also making a pitch for even more resources, including additional drones and the construction of new special operations facilities. A former SEAL who still sometimes accompanies troops into the field, McRaven expressed a belief that, as conventional forces are drawn down in Afghanistan, special ops troops will take on an ever greater role. Iraq, he added, would benefit if elite U.S forces continued to conduct missions there past the December 2011 deadline for a total American troop withdrawal. He also assured the Senate Armed Services Committee that "as a former JSOC commander, I can tell you we were looking very hard at Yemen and at Somalia." During a speech at the National Defense Industrial Association's annual Special Operations and Low-intensity Conflict Symposium earlier this year, Navy Admiral Eric Olson, the outgoing chief of Special Operations Command, pointed to a composite satellite image of the world at night. Before September 11, 2001, the lit portions of the planet -- mostly the industrialized nations of the global north -- were considered the key areas. "But the world changed over the last decade," he said. "Our strategic focus has shifted largely to the south... certainly within the special operations community, as we deal with the emerging threats from the places where the lights aren't." To that end, Olson launched "Project Lawrence," an effort to increase cultural proficiencies -- like advanced language training and better knowledge of local history and customs -- for overseas operations. The program is, of course, named after the British officer, Thomas Edward Lawrence (better known as "Lawrence of Arabia"), who teamed up with Arab fighters to wage a guerrilla war in the Middle East during World War I. Mentioning Afghanistan, Pakistan, Mali, and Indonesia, Olson added that SOCOM now needed "Lawrences of Wherever." While Olson made reference to only 51 countries of top concern to SOCOM, Col. Nye told me that on any given day, Special Operations forces are deployed in approximately 70 nations around the world. All of them, he hastened to add, at the request of the host government. According to testimony by Olson before the House Armed Services Committee earlier this year, approximately 85% of special operations troops deployed overseas are in 20 countries in the CENTCOM area of operations in the Greater Middle East: Afghanistan, Bahrain, Egypt, Iran, Iraq, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Lebanon, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Syria, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, United Arab Emirates, Uzbekistan, and Yemen. The others are scattered across the globe from South America to Southeast Asia, some in small numbers, others as larger contingents. Special Operations Command won't disclose exactly which countries its forces operate in. "We're obviously going to have some places where it's not advantageous for us to list where we're at," says Nye. "Not all host nations want it known, for whatever reasons they have -- it may be internal, it may be regional." But it's no secret (or at least a poorly kept one) that so-called black special operations troops, like the SEALs and Delta Force, are conducting kill/capture missions in Afghanistan, Iraq, Pakistan, and Yemen, while "white" forces like the Green Berets and Rangers are training indigenous partners as part of a worldwide secret war against al-Qaeda and other militant groups. In the Philippines, for instance, the U.S. spends $50 million a year on a 600-person contingent of Army Special Operations forces, Navy Seals, Air Force special operators, and others that carries out counterterrorist operations with Filipino allies against insurgent groups like Jemaah Islamiyah and Abu Sayyaf. Last year, as an analysis of SOCOM documents, open-source Pentagon information, and a database of Special Operations missions compiled by investigative journalist Tara McKelvey (for the Medill School of Journalism's National Security Journalism Initiative) reveals, America's most elite troops carried out joint-training exercises in Belize, Brazil, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Germany, Indonesia, Mali, Norway, Panama, and Poland. So far in 2011, similar training missions have been conducted in the Dominican Republic, Jordan, Romania, Senegal, South Korea, and Thailand, among other nations. In reality, Nye told me, training actually went on in almost every nation where Special Operations forces are deployed. "Of the 120 countries we visit by the end of the year, I would say the vast majority are training exercises in one fashion or another. They would be classified as training exercises." The Pentagon's Power Elite Once the neglected stepchildren of the military establishment, Special Operations forces have been growing exponentially not just in size and budget, but also in power and influence. Since 2002, SOCOM has been authorized to create its own Joint Task Forces -- like Joint Special Operations Task Force-Philippines -- a prerogative normally limited to larger combatant commands like CENTCOM. This year, without much fanfare, SOCOM also established its own Joint Acquisition Task Force, a cadre of equipment designers and acquisition specialists. With control over budgeting, training, and equipping its force, powers usually reserved for departments (like the Department of the Army or the Department of the Navy), dedicated dollars in every Defense Department budget, and influential advocates in Congress, SOCOM is by now an exceptionally powerful player at the Pentagon. With real clout, it can win bureaucratic battles, purchase cutting-edge technology, and pursue fringe research like electronically beaming messages into people's heads or developing stealth-like cloaking technologies for ground troops. Since 2001, SOCOM's prime contracts awarded to small businesses -- those that generally produce specialty equipment and weapons -- have jumped six-fold. Headquartered at MacDill Air Force Base in Florida, but operating out of theater commands spread out around the globe, including Hawaii, Germany, and South Korea, and active in the majority of countries on the planet, Special Operations Command is now a force unto itself. As outgoing SOCOM chief Olson put it earlier this year, SOCOM "is a microcosm of the Department of Defense, with ground, air, and maritime components, a global presence, and authorities and responsibilities that mirror the Military Departments, Military Services, and Defense Agencies." Tasked to coordinate all Pentagon planning against global terrorism networks and, as a result, closely connected to other government agencies, foreign militaries, and intelligence services, and armed with a vast inventory of stealthy helicopters, manned fixed-wing aircraft, heavily-armed drones, high-tech guns-a-go-go speedboats, specialized Humvees and Mine Resistant Ambush Protected vehicles, or MRAPs, as well as other state-of-the-art gear (with more on the way), SOCOM represents something new in the military. Whereas the late scholar of militarism Chalmers Johnson used to refer to the CIA as "the president's private army," today JSOC performs that role, acting as the chief executive's private assassination squad, and its parent, SOCOM, functions as a new Pentagon power-elite, a secret military within the military possessing domestic power and global reach. In 120 countries across the globe, troops from Special Operations Command carry out their secret war of high-profile assassinations, low-level targeted killings, capture/kidnap operations, kick-down-the-door night raids, joint operations with foreign forces, and training missions with indigenous partners as part of a shadowy conflict unknown to most Americans. Once "special" for being small, lean, outsider outfits, today they are special for their power, access, influence, and aura. That aura now benefits from a well-honed public relations campaign which helps them project a superhuman image at home and abroad, even while many of their actual activities remain in the ever-widening shadows. Typical of the vision they are pushing was this statement from Admiral Olson: "I am convinced that the forces… are the most culturally attuned partners, the most lethal hunter-killers, and most responsive, agile, innovative, and efficiently effective advisors, trainers, problem-solvers, and warriors that any nation has to offer." Recently at the Aspen Institute's Security Forum, Olson offered up similarly gilded comments and some misleading information, too, claiming that U.S. Special Operations forces were operating in just 65 countries and engaged in combat in only two of them. When asked about drone strikes in Pakistan, he reportedly replied, "Are you talking about unattributed explosions?" What he did let slip, however, was telling. He noted, for instance, that black operations like the bin Laden mission, with commandos conducting heliborne night raids, were now exceptionally common. A dozen or so are conducted every night, he said. Perhaps most illuminating, however, was an offhand remark about the size of SOCOM. Right now, he emphasized, U.S. Special Operations forces were approximately as large as Canada's entire active duty military. In fact, the force is larger than the active duty militaries of many of the nations where America's elite troops now operate each year, and it's only set to grow larger. Americans have yet to grapple with what it means to have a "special" force this large, this active, and this secret -- and they are unlikely to begin to do so until more information is available. It just won't be coming from Olson or his troops. "Our access [to foreign countries] depends on our ability to not talk about it," he said in response to questions about SOCOM's secrecy. When missions are subject to scrutiny like the bin Laden raid, he said, the elite troops object. The military's secret military, said Olson, wants "to get back into the shadows and do what they came in to do."
|
| As wildfires rage across Texas, feds take control and scuttle volunteer firefighters - Wednesday, September 07, 2011Mike Adams
Natural News
Wednesday, September 7, 2011 As fires raged across central Texas for the past three days, local citizens sprang into action to protect their lives and property. Local churches opened their doors and began hosting refugees left homeless by the fires which have now destroyed more than 1,000 homes and 100,000 acres across the state in just the past week. Several branches of the YMCA also began hosting families with children, and a public school in Bastrop County opened its doors to serve as an emergency relief center. See a YouTube video of a citizen’s narrow escape around Highway 21 near Bastrop, Texas:
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YYkc… ederal agencies seize control on Tuesday Hundreds of firefighters from all the surrounding counties worked two days and nights in a heroic effort to contain the fires, but high winds Sunday night and all day Monday thwarted their efforts. So the call went out for more volunteer firefighters to join the effort from across the state. Before they arrived, however, the federal government showed up and claimed it was in charge of the situation. “Agents with the federal National Interagency Fire Center, a coalition of federal agencies including the U.S. Forest Service, assumed command of firefighting efforts Tuesday afternoon,” reports The Gonzales Cannon (http://www.gonzalescannon.com/node/6411). RealNewsReporter.com is now reporting that volunteer firefighters who had in some cases driven all night to reach Bastrop county were turned away by the feds, who claimed that since local officials never made a “formal request” for volunteers, the volunteers could not be “activated.” So while Bastrop County burns from 40+ fires that are still raging, the federal government is actually telling volunteer firefighters to go home. “We were at the station getting set up into strike teams, and this guy came up and said that the U.S. Forest Service had ‘assumed control of the situation, and that If you don’t have a vehicle that squirts water, go home,’ said Gordon Greer of Kirbyville, in a RealNewsReporter article (http://www.realnewsreporter.com/?p=7889). Gordon reportedly drove all night Monday to arrive in Bastrop and take part in the firefighting effort. “You’ve got guys who had driven all night long from Corpus Christi and Brownsville on their own dime, and they turned them away,” he said. That same story reports that Jennifer Jones of theU.S. National Interagency Incident Centerconfirmed multiple federal agencies would be taking over the scene. Tuesday afternoon, the Bastrop County Office of Emergency Management stated on its Facebook page that volunteer firefighters would have to be “activated by the National Forestry Service first.” In other words, if you’re a local Texan and you want to help other Texans save their ranches, or their homes, or their businesses, you need permission from the federal bureaucracy first! But some Texans aren’t allowing their efforts to be thwarted. As Real News Reporter says in its story, a group of Texas Nationalist Movement members who are also certified firefighters are in the Bastrop area and aiding civilian relief efforts, with or without permission from Washington D.C. FEMA is approving grant money to help pay for some firefighting efforts On the good news side, FEMA has reportedly approved several government grants to pay for firefighting efforts, although it should be mentioned that if the federal government wasn’t taking so much of everybody’s money to begin with, local groups of people could more easily afford to pay for their own firefighting defense and wouldn’t need grants to cover the costs in the first place. Full article here
FEMA Gives 'Texas FireFighters' Stand Down Order! - Special Edition
In an outrageous repeat of Katrina, the federal government has moved into wildfire-stricken Texas and turned away firefighting trained volunteers who had converged on Bastrop and Smithville to combat the out of control flames.
According to The Gonzales Cannon, federal officials arrived at the scene and assumed command of the operation under the pretense "local officials never made a formal request for volunteers."
Jennifer Jones, a spokesperson with the U.S. National Interagency Incident Center, confirmed that a federal group comprised of several agencies would be assuming command in Bastrop County.
In the aftermath of Hurricane Katrina in 2005, FEMA refused to allow volunteer firefighters from around the nation, as well as trucks loaded with donated water, from entering New Orleans as troops, police, and mercenaries went house-to-house confiscating weapons.
Officials in Louisiana accused FEMA of making the situation worse with red tape and a hesitant response immediately after Katrina blasted into the coasts of Louisiana, Mississippi and Alabama, the Los Angeles Times reported on September 5, 2005.
Alex Jones was contacted on Tuesday by firefighters who confirmed that FEMA is blocking volunteer assistance and has frustrated local attempts through the U.S. Forest Service and its maze of bureaucratic red tape. The firefighters and other volunteers report that the Forest Service is not responding to their efforts to clear federal hurdles put in the way of a response to the worst fire in Texas history.
In the past, the first line of defense during emergencies was the state National Guard. Since 9/11, however, the federal government has taken control of the Guard away from the states and has merged its operations with the Pentagon. In 2008, then Secretary of Defense Robert Gates commissioned a study proposing recommendations to merge the National Guard and Reserves into the U.S. armed forces.
In January 2010, Obama moved the process forward when he issued an executive order establishing a Council of Governors. "In other words, the Pentagon and Homeland Security will give hand-picked governors their marching orders under the guise of 'synchronization and integration of State and Federal military activities in the United States,' a direct violation of Posse Comitatus," we wrote at the time.
In 2005, Jefferson Parish President Aaron Broussard told the national media that FEMA and the feds had abandoned New Orleans after the hurricane. He described how trucks with water delivered from Wal-Mart were turned back and FEMA cut emergency communication lines.
Investigative journalist Wayne Madsen said FEMA's actions during Katrina amounted to information warfare. "Jamming radio and other communications such as television signals is part of a Pentagon tactic called 'information blockade' or 'technology blockade.' The tactic is one of a number of such operations that are part of the doctrine of 'information warfare' and is one of the psychological operations (PSYOPS) methods used by the US Special Operations Command," he told Prison Planet.com on September 6, 2005.
It appears FEMA and the feds are attempting a repeat in Texas.
"The mission of FEMA has never in reality been to bring people food and water and help in times of crisis. Alex Jones has attended numerous FEMA drills where the whole point of the exercise is to round people up, break up families and institute a brutal police state crackdown," Paul Joseph Watson wrote after the devastating storm in the Gulf.
read more ... |
| Mexicans Stage Drug Raids Inside the U.S. - Saturday, August 27, 2011Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
August 27, 2011 The Obama administration allows Mexican police to stage drug raids from within the United States, according to the New York Times.  Mexican police work with the DEA to stage raids into Mexico form the U.S.Mexican military commandos have “discreetly traveled to the United States, assembled at designated areas and dispatched helicopter missions back across the border aimed at suspected drug traffickers.” The DEA is providing logistical support and sharing intelligence. The Times describes the “boomerang” operations as part of a broadening American campaign aimed at the drug cartels. The strategy is based on earlier operations when the Mexican police worked with the U.S. military and raids were staged at Camp Pendleton in San Diego. A DEA official characterized the Mexican paramilitary police as a “rapid-reaction force.” In response, the Tijuana Cartel kidnapped, tortured and killed a counternarcotics official in the Mexican attorney general’s office, along with two fellow drug agents. The DEA works closely with the CIA and the Pentagon in the supposed war on the Mexican drug cartels. In addition to flying Global Hawk missions over Mexico, the CIA mans an “intelligence outpost” on a Mexican military base. Mexican officials told the Times Pentagon is not involved in the cross-border operations and Americans do not take part in drug raids on Mexican territory. The Pentagon used the war on drugs to establish a military presence in Colombia. In 2009, it was reported that seven new bases in the South American country are used to expand the U.S. military’s counter-narcotic operations in the region, deepen involvement in Colombia’s counterinsurgency war, and combat “other international crimes,” according to Colombia’s Foreign Minister. The Pentagon is busy merging the war on terror with the war on drugs. It is “overhauling the parts of the military responsible for the drug fight, paying particular attention to some lessons of nearly a decade of counterterrorism operations in Afghanistan and Iraq. At Northern Command — the military’s Colorado Springs headquarters responsible for North American operations — several top officers with years of experience in fighting Al Qaeda and affiliated groups are poring over intelligence about Mexican drug networks.” “The military is trying to take what it did in Afghanistan and do the same in Mexico,” an officer told the Times. Even though their the US and Canadian government are protecting the drug feilds there. These people in governments are not concerned about the drug trade. Another example is how canaidan RCMP let hong kong drug lords into Canada for passport pay offs. The Drug trade in Canada has spread with the use of crack users per capital now thanks to high officals and the RCMP corruption. In 2010, the U.S. military admitted it has has turned a blind eye to Afghan opium cultivation and production. “The Golden Crescent drug trade, launched by the CIA in the early 1980s, continues to be protected by US intelligence, in liaison with NATO occupation forces and the British military,” writes author Michel Chossudovsky. “The proceeds of this lucrative multimillion dollar contraband are deposited in Western banks. Almost the totality of revenues accrue to corporate interests and criminal syndicates outside Afghanistan.” Last year it was discovered that two large U.S. banks, Wachovia and Bank of America, were involved in money laundering cartel drug money. Wachovia had laundered $378.4 billion, a sum equal to one-third of Mexico’s gross domestic product. The seizure by the Mexican government of a plane laden with cocaine at Ciudad del Carmen in 2006 revealed the banks worked closely with the Sinaloa drug cartel. Earlier this month, Jesus Vicente “El Vicente” Lambada-Niebla, who was arrested by the Mexican military in 2009 and extradited to the U.S. for trial on federal drug-trafficking charges, revealed that the Sinaloa Cartel worked with the U.S. government to ship drugs into the United States. Officials reportedly allowed the cartel to obtain weapons inside the United States. The weapons were provided under Operation Fast & Furious. The effort to arm the cartels – responsible for tens of thousands of murders – was supported by officials in the Obama administration. |
| In An Unsustainable System, A Warning of Collapse - Thursday, August 25, 2011Bob Chapman
International Forecaster
Aug 25, 2011  We do not believe that Americans, particularly elderly Americans, understand what the elitists are up to in regard to Social Security and Medicare. The Council on Foreign Relations and the Peterson Foundation has for years been working on plans to terminate Social Security and Medicare. Cuts in these paid for programs were impossible to get through Congress. Thus, the ruse was born of getting around Congress. A flash issue was raised regarding a short-term debt extension that could have been passed in 15 minutes that demanded budget cuts for passage. In that process the Obama Enabling Act was formulated, patterned on the German Enabling Act passed in 1933 by Adolph Hitler. It allows a 12-person panel to bypass Congress regarding legislation. The changes are made in this committee and cannot be debated or amended and must be voted on via a straight up and down majority vote. While this was transpiring, as part of the plot, Standard and Poor’s downgraded the US debt rating based upon there not being large enough cuts in what Congress likes to call entitlements, which are not entitlements, but paid for benefits. The reason for the cuts is that both benefits trusts are broke, all the funds having been spent on other things over the years. S&P said that if major cuts are not made that they would cut the US debt rating again in November. Thus, you can understand the framework and what the elitists have paid the committee and Congress to do. The committee takes all the heat upon passage and Congress generally gets off the hook. Needless to say, the controlled mainstream media reports on none of this. That a chained CPI is to be employed – is little discussed. The cost of living adjustment, or COLA, changes as CPI changes. The problem is the CPI, currently up 3.6%, is a bogus statistic. Real inflation based on the 1980 model is up 11.2%. As you probably remember there has been no COLA upward adjustments for two years and another is being considered this month for next year. It will be interesting to see what they come up with – probably no change. The COLA based on CPI isn’t bad enough now they want to chain-weight it. These changes won’t take place for a few months so there is time for Americans to complain to all of the members of the House and Senate regarding this rape of both benefits that they have paid for. If Congress wants to cut they can cut the military budget. What the powers behind government want to do is make the nations elderly; they call them useless eaters, carry the burden, and force them to live like animals. This chained CPI will increase even less than the bogus CPI, or some 0.3% less on average than the CPI-W, or the Consumer Price Index for urban wageworkers, and clerical workers, which is what COLA really is. As you can see retired Americans have been cheated by government for years and now they want to cheat them even more leaving many of the elderly destitute in order to finance more wars. Looting Social Security provides revenue to be wasted elsewhere. Politicians believe their constituents won’t know what they are up too, but they are mistaken. Many of them will be kicked out of Congress for betraying the elderly of benefits that they paid for over a lifetime of work. The cuts would cost retirees $100 billion and S&P wants even further cuts. This is going to put seniors into poverty, especially the disabled. The proposal would cut more at 9.5%, almost 10%, versus 4% at 75. These politicians are calculated to bring early death to the aging. As this travesty takes place, Medicare benefits would be reduced by another $100 billion. In 2014, we will have the Obama death panels, where a panel will decide who will be treated and who will be allowed to die. Soylent Green comes to mind, this travesty, planned by elitists to transfer funds and get rid of useless eaters, was fully aided by America’s controlled media, which misled all readers and listeners. The program was formulated the by ex-president of the Council on Foreign Relation’s billionaire Pete Peterson who lied about the entire program. The chained CPI is a scam just as the CPI is. All of you men and women in your 40s and 50s will have to make up the loss unless you want to see granny and grandpa starve to death. AARP, which is in part funded by the federal government, naturally came out in favor of cuts for its paying members. That proves once and for all what a useless organization AARP really is. They tried to play both sides of the issue. What this really amounts to is a tax increase on those who can least afford it. What really concerns the aged is that the new tax increase is already in place. The question is will the unconstitutional illegal, “Obama Enabling Group,” increase the burden on the aged even more? It should be noted that the elite members of the “Obama Enabling Group” are all part of the Council on Foreign Relations, Trilateral Commission and Bilderberg Groups. They will do as the illuminists tell them to do. Their control companies won’t share in the tax increases because they are immune and exempt. We have yet to see anyone file a lawsuit challenging the unconstitutional law that created this group of enablers. As we pointed out before this group has been bought and paid for via $64.5 million in campaign payoffs. The biggest contributors were legal firms for more than $31 million and Wall Street threw in more than $11 million. These are the people who in part, control our government – JPMorgan Chase, Goldman Sachs, Citigroup and Bank of America. Your commentaries and votes mean very little to these people. This is August and Europe is on vacation as the European Union and the euro zone fall apart. Mrs. Merkel and Mr. Sarkozy had a meeting that accomplished nothing. It was supposed to be a cover for all of Europe’s bureaucrats who were enjoying themselves while their union burned. The European Central Bank, the ECB, continues to finance the insolvent euro zone participants by purchasing their bonds. The most recent recipients have been Italy and Spain. The total is now approaching some $900 billion. The bonds are virtually worthless and other members have to pay for these interventions. In addition another $500 billion has been lent to these problem countries. The EFSF, the European Financial Stability Fund, the method for loans is supposed to terminate in 15 months, so the permanent solution is supposed to be the ESM, the European Stability Mechanism, which can lend $700 billion. All these loan packages are guaranteed by euro zone members and the citizens of the remaining 11 countries. This commitment guarantees a AAA rating, which we see as dubious at best. All these commitments have forced the lenders in the case of Greece to now demand collateral on just about everything the Greek government owns. We have said from the beginning Greece should just default but that is not what the bankers and other solvent nations want. They want to own the country and enslave its inhabitants. At the same time many of the lenders are only in slightly better shape then the sovereigns they are lending too. That means the stronger members are under increased pressure, as their credit ratings and finances are pushed to the limit. In addition a number of nations not within the euro zone, such as England and Norway have no intention of getting involved in the ESM. There is absolutely no question that the euro zone cannot survive under these circumstances.
We still believe the euro zone doesn’t fully understand their problem. It was 1-1/2 years ago we predicted that the bill would total $4 trillion. A few months ago we raised that to $4 to $6 trillion, as Germany raided their estimate from $1 to $3.5 trillion and the EU support mechanism raided their estimate to $2.8 trillion. The bottom line is none of the estimates are payable, but the desire for world government is so great that the Illuminists are wiling to destroy the system to accomplish that. Finance ministers call for greater commitments, but where will the funds come from? Sooner or later these one-worlders are going to discover that if they keep pushing, the system it will crash and burn. In addition to the sovereign problems European banks are exposed for $700 billion in just the debt of Greece, Ireland and Portugal. If Spain, Italy and Belgium are included the exposure grows to $2.8 trillion and that is just the bank exposure. Thus sovereign and bank exposure is $7 to $8 trillion. These kinds of numbers make you realize that all of Europe is broke and all the banks are going to go bankrupt as well as the countries, including Germany. We often wonder whether the European condition wasn’t a Anglo-American trap. We will see in time. Perhaps the one interest rate fits all was the trap, as we believed it was from the beginning. This one interest rate supposedly eliminated risk, when in fact as you can see it heightened risk. The euro could not eliminate that risk, because the six nations over lent and over expanded. No one cared about debt repayment because supposedly the euro protected everyone from that, and as we have found out the euro and sovereign commitment was not adequate protection. Quite frankly Germany was with its AAA rating, and financial success was supposed to carry everyone. It has now been proven they cannot and the German people are shouting we have had enough of this. It has to be stopped now. We will take our losses, dump the euro and return to our beloved Deutsche Mark. If debt is restructured at today’s recognized level for the problem countries, even a 50% default would wipe all 17 countries except Germany. 1-1/2 years ago Greece made a 50% default offer to Germany, which rejected it. If they had accepted it these nations could have been dealt with over a long period of time avoiding a euro collapse, but they were not smart enough to envision such a solution, because they really didn’t grasp the enormity of the problem and where it would take them. They understand now but it is too late. If you think the foregoing is overwhelming all those structured securities called CDS and MBS, bonds containing mortgages. They were holding $2 trillion worth and they are probably still holding them. They are carried at par and are worth at best $0.30 on the dollar. Banks do not have sufficient capital to cover these losses and we do not believe the public in Europe will cover these bank losses. Even the IMF says the banks have not recognized these losses. Bank stress tests are a joke, pabulum for the masses. Italy has 30 problem banks, but they lent conservatively, have high levels of deposits and very small leverage. If they are in trouble you can imagine what the banks in the other countries look like. How can governments recapitalize banks when the governments are broke? In the case of Greece a 50% write off would cost the ECB, the 17-euro zone country citizens, $70 billion, plus what banks and others are holding. The sovereigns are buried just as the banks are. The ECB has paid in capital of $7.4 billion. Euro zone central banks have $1.4 trillion in capital. How can anyone believe they can fund losses of $7 trillion? Talk about contagion. The word should be catastrophe. As we have often said, the problem and debt has only been extended. All the debt is unpayable. Interest rates and bond yields of troubled nations are such that debt cannot be repaid. How can anyone have confidence in a broken system? Unsustainable is the operative word. There is no political courage to end all this because all of the key figures and many others are controlled by the Illuminists, who want world government. They will hold out until the system has collapsed, and hope they can save themselves. That is why people worldwide have to prepare for what is coming. Europe’s financial collapse will be the catalyst that will cause all other nations to fall. That is why it is so very important that all of your investable assets be invested in gold and silver, coins, bullion and shares. read more ... |
| Is the “Imminent Liberation of Libya” Propaganda? - Sunday, August 21, 2011Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
August 21, 2011 The corporate media today is reporting that the so-called Libyan rebels consisting of tribal gangs and al-Qaeda under the direction of NATO and the CIA are close to liberating Tripoli and deposing Muammar Gaddafi.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9UmXSBI4Tss&feature=player_embedded Mustafa Abdel Jalil, the rebel leader and member of the al-Qaeda linked Harabi tribe, told Al Arabiya on Sunday that his group will “strangle Gaddafi’s troops tonight,” according to Bloomberg. “Gaddafi’s days are numbered,” boasted U.S. Assistant Secretary of State Jeffrey Feltman from the CIA-rebel “stronghold” of Benghazi. “The best-case scenario is for Gaddafi to step down now… that’s the best protection for civilians.” In other words, if Gaddafi does not “step down” and stop resisting the foreign takeover of his country by NATO and the U.S., the CIA’s rebels (known for brutalizing civilians) and NATO bombing raids will kill more innocent Libyans. Is al-Qaeda in Libya and the CIA really on the verge of “liberating” Libya from Gaddafi? Depends on who is doing the reporting. According to the Pentagon script-readers at ABC-CBS-CNN-Fox et al, the rebels are on the verge of victory. However, independent journalists report a far different story (as Lizzie Phelan did for RT, see video below). http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=4tghoRiZ3ek
http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=kFW4QcTLALY Neocons and supporters of NATO’s terror bombings have criticized reports from Russia Today because the network is owned by the Russian government. RT routinely interviews independent journalists and analysts ignored by the alphabet corporate media, thus providing an alternative view of the situation in Libya. Indeed, RT and and Iran’s Press TV are government media operations. On the other hand, the CIA’s Mockingbird corporate media in the United States is largely a Pentagon psyop churning out 24-7 war propaganda. Following the documented WMD lies foisted on the public by the corporate media in the lead-up to the invasion of Iraq – current death toll: 1.5 million – the public should be more than skeptical about any claims “reported” about Libya from hotels in Qatar by “journalists” and former military careerists working for the corporate media.
Mahdi Darius Nazemroaya | The mainstream media is reporting that Tripoli is surrounded. Bernard-Henri Lévy, author and adviser to France’s president Nicolas Sarkozy has even declared that the regime in Tripoli has collapsed. This is fiction.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7iroUkvyu-Q&feature=player_embedded
The mainstream media is reporting that Tripoli is surrounded. Bernard-Henri Lévy, author and adviser to France’s president Nicolas Sarkozy has even declared that the regime in Tripoli has collapsed. This is fiction. NATO and its coalition have launched attacks to the west of Tripoli to surround the capital. They have only managed to temporarily disrupt the supply route from Tunisia to Tripoli. This is part of their strategy of imposing a siege on the Libyan capital. An estimated 100 to 200 rebel fighters have emerged near the south side of the Zawiyah (Zawiya) District, approximately 50 kilometres (31 miles) west of Tripoli. They claim to have taken over the city of Sorman (Surman). These claims are unsubstantiated. What happened was that some of the insurgents merely passed through Sormon on the highway on their way to attacking Zawiyah. The Western media report that the insurgents control most of the city of Zawiyah. This claim is unsubstantiated. In reality, the insurgent forces merely raised the flag of King Idiris I in a remote area of the Zawiyah District and then quickly left that area and did some photo ops for foreign journalists to give the impression that they had a foothold in Zawiyah. The insurgent fighters only stayed in their location in Zawiyah for a few hours. The local population was hostile towards them and they were afraid to stay longer. Their main aim was to destroy the oil refinery in the area. NATO and its rebel proxies are attempting to cut supply routes into the Tripoli District by sabotaging transportation routes with Tunisia. In this context, the rebels have also attacked Ras Al-Jedir, which is located on the Tunisian-Libyan border. The Libyan Military has entered Misurata While the insurgency and NATO are on the offensive to the west of Tripoli, they have lost their hold on Misurata. On August 15, 2011, there were early morning celebrations throughout the country as news became public that the Libyan military had entered Misurata. In Tripoli gunfire could be heard across the city as people celebrated. Western mainstream media reporters in Tripoli were briefed. The relevant information was made available to them. There was news blackout. Not a word was mentioned in the Western press regarding the victory of Libyan armed forces in Misurata. |
| Ron Paul Media Hoax Implodes - Wednesday, August 17, 2011by Kurt Nimmo“Mainstream Media is no longer Mainstream” AlterNet News Leads the way..... Faced with a barrage of outrage and criticism, the corporate media is beginning to respond to accusations that it is deliberately ignoring Ron Paul, the GOP front-runner. In a shameless effort to downplay the criticism, MSNBC has posted a page lampooning Paul's concerns and comparing the lack of attention to the under-coverage of the wedding of Queen Elizabeth's granddaughter and people ignoring Oprah Winfrey's new cable television channel. MSNBC also mentioned the corporate media ignoring candidate Gary Johnson. The reason for this is obvious – Johnson is a Libertarian opposed to taxation who endorsed Ron Paul in the 2008 presidential election. This puts him in the same category as Paul, according to the corporate media. Comedian Jon Stewart brought the orchestrated effort to ignore Paul to the forefront. This was helpful in the effort to bring Paul's banishment by the establishment to attention, but it did little to highlight the fact – as CNN proudly admitted – that it is the job of the establishment media to kick “candidates out of the race.” The corporate media offers as an explanation for its behavior that Ron Paul cannot win and that is why they uniformly ignore him. In fact, the exact opposite is true – Ron Paul has an excellent chance to win not only the GOP nomination, but the presidency. This is because he has consistently tapped into the simmering dissatisfaction of the electorate and its opposition to endless wars, destructive deficit spending and an immoral national debt, and a federal government that methodically rolls back and eliminates the liberties enshrined in the Constitution and the Bill of Rights under the bogus pretense of fighting against terrorism. The hoax that Ron Paul cannot win and therefore is undeserving of media coverage is now imploding. Rick Perry's mild criticism of the Federal Reserve in Iowa the other day represents the new tact the establishment will take in its effort to combat the move toward liberty and a restoration of our once cherished republic. The former media declared front-runner, Mitt Romney, expressed the establishment wish that the Federal Reserve be left to do its work of creating asset bubbles and leveling economies. “I'm not going to spend my time going after Ben Bernanke. I'm not going to spend my time focusing on the Federal Reserve,” said Romney. Romney was roundly criticized for his acquiescence to the bankers. Rick Perry's orchestrated condemnation of the Fed is the new angle that will be used by the establishment now that Carroll Quigley's maxim– that “the two parties should be almost identical, so that the American people can ‘throw the rascals out’ at any election without leading to any profound or extensive shifts in policy” – is being challenged by the American people. This is the new hoax. Expect the establishment Tea Party to ape Ron Paul – on everything from taxes to the Federal Reserve (although they will leave the endless wars out of the equation) – and thus attempt to undermine any genuine effort to achieve change. |
| Rick Perry on Al Gore, the NAFTA Superhighway, and Bilderberg - Tuesday, August 16, 2011Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
August 16, 2011 
If Rick Perry is going to successfully project the image of a god-fearing Christian Tea Party Republican, he will have to put distance between himself and Al Gore. In 1988, Perry not only supported Gore, he was his campaign manager in Texas. After Gore lost to Michael Dukakis and then Dukakis lost the election in a landslide to Bush Senior, Perry jumped parties. He became a Republican in 1989. During a an interview on Des Moines-based WHO on Monday, Perry said he worked with Gore “before he invented the Internet and got to be Mr. Global Warming.” Growing up in rural Texas, Perry said “I never met a Republican until I was 25… In 1988 when you looked at the candidates, Al Gore was the most conservative candidate that was out there.” Either Perry wasn’t paying attention or he is trying to lie his way out of his past association with Gore. In April of 1987, according to Politico, Gore was already preaching his warmist mantra. “He laid out a broad list of national objectives, from combating AIDS and Alzheimer’s disease to curbing the ‘greenhouse effect’ — the threat to the Earth’s atmosphere from the burning of oil, gas and coal,” The Los Angeles Times reported in covering Gore’s announcement. In May 1987, according to The Washington Post, his stump speeches included a call for the nation to “confront the emerging problems of the greenhouse effect and the threat to our ozone,” notes Politico. Perry was grilled on other issues during the interview. He declared he was “motivated by a sincere desire to stop cancer” when he issued an executive order in 2007 ordering every girl in Texas to get a Gardasil vaccine before the sixth grade. Cancer and the safety of school girls came in a distant second to a $6,000 campaign contribution by pharma giant Merck and the transnational corporation’s hiring of former Perry Chief of Staff Mike Toomey to handle its Texas lobbying work. Fortunately, Texas lawmakers blocked Perry’s effort to inject girls with the deadly vaccine.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NgkWjLlibdU&feature=player_embedded
Alex Jones: Perry worked for Al Gore and other facts. He dismissed the NAFTA superhighway as a “myth” cooked up by conspiracy theorists. Perry didn’t mention the fact he received substantial campaign contributions from the companies pushing for the globalist highway stretching from the Texas-Mexico border to the Minnesota-Canadian border. Perry was the only gubernatorial candidate in 2006 of four major candidates who supported it. Even the Democratic candidate opposed it. He said his support for turning over Texas roads to a foreign corporation – Cintra Concesiones de Infraestructuras de Transport – was motivated by an effort to save Texans from additional taxation and having to crawl to the “the asphalt fairy” in Washington to get roads built. Remarkably, during the radio interview, he was grilled about his association with the Bilderberg Group. Perry said he agreed to attend the secret globalist confab out of curiosity. “I found it to be an interesting group of people. I have yet to find out why they want to keep it a secret,” he said. “I haven’t been invited back and that was 5 years ago, so I guess I didn’t impress them.” “Speculation that Perry is the Bilderberg group’s ace card was prompted by the current political climate, which can largely be gleaned from the fact that Perry is a longtime, unwavering supporter of the NAFTA Superhighway and related infrastructure projects,” wrote AFP’s Jim Tucker in June, following Perry’s appearance at the Bilderberg meeting in Istanbul, Turkey, in 2007. http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=LkqCImPST3E
Ron Paul: Rick Perry represents the establishment. Perry’s association with the warmist guru Al Gore, his efforts to push through the NAFTA superhighway for the globalists, and his eagerness to implement the eugenics agenda of the elite by forcing school girls to take a deadly vaccine reveals that he is the preferred candidate of the international bankster plutocracy. Rick Perry may believe his interview with a local radio station in Iowa will put to rest the avalanche of evidence that he is anything but a good old boy from Texas, a dyed-in-the-wool conservative, a Tea Party patriot and an avowed enemy of the federal government. Now that he has grabbed center stage and will likely emerge as the establishment Republican candidate to challenge the establishment Democrat Barry Obama, the corporate media will oblige him and only throw softballs in his direction. Corporate media Bilderberg members don’t disrespect fellow Bilderberg members.
read more ... |
| Feds Send Terrorist Hand-out to Military Surplus Stores - Thursday, August 11, 2011Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
August 11, 2011 The feds are at it again. Now they want military surplus store owners and employees to rat out their customers. The hand-out below was distributed in Colorado. Government hand-outs like this are nothing new. However, this time around the government is targeting “survivalists.” People who purchase MREs (Meals Ready to Eat) might be terrorists, especially if they make “suspicious comments regarding anti-US, radical theology (sic) vague or cryptic warnings that suggest or appear to endorse the use of violence in support of a cause.” According to the hand-out, you might be with white al-Qaeda if you purchase high capacity magazines or rifle tripods, weatherized ammunition, flashlights, gas masks, night vision devices, especially if you buy them “bulk,” that is if you buy more than one of each. The hand-out suggests stores “require valid ID from all new customers” and ask questions, presumably to find out if they are with al-Qaeda (or defend the Constitution too adamantly). Of course, this rat-on-your-customers policy is doomed to failure. Business owners understand customers value their privacy and don’t like to be carded to do business and asked all kinds of inappropriate questions. If they want to stay in business, they will leave their customers alone – and ignore this silly government hand-out. For now – until the next false flag terror attack – the feds are not requiring business owners to inform on their customers. The hand-out was originally posted on the Oath Keeper’s website. 
read more ... |
| UN security council to consider climate change peacekeeping - Wednesday, July 20, 2011London Guardian | ‘Green helmets’ may intervene in conflicts caused by rising seas levels and shrinking resources. Special meeting to discuss ‘green helmets’ force to intervene in conflicts caused by rising seas levels and shrinking resources Suzanne Goldenberg
London Guardian
July 20, 2011 A special meeting of the United Nations security council is due to consider whether to expand its mission to keep the peace in an era of climate change. Small island states, which could disappear beneath rising seas, are pushing the security council to intervene to combat the threat to their existence. There has been talk, meanwhile, of a new environmental peacekeeping force – green helmets – which could step into conflicts caused by shrinking resources. The UN secretary general, Ban Ki-Moon, is expected to address the meeting on Wednesday. But Germany, which called the meeting, has warned it is premature to expect the council to take the plunge into green peacemaking or even adopt climate change as one of its key areas of concern. read more ... |
| Arab Spring Brings Corporate Locust - Tuesday, June 28, 2011Egypt’s next step to “freedom.” Tony Cartalucci
Infowars.com
June 28, 2011 Bangkok, Thailand June 25, 2011 – As terrifying as any Biblical plague, the very corporations that funded the think-tanks and media organizations that crafted and sold the entirely engineered “Arab Spring” hoax to the world, have finally swarmed into Egypt to settle in and strip its lands clean. US Senator John McCain recently led a delegation representing his true constituency, Fortune 500 corporations, to Egypt and Tunisia to promote “private sector growth.” Traveling with McCain was a collection of corporate parasites from General Electric, Boeing, Coca-Cola, Bechtel, ExxonMobil, Marriot, and Dow who surveyed Cairo like conquering despots.
McCain’s corporate leash holders’ faces beam with joy as they savor the lush green fields they are now fully poised to devour. This is the fate that awaits all nations seeking US NED-funded “freedom.” The New York Times reported of the trip, “Senator McCain, an Arizona Republican, and Senator John Kerry, Democrat of Massachusetts, who were visiting Egypt with an American business delegation, said it was in the interest of the United States’ national security to see Egypt become a free and democratic country.” McCain would also say, “We also suggested ways to have more economic cooperation, further assistance to Egypt’s military and hastening the legislation of proposed aid to Congress.” While many labor under the corporate-media fueled delusion that the United States was caught off guard by the “Arab Spring” and has shifted into reactionary or opportunistic mode, an earlier New York Times article titled, “U.S. Groups Helped Nurture Arab Uprisings,” reveals that the United States government had been funding, training, and preparing for the Mideast unrest since as early as 2008. Such funding, training, and preparation was done through organizations such as the National Endowment for Democracy (NED) which in turn funds the International Republican Institute (IRI), the National Democratic Institute (NDI), and Freedom House. Understanding that John McCain is chairman of the IRI which helped unseat the governments in the very countries he is now touring with big-business by his side, illustrates a complete picture, start to finish, of modern imperialism in action. 
McCain (left) and Kerry (right) gesticulate as they explain their paymaster’s agenda within the confines of an Egyptian Coca-Cola factory. This is part of their latest trip surveying the effects of their US-funded opposition overthrowing Hosni Mubarak’s government.
….
Considering that many of John McCain’s fellow meddlers throughout NED, IRI, NDI, and Freedom House are generally war mongers, bankers, oilmen, and corporate-funded foundation representatives, it should be no surprise that the next step on Egypt and Tunisia’s “journey to freedom” is the complete economic liberalization of their economies and their full integration into the Wall Street-London centric unipolar “international order.” After the corporate-funded revolution, the corporate feast. John McCain’s tour is but a single feature of the overall plan for post-Mubarak Egypt. As early as February, 2011 the US was already preparing a package to assist Egypt’s “opposition groups” to, as TIME magazine put it, “help with constitutional reform, democratic development and election organizing.” It would also come out that billionaire banker George Soros, through his vast network of disingenuous “civil society” organizations, was funding the drafting a of a new constitution for Egypt. By March, a sum of $150 million had been committed by the US State Department for “quickly” building up Egypt’s “democracy.” The money would be used by the same organizations who organized, trained, and channeled funds to the activists that overthrew Hosni Mubarak’s government in the first place, including McCain’s IRI and the NDI. Building up a suitable puppet government, presumably run by globalist-stooge Mohamed ElBaradei, to populate an equally suitable political system made to America’s specifications, with American money, through American-funded organizations will now be coupled with an economic “fund” aimed at manipulating and reordering Egypt’s economy. The Kerry, McCain, Lieberman S.618 bill claims that Tunisian-American and Egyptian-American Enterprise Funds will assist the people of Egypt and Tunisia in forming a “political and economic system that respects universal values” and of course makes “the investment environment more attractive to domestic and international investors.” These “universal values” are determined by the current Wall Street-London hegemony and their contrived international institutions, not the Egyptian people, thus negating the possibility of any genuine progress made amidst 6 months of misguided, foreign-funded struggle and bloodshed. The “Funds” will be managed by 4 private citizens of the US, and 3 of each respective country, appointed by the President of the United States who will select people who “have had successful business careers and demonstrated experience and expertise in international and particularly emerging markets investment activities.” In other words, these “Funds” are designed to help fold Egypt into the “international order” economically, while the US State Department’s NED-funded organizations fold Egypt into the “international order” politically. The “international order,” in turn, is not some altruistic progressive paragon of equality and brotherhood amongst nations, but rather as degenerate globalist policy wonk Robert Kagan puts it, a world order that “serves the needs of the United States and its allies, which constructed it.” With that in mind, it makes perfect sense as to why Hosni Mubarak refused to become part of it, and why, despite managing a fairly reliable client-state in the service of the West, it was inevitable that he would have to be removed in order to implement Egypt’s full integration into this “international order.” Indeed this is the end game in Egypt, Tunisia, Syria, Libya, Thailand, Myanmar, and eventually China and Russia – to form a homogeneous, centrally controlled, one world government where megalomaniacs arbitrarily contrive the rules by which the rest of humanity is made to live. As seen in Libya, such arbitrary rules, and the contrived institutions that enforce them, can just as easily be cast aside when the self-serving, unaccountable agenda of the global corporate-financier elite decides. Such is the danger of absolute, centralized power and why boycotting and replacing entirely these corporations that are now parading around Egypt’s Cairo must be foremost on our agenda. To read the entire Kerry, McCain, Lieberman bill S.618 see here: http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/BILLS-112s618is/pdf/BILLS-112s618is.pdf |
| Kids Lemonade Stand At U.S. Open Fined $500 And Shut Down By Montgomery County - Friday, June 17, 2011You can make a fortune selling parking spots outside the US Open, but don’t even dream of setting up a lemonade stand.
Bruce Leshan - WUSA 9 news
June 17, 2011 BETHESDA, Md (WUSA) You can make a fortune selling parking spots outside the US Open, but don’t even dream of setting up a lemonade stand.
A county inspector ordered the Marriott and Augustine kids to shut down the stand they set up on Persimmon Tree Rd, right next to Congressional. And after they allegedly ignored a couple of warnings, the inspector fined their parents $500
http://bcove.me/b88m9nla
read more ... |
| FBI Power to Snoop Expanded (Again) - Monday, June 13, 2011Kurt Nimmo | America’s political police force gets more power to subvert legitimate dissent. The Federal Bureau of Investigation is giving significant new powers to its roughly 14,000 agents — allowing them more leeway to search databases, go through household trash or use surveillance teams to scrutinize the lives of people who have attracted their attention. People who have attracted their attention. Like antiwar activists. These are the criminals and terrorists, not the banksters on Wall Street who have stolen trillions. Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
June 13, 2011 From the Salt Lake Tribune: The Federal Bureau of Investigation is giving significant new powers to its roughly 14,000 agents — allowing them more leeway to search databases, go through household trash or use surveillance teams to scrutinize the lives of people who have attracted their attention. The FBI soon plans to issue a new edition of its manual, called the Domestic Investigations and Operations Guide, according to an official who has worked on the draft document and several others who have been briefed on its contents. The new rules add to several measures taken over the past decade to give agents more latitude as they search for signs of criminal or terrorist activity.
People who have attracted their attention. Like antiwar activists. These are the criminals and terrorists, not the banksters on Wall Street who have stolen trillions. The government is slowly but surely codifying COINTELPRO, the FBI’s illegal program of subversion against Americans practicing their rights guarenteed under the First Amendment and the Bill of Rights. read more ... |
| Peter Fonda Issues Threat Against Obama: Is There a DHS Double Standard? - Tuesday, May 24, 2011Kurt Nimmo | Actor called president “a f—— traitor” and said his grand kids might take him out.
May 24, 2011 
Is actor Peter Fonda on a terror watch list now that he has called for the murder of Obama? Is it possible Rep. Peter King, the Chairman of the House Homeland Security Committee, will include Fonda in his investigation into domestic terrorism? Has the FBI pulled Fonda aside like it has less famous political activists and asked him if he plans to engage in terrorist activity?
On Sunday, the Telegraph reported Fonda had made a round-about threat while attending the Cannes film festival in France. “I’m training my grandchildren to use long-range rifles,” said Fonda. “For what purpose? Well, I’m not going to say the words ‘Barack Obama,’ but …” The actor, famous for his portrayal of the hippie biker Captain America in the 1969 film “Easy Rider,” said “we are heading for a major conflict between the haves and the have nots. I came here many years ago with a biker movie and we stopped a war. Now, it’s about starting the world. “ On May 18, the Telegraph reported that Fonda called Obama a traitor for the role he played in the BP oil disaster. “I sent an email to President Obama saying, ‘You are a f—— traitor,’ using those words… ‘You’re a traitor, you allowed foreign boots on our soil telling our military — in this case the coastguard – what they can and could not do, and telling us, the citizens of the United States, what we could or could not do’.” Fonda is a producer of “The Big Fix,” billed as an environmental documentary about the BP oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico. The film concentrates on “the deep-rooted connection between the environmental crisis and the economic crisis,” according to its director, environmental activist and documentary filmmaker Josh Tickell. “We are taking on the oil companies, the U.S. government, the military and the banks,” Tickell told The Hollywood Reporter. “And we are exposing something that the U.S. media didn’t cover… So there is a danger.” No indication yet if that danger comes from the government, the FBI, and the Department of Homeland Security. In 2010, a report issued by the DHS pinpointed the patriot movement, Second Amendment advocates, opponents of an open border, and returning veterans as the preeminent threat to the government, not environmentalists. The DHS, however, has not completely ignored leftists – it issued a similar report warning about the threat posed by extremists on the so-called left. Is it possible the government does not consider Fonda and co-producer Tim Robbins as a serious threat to the established order because the environmental movement is by and large a creation of the globalists and their foundations? If not for the largess of the Rockefeller Foundation, the Ford Foundation, the Turner Foundation and assorted other foundations, the modern environmental movement would be an ignored fringe political movement. The Rockefeller Brothers Fund and the small but influential Rockefeller Family Fund operate the Environmental Grantmakers Association, one of the central guiding agencies for the global green movement. Fonda and Tickell may rage against Obama and the bankers, but their screed fits nicely in the larger anti-capitalist movement directed and funded by the globalists in order to introduce their eugenics concepts of population reduction and the so-called rewilding of North America, in essence a dismantling of civilization under the aegis of saving the earth. Peter Fonda will likely be allowed to issue indirect threats against the president without serious repercussions. If, on the other hand, a member of Oath Keepers, WeAreChange, or any other patriot organization not part of the left coddled and orchestrated by the elite, unwisely did likewise the FBI would be at their doorstep and the NSA cataloging and scrutinizing their phone calls, email and web destinations. read more ... |
| Free Markets & Socialism: An Alternative View - Saturday, April 30, 2011Why is medical care subsidized by insurance schemes and socialism? The answer is quite obvious in that medical care requires highly trained practitioners and state-of-the-art technology to provide the absolute best care. Such trained practitioners and technology is of limited supply, in great demand and thus incredibly expensive to procure for the average person without financial assistance, be it from insurance schemes or socialist handouts.
Transitioning from socialism to pragmatic, technological solutions. Tony Cartalucci
Prisonplanet.com
April 30, 2011 
Building things, making things, technological and scientific
progress moves forward the frontier of human knowledge
and makes all that follows in its wake more accessible and
affordable to the average person. Why is medical care subsidized by insurance schemes and socialism? The answer is quite obvious in that medical care requires highly trained practitioners and state-of-the-art technology to provide the absolute best care. Such trained practitioners and technology is of limited supply, in great demand and thus incredibly expensive to procure for the average person without financial assistance, be it from insurance schemes or socialist handouts. However, perpetually subsidizing medical care will never address the underlying cause of its scarcity and in turn, its incredible price. Subsidizing is also unsustainable economically. It requires rationing and difficult “moral” decisions to be made regarding who receives what treatment. Such scenarios belittle both human dignity and the full potential of humanity in general. Of course no one could seriously suggest people deserve to be denied medical care for the simple fact that they cannot afford it. The sad reality is that many people do not receive the best treatment available, subsidized or not, because neither they nor the state can afford it. So what is the answer? When is it ok to subsidize political solutions and what can be done to find permanent, pragmatic, technical solutions? The answer is quite simple – perhaps so simple, especially when divorced from political ideology, it eludes understanding in today’s political arena. Socialist handouts are tools. Like any tool they are only as good as the people using them. While the intentions of socialist medicine, welfare, education and so on seem noble, in reality they are primarily used by self-serving crooked politicians as bribes handed out in exchange for the voting public’s servile dependency on a particular political agenda. Generations of voting blocs have been created using socialist handouts in just this fashion. Pragmatic solutions are never seriously pursued because pragmatic, permanent solutions – while alleviating entirely any particular social problem – would undermine the real purpose of the handouts, namely, building a dependent, servile voting bloc.However, let us imagine socialist handouts for a particular social problem such as medical care applied in the context of a temporary stop-gap measure. While people are subsidized for care, the commitments are temporary and voluntary only to prevent people from dying without proper treatment. Meanwhile, investments are put into education and biomedical technology with specific benchmarks and time frames in mind. Simultaneously, barriers such as crippling “intellectual property rights” and monopolizing business practices are eliminated to allow real competition to flourish. By increasing the supply of trained practitioners and biomedical engineers through improved education, and advancing biomedical technology past current levels of precarious scarcity the price for medical care will drop accordingly. With monopolies eliminated, real progress can be effected. If a particular company has a viable, affordable treatment for cancer, no established monopoly will be able to lobby Washington to regulate it out of business to protect their particular racket. Similar solutions could also easily be applied to the inadequate, antiquated, parasitic oil and car industries as well. We should look around society today and take stock in industries and commodities we take for granted. We do not kill one another over the last chicken leg or leaf of lettuce nor do many people go without basic food. This is not because we have mastered subsidizing socialist handouts to feed our populations, rather we have developed agricultural technology that allows us to create an affordable market nearly anyone can benefit from under normal circumstances. Likewise, medical technology and other essential industries can and must be advanced to where the market price is affordable to all. This will not happen with socialist handouts or monopolizing regulations in place. It will happen with improved education and healthy competition within the markets, where the only protection given is the rights of entrepreneurs big and small to pursue their trade without being hindered by monopolistic practices. In the meantime, it is sensible to transition away from total, permanent (and pandering) socialist solutions and move toward temporary stop-gaps until this is achieved. Real, technical education in engineering, design, medicine, and other physical, world shaping trades should be re-prioritized over the degenerate fixation the West has for “administration” and “service sector” occupations. Economies still performing during the current economic depression including Germany, South Korea, and other nations that ply in real industry are proof of the merits of this argument. Engineering, design, and science is what advances the frontiers of human knowledge and makes all that follows in its wake more accessible and affordable to the average person. Of course, another essential aspect of a fully functioning free market is a well informed consumer base. Without an informed consumer base, monopolistic regulations are easily put and kept in place. Failed business models can perpetually stay in business no matter how horrendously and consistently they fail their consumer base. The entwined relationship between big business and government is allowed to grow unchecked, perpetually to the detriment of the average person. We can begin today to rectify this problem and begin our journey toward a more promising future by first turning off the crass entertainment that has intentionally lulled us into the ignorant, uninformed stupor within which these corporations operate with impunity. We can instead use our time to teach ourselves in areas where our public education has failed us and reignite our interest in shaping the world rather than watching it pass us by on the sofa. We need not wait for this paradigm to shift nationally. We can begin shifting it locally amongst proactive groups of vigilant, ambitious citizens. In many cases, such as organic farming and home school education, this is already being done. Ultimately if we want change, we must take the responsibility upon ourselves to make it happen pragmatically, not politically. read more ... |
| Soros Event Sets in Motion New Attacks on Dollar - Thursday, April 21, 2011It’s been two weeks since George Soros bought himself a major economic conference designed to remake the entire global economy. Just because the event received little major news attention, it still had an impact Americans might be reeling from for years.
1944 Soros under Nazi Control sold out Jews and has no remorse about it, at all
Bretton Woods conference accelerates push for new world currency Dan Gainor
Business & Media Institute
Thursday, April 21, 2011 It’s been two weeks since George Soros bought himself a major economic conference designed to remake the entire global economy. Just because the event received little major news attention, it still had an impact Americans might be reeling from for years. When the anti-American Soros spent $50 million creating the New York City-based Institute for New Economic Thinking (INET), he set in motion a major move against the dollar. The billionaire who once crushed the British pound through currency trading openly declared his plans to ‘reform the currency system.’ In the Machiavellian mind of Soros, the dollar needed to take a back seat and end its stint as the world reserve currency. ‘The dollar no longer enjoys the trust and confidence that it once did, yet no other currency can take its place,’ he wrote in late 2009. In 2011, he was already pushing aside the dollar. ‘The big question is whether the U.S. dollar should be the reserve currency; and, in fact, it no longer is,’ Soros told Bloomberg. He’s not the only one. Nobel Prize winning economist and Soros buddy Joseph Stiglitz said he is arguing for ‘a global reserve currency.’ Stiglitz, who also chairs the UN General Assembly on Reforms of the International Monetary and Financial System, called for a new ‘global system,’ saying the current one is ‘fundamentally unfair because it means that poor countries are lending to the U.S. at close to zero interest rates.’ In the short time following the Soros-funded Bretton Woods event, the move against the dollar has gained momentum rapidly. Soros wrote in 2009 that ‘the rising powers must be present at the creation of this new system to ensure that they will be active supporters.’ Here come those rising powers right now, singing the Soros tune.
The five BRICS nations – Brazil, Russia, India, China and new member South Africa – had their third summit meeting one week after Soros held his. Unsurprisingly, the themes were similar, with BRICS nations calling ‘for a restructuring of the World War II-era global financial system and an eventual end to the long reign of the U.S. dollar as the world’s reserve currency.’ We’ve heard that all before – from Soros himself. In 2009, Soros called for the increased use of an obscure economic tool called Special Drawing Rights (SDRs). Before your eyes glaze over, SDRs are essentially a ‘basket of currencies’ – the euro, Japanese yen, pound sterling and U.S. dollar. If the world starts using them more and the dollar less, then U.S. economic status declines. According to The Pioneer of India, those five nations ‘have called for ‘a broad-based international reserve currency system providing stability and certainty.” The group also wants more of a say in how international economic institutions are run and what currencies make up the SDR basket. That last concern reflects an existing move to include the Chinese remimbi in the SDR selection. The Wall Street Journal agreed that’s what’s going on, quoting Chinese central bank-governor Zhou Xiaochuan saying the G-20 nations are considering adding China’s currency to the four other in the SDR. ”If someone suggests that the RMB [the renminbi] should be in the SDR, I welcome this kind of opinion,’ Mr. Zhou told a panel discussion.’ He’s not alone. Michael Pettis, a finance professor at Peking University and a senior associate at the Soros-funded Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, claimed that the dollar is even bad for the United States. In a Financial Times opinion piece, he argued ‘America must give up on the dollar.’ The Financial Times, you’ll remember, had five news employees speak at Soros’s Bretton Woods event, too.
read more ... |
| Bretton Woods II — The Final Enslavement of Mankind - Sartre | Any attempt to force a singular curre - Monday, April 18, 2011ONE WORLD CURRENCY
Sartre | Any attempt to force a singular currency and a universal taxation levee is a fulfillment of the final enslavement of mankind.
Sartre
Infowars.com
April 18, 2011 “The rising powers must be present at the creation of this new system in order to ensure that they will be active supporters.” – George Soros 
Charges of a conspiracy theory are a convenient pretext to dismiss criticism when the global financial elites meet to shape the next evolution of centralized control of all economic activity. When Mayer Amschel Rothschild admitted, “Give me the power of the money and it will not matter anymore who is commanding”, he exposed the true nature of international finance. The new front man for the shadow masters of money is George Soros. His visibility is used to deflect attention away from the supra national circle of recluse manipulators, who set the agenda for globalism. The history of world politics is really the chronicle of money, debt and banking. Only by understanding this clash of titans, can one interpret the language of worldwide finance. It is not often that you get to look into the window of the future before it takes place. The obsession with the political posturing of the torturous grinding process that produces a kosher sausage product causes acute indigestion. Banking is one such example and the INET, The Institute for New Economic Thinking, who sponsored the Bretton Woods II conference is the Neshama gourmet version of ground up animal flesh. Funneling the herd into the corral of a new world currency openly discussed, as the panacea for the coming collapse of international finance, is the height of totalitarian arrogance. Soros, in The Alchemy of Finance wrote, “To put it bluntly, I fancied myself as some kind of god or an economic reformer like Keynes…. As I made my way in the world, reality came close enough to my fantasy to allow me to admit my secret, at least to myself.” Some of the attendees and speakers at the INET conference included: • Gordon Brown, former U.K. Prime Minister. • Paul Volcker, former Fed Chairman and chairman of President Obama’s Economic Advisory Board. • Economist Jeffrey Sachs, director of The Earth Institute. • Joseph E. Stiglitz, former senior vice president and chief economist for the World Bank and Nobel Prize winner in Economics. • INET Executive Director Rob Johnson, former managing director at Soros Fund Management.
Columbia professor Jeffrey Sachs, who sits on the board of INET is known for his ‘Shock Therapy’. Aaron Klein reports in WND. “Sachs is, a special adviser to U.N. Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon, is founder and co-president of the Soros-funded Millennium Promise Alliance. He has been a World Bank consultant who formerly directed Harvard’s Institute for International Development, which he turned into a major conduit advocating for World Bank and International Monetary Funds use for structural adjustment programs in the Third World and beyond”. Mr. Klein then cites from the Investor’s Business Daily. “A Millennium goal called for a “currency transfer tax,” a “tax on the rental value of land and natural resources,” a “royalty on worldwide fossil energy projection — oil, natural gas, coal,” “fees for the commercial use of the oceans, fees for airplane use of the skies, fees for use of the electromagnetic spectrum, fees on foreign exchange transactions, and a tax on the carbon content of fuels.” Does this sound like a global tax contrived to fund a centralized and top down authoritarian structure to replace nation states? The old Tobin Tax never dreamed of such grand designs. The psychosis of the Soros model is axiomatic, but the mainstream media avoids such characterization. Back in the mist of the market meltdown, Gideon Rachman of the Financial Times warns about a previous precursor of the Soros’ venue, “like most sequels, Bretton Woods II is not going to be nearly as good as the original. The first conference gave birth to the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund. Its successor will be duller and less consequential.” If Mr. Rachman believes that creating the IMF and World Bank was good for the planet, he must have sat next to Soros at the London School of Economics. Mr. Rachman cites his reservations for the success of a second Bretton Woods back in 2008. “The first reason for this is that the global financial crisis – bad as it is – is hardly the second world war. The war destroyed the established order and so the statesmen who drew up the postwar institutions had a blank piece of paper on which to doodle. Second, there is not enough time. The original Bretton Woods conference benefited from two years of preparation, not two weeks. Third – and rather important – the countries that are meeting in Washington this weekend disagree. The Europeans, who adore all forms of international governance, are pushing for new global regulators for the international financial system. The Americans and Chinese – more jealous of their national sovereignty – are more cautious.”
Pat Buchanan reacts to the British Empire’s effort to enshrine Lord Keynes into the national constitution during this latest attempt to draft a unified draconic banking system. “(Gordon) Brown wants the IMF to become the “global central bank,” the Fed of the world economy. No way, Brownie. Americans are not going to fund such a bank, nor cede it authority, nor abide by its dictates. We are not yet a Third World nation dependent on the IMF.”
However, is Pat right on this one? With the Soros influence in this Obama administration is any American safe from the whims of the banksters? Is there the will in Congress to confront the executive abuses of this puppet president? When the ultimate crunch finally enfolds the TARP and “too big to fail”, bailouts will be small potatoes. The BRIC countries are already calling for the replacement of the counterfeit dollar as the reserved currency.
Going back further in time to 2004, John Brimelow in Market Watch, identifies the key issue with floating currency rate exchange. “What everyone has is a massive Chinese undervaluation problem. Any exchange rate discussion that fails to start with this fact is fatuous. In 1993, China fixed its currency, the yuan, at $1 = Y8.28. Since then, capital and technology have poured into China. It has built up foreign exchange reserves more than ten-fold, to almost $500 billion, an expansion almost unmatched in history. Yet the decline of the dollar in the past two years has effectively dragged down the pegged yuan another 35 percent against the major currencies — exactly the reverse of what should have happened, given China’s exporting success.”
Just think how much further the dollar has sunk while Chinese reserves have grown to unbelievable levels. No one is saying that a currency crisis is not real. The point is that international finance has the goal to become the credit-funding agent for the entire world. Dan Gainor from the Media Research Center reveals the plan to put China in the catbird seat. “INET isn’t subtle about its aims for the conference. Johnson interviewed fellow INET board member Robert Skidelsky about “The Need for a New Bretton Woods” in a recent video. The introductory slide to the video is subtitled: “How currency issues and tension between the US and China are renewing calls for a global financial overhaul.” Skidelsky called for a new agreement and said in the video that the conflict between the United States and China was “at the center of any monetary deal that may be struck, that needs to be struck.”
Panel at Bretton Woods Conference.Watch the video The Need for a New Bretton Woods for the Skidelsky interview. Then view the Panel at INET’s Bretton Woods Conference for the real story behind the push for a single global central bank system. “This is the heart of much of our economic catastrophe. Sovereign governments are sacrificing themselves for private banking institutions. Trillions upon trillions of taxpayer dollars, world-wide, are being transferred to banks that have destroyed themselves many times over with their Enron-style Ponzi schemes and ‘creative accounting.’ The question is, how long will people stand for it? Soon it will be too late. So far, Iceland is the ONLY country whose people have made the right choice, while Ireland and Greece have made the devastatingly wrong choice — with Portugal ready to follow suit.” The significance of the Soros conference at Bretton Woods is that national governments are an endangered species if they do not eliminate the banking cartel that is the primary global dictatorship that faces mankind. The avarice Rothschild culture that underpins the debt created money system is the most dangerous terrorist that seeks to impose the ultimate Global Gulag on every county. The Totalitarian Collectivism we all face is upon us. Soros is an evil man, but the system that he is part of is bent on eliminating or subjugating any regime, like Iceland, that repudiates the rule of banksters. These financers are admittedly the evil rulers of society. Any attempt to force a singular currency and a universal taxation levee is a fulfillment of the final enslavement of man-kind. Bretton Wood II is an outline for things to come. The debt created money cartel is ready to impose their captivity on sovereign governments. Soros is telegraphing their plan. We are engaged in the final battle for liberty and America is losing the war. The inevitable dollar default is the tool used to sentence you to death row. Now is the time to seek divine guidance and beg for national forgiveness.
read more ... |
| Big Brother Unveils Online ID System to Track Your Every Move - Monday, April 18, 2011The feds are now rolling out their internet ID cashless society tracking grid and the TSA is threatening to list anyone that criticizes them as terrorists. Stewart Rhodes, founder of Oath Keepers will be joining Alex in studio during the second hour to awaken the people and discuss strategies to defeat the globalists. read more ... |
| A Soviet America? - Friday, April 15, 2011Scott Lazarowitz | Central planning monopolists of the State are continuously rewarded for their failures. Scott Lazarowitz
LewRockwell.com
April 15, 2011 
With Peace Prize Laureate Barack Obama’s new war of Orwellian peaceful violence in Libya, this is yet another reminder of why socialism and central planning in security is a bad idea. The conservatives who are the most outspoken opponents of “socialism” are the true socialists: It is they who cherish national security socialism, the public or State ownership of the means of production in national security, a central-planning monopoly in territorial protection. Americans and foreign peoples have suffered time and again because of the moral hazard of any form of socialism, from what Ludwig von Mises would call socialism’s “planned chaos,” in this case the planned chaos of socialized national security. The State’s inherently immoral and counter-productive scheme of usurping a people’s right of self-defense has allowed the State to be responsible for the most egregious crimes against humanity, especially in the American “Civil War,” in two World Wars, in Vietnam, Iraq, Afghanistan and Pakistan, and other parts of the world. And now Libya. Some are already predicting that Obama’s war in Libya will backfire, with a possible Gaddafi revenge attack similar to the Lockerbie bombing in 1988. Given that socialists and central planners tend to not learn from history, this Obama Libya war looks like another textbook study of planned chaos, similar to George W. Bush’s Iraq. Former President Bush’s planned chaos in Iraq had effected in the killing of hundreds of thousands of innocent civilians, widespread destruction of the country, and the establishment of a repressive, pro-Iranian Islamic Sharia Law in Iraq. Even further than merely a Gaddafi revenge attack against the U.S., Obama may possibly be arming Libyan rebels including members of al Qaeda, a stated enemy of the United States especially since 9/11. And Syria and Mexico may be next on the list for the inept security socialists. One only needs to step back and view the history of America’s security blunders in a broad sense. For example, if America did not have a centralized national security monopoly in Washington, and instead allowed open competition in the field of security and required that all individuals follow the rule of law, would President Wilson have risked entering the U.S. into World War I, especially knowing that the War was already ending with treaties already in the works? Would President Lincoln have waged war against the Southern States, targeted thousands of innocent civilians and destroyed entire cities, had there been actual legal and market-based financial consequences applied to Lincoln for such aggressions? Government bureaucrats, holding a monopoly in territorial protection and lacking incentives to improve performance, do not tend to pay attention to past mistakes and are not held accountable for their transgressions. Some further questions to ask include these: Would the U.S. government’s agents of the Pentagon or CIA have deliberately radicalized Muslims in Afghanistan during Afghanistan’s 1980s war with Russia, had the U.S. government actually paid attention to the consequences of its CIA-led coup in Iran in 1953? Those consequences were the decades of Iranian anti-Americanism, the 1979 Iranian Islamic Revolution and the taking of American hostages in Iran. Also, would the U.S. government have initiated wars of aggression in Afghanistan and Iraq in the early 2000s had its monopolists learned from the consequences, throughout the 1990s, of their first war in Iraq of 1991? Why do the Washington security monopolists repeatedly make Americans less safe with schemes of intrusions and provocations abroad? One possible explanation is the inherently flawed nature of any central planning monopoly. The comparison of government provision of national security to a hypothetical private security provision may sound absurd to some people. However, it is necessary to point out that, instead of being an economically sound system, the current government monopoly is a political system, in which congressmen and senators’ reelection campaigns (and campaign finances and contributions) are a part of the equation, along with the federal government’s uncoordinated defense bureaucracy and the politically-connected private-sector military contractors. The current centralized national security monopoly is without competition and profit/loss motives to genuinely provide the most efficient, high quality service at the lowest cost to the consumers. Under the current socialism, the real motive turns into a “breaking windows” scheme to justify an ever-increasing bureaucracy combined with its corporatist colluders. To illustrate those points, one can study economist Hans-Hermann Hoppe’s comparison of America’s democratic public ownership of a centralized government to the monarchies of the past. Unlike a monarchy in which the king owns the country’s territory and has a long-term interest in its capital value, in democracies the rulers are “temporary caretakers”: (The) temporary and interchangeable democratic caretaker does not own the country, but as long as he is in office he is permitted to use it to his advantage. He owns its current use but not its capital stock. This does not eliminate exploitation. Instead, it makes exploitation shortsighted (present-oriented) and uncalculated, i.e., carried out without regard for the value of the capital stock.
Hoppe further notes: …a private government owner (a monarch) will want to avoid exploiting his subjects so heavily, for instance, as to reduce his future earnings potential to such an extent that the present value of his estate actually falls. Instead, in order to preserve or possibly even enhance the value of his personal property, he will systematically restrain himself in his exploitation policies….. In distinct contrast…. public government ownership will result in continual capital consumption. Instead of maintaining or even enhancing the value of the government estate, as a private owner would tend to do, a government’s temporary caretaker will quickly use up as much of the government resources as possible….
The system of government monopolies, funded largely by coercive taxation and a central bank’s creation of money without genuine value, inherently encourages the irresponsibility of deficit-spending and public debt. The scheme also does not impose punishments for the temporary caretakers’ domestic or foreign aggressions with their misuse of governmental apparatus. In economic terms, because of government bureaucrats’ lack of competitive incentives and profit/loss motive, government’s central planners cannot take individual market factors into account, making economic calculations impossible. Government monopolists engage in political calculations rather than economic ones. And government’s central planners seem as incapable of understanding the morals and ethics of civil liberties and property rights in foreign relations as they do in domestic policy. Hence, the “planned chaos” and blowback of each and every fiasco of the U.S. government’s national security socialism scheme. Because of this socialist government monopoly in territorial security and armed force, the bureaucrats act more in their own political self-interests and have tended to act more aggressively, because there are no punishments of their aggressions and short-sightedness. In contrast, there would be punishments, economic and legal, applied to private industries who engage in acts of fraud or deceit (e.g. going to war based on lies, fabricated information and propaganda), trespass on the property of others (e.g. placing military bases and stationing troops on other countries’ territories despite the objections of those territories’ populations), or cause deaths of civilians and destruction of property. Last year’s Washington Post series, Top Secret America (Parts 1, 2, 3, and 4) on this scheme informed Americans about how the current national security socialism has turned into a tax-redistributive racket. (And it did so by the turn of the 20th Century, no less.) As more private industries became connected with the State, their profiting from other Americans’ labor and productivity via the redistributive apparatus of taxation has replaced the principles of private property rights, economic freedom and the rule of law. The U.S. government’s provocations abroad have become justifications for the continued expansion of the parasitic military-industrial-complex. And in the past several decades especially, Washington’s “security experts” have repeatedly demonstrated that their schemes have more to do with the expansion of the State than with the protection of 300 million Americans. The central planners have turned to extremes – such as, in their TSA, their PATRIOT Act and other policies that have grossly damaged individuals’ rights to due process and presumption of innocence – rather than face the truth that it is the U.S. government’s intrusive and violent foreign policy that has provoked terrorism against the U.S. The apparatus of the State’s socialization and monopoly of territorial protection has provided a structure of power over others. Unfortunately, that power seems to attract those with less moral character but with more desire for that power, and with a lack of inhibition to exercise that power. The system has encouraged the agents of the State to become increasingly aggressive in their use of governmental apparatus to wield that power, as they have zealously seized on opportunities to expand the size and power of the State especially through their demagogic manipulations of the public’s fears and anxieties. Private security firms could not do that, for they must act under the rule of law. For example, in 1990, former President George H.W. Bush used the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait as a means to further expand the U.S. government’s military and other government apparatus in the Middle East. There were also questionable corporate special interests, such as Henry Kissinger’s Kuwait connection, involved in Bush’s 1991 Persian Gulf War against Iraq, a country that was of no threat to the U.S. The propaganda campaign that was used to persuade the American people to support the war was extensive. 12 Years later, Bush’s son George W. Bush also employed a major propaganda campaign to convince the American people to start another war against Iraq. Governments, with a monopoly over territorial security, have also employed false flag operations as a means of manipulating the fears and anxieties of their countries’ inhabitants, for the purpose of further expanding their State apparatus and power. Even now, with President Obama’s continuation and expansion of the Bush wars overseas, the U.S. military bureaucrats have become even more zealous in their attempts to justify further expansions of the U.S. government abroad, despite their constant failures and ineptitude. Now, they have been illegally employing the use of psy-ops, or “psychological operations,” on U.S. senators to get congressional support to increase troops and funding for the failing wars. Psy-ops are generally used on foreign government agents or diplomats to influence their emotions and decisions to become favorable to one’s own ends. Psy-ops are often used on the enemy during times of war; given that the senators being targeted in those operations represent the American people, it gives the appearance that the U.S. government perceives Americans as the enemy. This is usually what happens when a government – through its monopolistic power – grows in its size and power, and its existence becomes more self-serving. The zeal of U.S. government officials has been exposed now in broad daylight, in their treatment of PFC Bradley Manning, the Army soldier accused of leaking thousands of classified documents exposing alleged U.S. war crimes and U.S. diplomatic incompetence and buffoonery. None of the leaks are said to have posed a threat to any U.S. soldier overseas or to Americans in the U.S. The military has been holding Manning for months in isolation, employing extreme psychological distress, as well as forced prolonged nudity. As I have mentioned, only sick degenerates would treat another human being that way. The officials are really using Manning as an example, a means of threatening others who may consider heroic whistleblowing acts. Throughout the past century we have seen one example after another, one senseless war after another, millions of deaths and ruined lives, of how the socialist monopoly of national security and its planned chaos have gone against our security, as well as against our freedom and prosperity. In 19th Century economist Gustave de Molinari’s comparison of government-monopolized security and the private production of security, Molinari noted, Under the rule of free competition, war between the producers of security entirely loses its justification. Why would they make war? To conquer consumers? But the consumers would not allow themselves to be conquered. They would be careful not to allow themselves to be protected by men who would unscrupulously attack the persons and property of their rivals.
If private security firms used their armaments, coercion against others and deceit for the purpose of acting aggressively against neighbors or foreigners (for reasons other than “defense” of their clients or fellow territorial inhabitants), that would land them in jail. In fact, because of the invasiveness, enslavements and trespasses inherent in all forms of socialism – not just national security socialism – there logically could not be actual rule of law. Can anyone seriously claim that the U.S. government has been acting under the rule of law? In fact, we have seen, time and again, how the central planning monopolists of the State are continuously rewarded for their failures, and for their crimes as well. There need to be legal and competitive incentives to ensure the efficiency and productivity of any service to others. Why? Because of human nature. There need to be market-oriented punishments for failure to achieve, such as bankruptcy and termination of employment or contracts. And there need to be legal punishments applied to those who criminally misuse armed forces. Otherwise, if failures and crimes are allowed to continue without punishments, that is ipso-facto rewarding those failures and crimes, a consequence inherent in a compulsory monopoly in which the citizenry are forced to patronize the one provider of a service – in this case, that of territorial protection, or national security. For further information on the private alternative to national security socialism, please read No More Military Socialism by Murray Rothbard, Foreign Aggression by Morris and Linda Tannehill, The Private Production of Defense (pdf) by Hans-Hermann Hoppe, The Myth of National Defense (pdf) also by Hoppe, and The Myth of Efficient Government Service by Rothbard. Stock up with Fresh Food that lasts with eFoodsDirect (Ad) But for those who are still skeptical of the notion of privatization of security, and who are not as concerned as I am regarding the growing intrusiveness of the State and its hired guns into our lives and liberty, perhaps an acceptable alternative could be decentralization. Eliminate the U.S. federal government’s centralized monopoly in territorial security and allow each U.S. state to control its own self-protection. Doing so would reduce the possibility that any one state would aggress against others, or against foreigners, for such aggressions would be met with harsh punishments from surrounding states. Additionally, with renewed independence and sovereignty, each state’s inhabitants would be better able to “vote with their feet,” which, given the one monopolistic choice we currently have with Washington, most Americans are not able to do. Finally, there are those who are concerned that without a centralized National Security monopoly in Washington, that it would be easier for foreign governments to invade the U.S. But those are unfounded fears. If, for example, China were to invade the U.S. with the goal of occupying and taking over America, a likely scenario given how indebted the U.S. is to China and increasingly less likely to pay what is owed, most Americans would readily take up arms to protect themselves, their families and their properties. This situation, however, can be easily avoided by ending the Federal Reserve’s compulsory monopoly in the production of money and allowing for competing currencies, and outlawing Congressional deficit-spending and public debts. |
| White House threats on Wayne Madsen, Al Qauda Obama the terrorist wants him killed! - Thursday, April 14, 2011White House threats on Wayne Madsen must be taken seriously - Wednesday, April 13, 2011 Wayne Madsen Report | A source, connected to the White House, gave a warning stark in its directness: “They want to kill you.” The globalists to take oil to $200 a barrel, devalue the dollar, and destroy the United States
As the price of gas continues its unprecedented ascent through the stratosphere, Alex talks with pastor Lindsey Williams, who has revealed a plan by the globalists to take oil to $200 a barrel, devalue the dollar, and destroy the United States. Alex also talks with investigative journalist and former National Security Agency consultant Wayne Madsen about threats made on his life. Earlier this month, Madsen received word from a source in a foreign intelligence agency allied with the United States that the Obama White House wants him killed. “It was perfectly clear that the phrase was not being used as a figure of speech,” writes Madsen.
Wayne Madsen Report | A source, connected to the White House, gave a warning stark in its directness: “They want to kill you.” Wayne Madsen Report
Posted April 13, 2011 (April 4, 2011) In yet another indication that America’s democratic experiment is a thing of the past, this editor has received word from a source in a foreign intelligence agency allied with the United States that there has been talk by some within the Obama White House that this editor is under threat. What particular stories have inflamed the White House are not known but the warning conveyed by the source, who has connections within the White House, was stark in its directness: “They want to kill you.” It was perfectly clear that the phrase was not being used as a figure of speech. That this development is being reported on April 4 is even more ironic. On April 4, 1968, Dr. Martin Luther King, Kr. was assassinated in Memphis during his mission to support striking sanitation workers in the city. Now, we have our first African-American president and a threat to kill a journalist who is most definitely not one of their favorites has been seriously discussed. Of course, muckraking journalists have been under threat before in America. In 1972, columnist and investigative journalist Jack Anderson had ended up very high on President Richard Nixon’s infamous “enemies list.” Anderson had long been a burr under the political saddle of Nixon and the president blamed Anderson for exposing a number of Nixon’s corrupt activities, including the exposure in 1956 by Anderson and his boss, Drew Pearson, of a loan from Howard Hughes to Nixon’s brother Donald. In the years before the Watergate scandal broke but at a time when other various scandals in the Nixon administration began to receive the bulldog-like attention of Anderson, who succeeded Pearson as editor of the “Washington Merry-Go-Round column in 1969, there were serious discussions among Nixon aides Charles Colson and G. Gordon Liddy, as well as the CIA’s Dr. Edward Gunn, an expert on poisons, about assassinating the troublesome Anderson. Scenarios included the use of LSD or poison but Anderson’s Mormon religion and the fact that he did not drink ruled out the use of poisons or LSD in his drink. Staging an automobile accident in which Anderson would be incinerated was also an option. Another scenario considered was one which would have appeared to be a random Washington, DC street mugging in which Anderson would be stabbed or have his throat slit. The plot to assassinate Anderson came to an abrupt halt as Liddy, Colson, and E. Howard Hunt, who had also been involved in the action against Anderson, were exposed in the May 1972 break-in at the Watergate headquarters of the Democratic National Committee. Although I have attempted to pattern WMR after Anderson’s and Pearson’s “Merry-Go-Round” column, I do not have the luxury of newspaper syndicators or a Pulitzer Prize, all of which Anderson could rely on as firewalls between him and those in the White House who wanted to kill him. I ran the information about the warning from the foreign intelligence source by some African-Americans in Washington who have worked with Obama White House officials. Their response was less than encouraging. The bottom line is that the White House engages in the type of “gangster politics” for which their home base of Chicago has become infamous. Although I have taken precautions in covering post-genocide Rwanda, child trafficking in Thailand and Cambodia, the “loss” of nuclear weapons at Minot Air Force Base in North Dakota, the gunning down by police of CIA asset Tony Carnaby in Houston, the story of “Washington Madam” Deborah Jeane Palfrey, and BP’s activities on the Gulf Coast in the wake of the Deepwater Horizon disaster, and President Obama’s and incoming Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel’s past activities in Chicago, those measures were temporary and lasted for as long as I was in the field. However, I have absolutely no desire to constantly be in fear of the type of a White House-directed or -tolerated hit like that discussed by Nixon aides on Anderson who had the benefit of a degree of support from his syndicate and the newspapers who carried his column, which included The Washington Post. Preliminary plans are being made to continue the investigative journalism of this website from a safer vantage point abroad and in an environment that provides basic protection for press freedom. Unfortunately, the United States is no longer a safe place for independent journalists. Today, President Obama kicked off his 2012 presidential campaign in a web video message. Without a Democratic primary challenger, it can be safely assumed that the White House will pull out every arrow in its quiver to suppress negative information about Obama. The mere fact that the announcement of Obama’s re-election came on the anniversary of the assassination of Dr. King shows that Obama will shamelessly attach himself to the legacy of the much-revered African-American leader with whom he shares no cultural legacy of historical African-Americans with their family histories of slavery in the South and sharecropping. Nor would King, if alive today, approve of any of Obama’s pro-war and pro-corporate policies. With a second Obama term a likelihood, iIt only makes sense, therefore, that the reporting on the “new America” be conducted from a more secure location. There is an interesting postscript to this story. Not once, during the eight years of the Bush administration, did I ever receive such a credible and direct threat. In fact, after WMR’s stories about marital friction between Bush and First Lady Laura Bush received national media attention, there was a communication from a close friend of Mrs. Bush that if I laid off her marital situation, I would be given a major scoop. Knowing that no one should ever cut a deal with the Bush family or their friends, I kindly declined the offer. But whereas the Bush White House was prepared to offer a carrot, the Obama administration appears to favor the stick or another lethal weapon of choice.
read more ... |
| Ontario court strikes down marijuana laws - Wednesday, April 13, 2011Ontario Superior Court Justice Donald Taliano found that the marijuana program is failing to ensure that patients who need the drug can get the necessary approvals. So the St. Catharines, Ont. justice declared the "Marihuana Medical Access Regulations" invalid. And, because the problems with the program force medical marijuana users to resort to illegal means to obtain their marijuana, Taliano also struck down two sections of the Controlled Drugs and Substances Act that prohibit possession and cultivating marijuana. He deemed the sections unconstitutional because they can be used to charge medical marijuana users who haven't been able to obtain medical marijuana licences. "Rather than promote health – the regulations have the opposite effect. Rather than promote effective drug control – the regulations drive the critically ill to the black market," he wrote. The ruling doesn't immediately make pot possession legal: the judge suspended his ruling for three months, giving Ottawa until July to fix the problems his ruling identified. The federal government is expected to appeal. The case was brought by Matthew Mernagh, a 37-year-old St. Catharines man who suffers from several illnesses, including fibromyalgia, seizures and scoliosis. He says marijuana is the most effective treatment for his pain but has been unable to find a doctor to support his application for a medical marijuana licence. So he resorted to growing his own cannabis and was charged with producing the drug. Taliano stayed those charges with his ruling. The court heard that doctors across Canada have effectively boycotted Health Canada's medical marijuana program. The doctors have been refusing to grant the licences because they say they haven't been given enough training about how to prescribe the drug. They also say the government has failed to fund sufficient clinical trials of the drug. Several other medicinal users of the drug testified they faced similar problems that Mernagh described, and that Health Canada would take months to process their applications. read more ... |
| Mom drives van into NY river, killing self, 3 kids - Wednesday, April 13, 2011A 10-year-old boy escaped through the window of a minivan and swam to shore to get help just as his mother drove the van into New York's Hudson River, killing herself and three other children, police said Wednesday.
NEWBURGH, N.Y. — A 10-year-old boy escaped through the window of a minivan and swam to shore to get help just as his mother drove the van into New York's Hudson River, killing herself and three other children, police said Wednesday.
Lashanda Armstrong, 25, drove the minivan into the river off a boat ramp in the city of Newburgh about 8 p.m. Tuesday, shortly after a domestic incident, police said. The van went into the river just six blocks from where the family lived in this faded city about 60 miles (100 kilometres) north of New York City. Fire Chief Michael Vatter said a passer-by saw Lashaun Armstrong come out of the river, picked up the soaking wet boy and took him to a nearby fire department. Vatter said the boy was so distraught that he had difficulty talking but ultimately told firefighters what happened. Rescuers went immediately to the river but it was too late to save the four victims.
read more ... |
| Two more sex changes for BC television reporter - Wednesday, April 13, 2011The B.C. television reporter at the centre of a child sex abuse investigation is facing four new charges. Veteran Global BC journalist Ron Bencze was charged in January with sexual interference and invitation to sexual touching involving a person under 16 for alleged offences dating back to 2001, when the child was just six years old. Surrey RCMP announced Tuesday that the 44-year-old now faces two new counts of sexual assault and two counts of sexual interference against a person under the age of 16. Cpl. Drew Grainger said in a statement the charges involve two new victims. read more ... |
| women charged in handyman killing - Wednesday, April 13, 2011Police have charged a 42-year-old Vancouver woman in the death of a popular Downtown Eastside handyman. Raymond Robertson, 56, was found dead in his apartment on March 11. Shortly after his death police released surveillance footage of Robertson walking beside a woman in a yellow coat outside of his residence in the Unit block of East Hastings Street. Police say Alice Susan Bullington, the woman allegedly seen in the video, was charged with manslaughter on April 6. She remains in police custody. read more ... |
| Outreach worker charged (VIDEO) - Wednesday, April 13, 2011VICTORIA - A Victoria outreach worker, whose job was to help people on the street and others "at risk", is accused of abusing and exploiting them.
62-year old Cameron Delacroix was hired by organizations providing services to Victoria's Homeless. Tonight he is in custody facing six charges including: sexual assault, sexual exploitation, and having sex with a minor. And there are questions tonight as to why he was hired in the first place, with what police is a history of convictions for sexual offenses. Some of the most "at risk" people, homeless and drug addicted, frequent the 900 block of Pandora Avenue. They travel there everyday for help. But Victoria Police say it's there on January 6 that an investigation began into Cameron Delacroix. "Our officers responded to an altercation taking place in a parked vehicle between Mr. Delacroix and a 19 year old female passenger", Staff Sgt. Grant Hamilton told reporters this morning "The woman alleged that she was assaulted and had her cell phone broken by Mr. Delacroix who was arrested and released on a Promise to Appear". Hamilton says the officers found the situation suspicious and the department began investigating. "During the course of this investigation detectives determined that Mr. Delacroix was using his position as an outreach worker to target vulnerable women for sex and allegedly supplying them with drugs. The concern in this case is the individual did have some convictions for sexual offenses in the past". One of the organization's Delacroix worked for is AIDS Vancouver Island. The society's executive director says it checked Delacroix's criminal record and did not know about any previous sexual offences. "We immediately suspended the employee so we could conduct an investigation into the purported conduct", Katrina Jensen tells /A\ News "We were able to ascertain that none of the charges was related to anything happening at work. But, before we were able to complete the investigation, the employee resigned". Delacroix also worked for Umbrella, an organization helping people with mental health and addiction. The society tells /A\ News it does not wish to discuss the situation, but acknowledges it does not conduct criminal record checks on employees. VicPD says service providers working with at risk people need to standardize their screening process. The department believes there could be more victims and are asking anyone with information to contact investigators. Cameron Delacroix is scheduled to make his next appearance in court on April 18th. read more ... |
| Public school bans students from bringing lunches from home, forces them to eat cafeteria food - Tuesday, April 12, 2011Individual responsibility and personal freedom are becoming a thing of the past in the nation’s public schools, as strict control over what students can and cannot eat — or bring to school to eat — escalates to near-dictatorial levels. Ethan A. Huff,
Natural News
April 12, 2011 Individual responsibility and personal freedom are becoming a thing of the past in the nation’s public schools, as strict control over what students can and cannot eat — or bring to school to eat — escalates to near-dictatorial levels. The Chicago Tribune reports that for the past six years, Little Village Academy on Chicago’s West Side has prohibited students from bringing their own lunches from home, a policy that many say subverts parental authority and violates students’ rights. Principal Elsa Carmona first enacted the food policy after observing some of her students drinking sodas and eating chips for lunch, instead of eating a well-balanced meal. By both mandating that students eat lunch at school and improving the quality of food served, she hoped to improve the health of her students. While they appear to be good intentioned, Carmona’s efforts have actually angered many students who say they would prefer to bring their own lunches from home. And ironically, the policy has had the opposite effect, in some cases, of actually causing students not to eat anything at all, which is even worse for their health. Students that have food allergies or other medical conditions that require them to eat something other than what is served in the cafeteria are able to be exempted from the policy. Most students, however, still end up being forced to eat whatever is served. And many students that do not have medical conditions, but that would prefer a meal from home, are stuck without a choice in the matter. “This is such a fundamental infringement on parental responsibility,” said J. Justin Wilson, a senior researcher at the Center for Consumer Freedom (CCF) in Washington, to the Chicago Tribune. “Would the school balk if the parent wanted to prepare a healthier meal? This is the perfect illustration of how the government’s one-size-fits-all mandate on nutrition fails time and time again.” Last year, a non-profit group known as “Mission: Readiness” came on the record accusing school cafeterias of being a threat to national security because they are allegedly making children “too fat to fight” in the military. The group has called for strict federal food legislation to control what children can and cannot eat (http://www.naturalnews.com/029226_s…). And late last year, the state of Pennsylvania’s board of education actually proposed banning all sweets from school functions, including birthday parties (http://www.naturalnews.com/030365_j…). Sources for this story include: http://www.chicagotribune.com/news/… read more ... |
| Iceland Rejects Bankster Shakedown - Monday, April 11, 2011Kurt Nimmo | Icelanders serve as inspiration for other people attempting to get out from under the criminal banksters. Unlike Americans, the people of Iceland were allowed to vote on bailing out the banksters. They voted overwhelmingly against the proposal on Saturday despite the intimidation tactics of the globalist loan sharking operation, the International Monetary Fund. Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
April 11, 2011 Unlike Americans, the people of Iceland were allowed to vote on bailing out the banksters. They voted overwhelmingly against the proposal on Saturday despite the intimidation tactics of the globalist loan sharking operation, the International Monetary Fund.
For a second time, Icelanders rejected a scheme to “repay” – as Reuters deemed it – $5 billion to banks in Britain and the Netherlands following the engineered looting and crash of the Kaupthing, Landsbanki and Glitnir banks. The crash all but destroyed Iceland’s economy and swindled thousands of European bank customers. 60 percent of voters opposed the shakedown while 40 percent said the country should give in to bankster intimidation. Iceland did something unthinkable in the United States – it went after the banksters and their minions. In early March, Sigurdur Einarsson, former chairman of the defunct Icelandic bank Kaupthing, was arrested in London. The the Special Prosecutor’s Office in Reykjavik ordered the police to raid the homes of other bank principals. Ivar Gundjonson of Iceland’s failed Landsbanki bank was also arrested. Predictably, the corporate media has under-reported Iceland’s efforts to arrest and prosecute bankers. Following the outcome of Saturday’s referendum, Iceland Prime Minister Johanna Sigurdardottir warned that the banksters will declare war on the tiny island nation. “We must do all we can to prevent political and economic chaos as a result of this outcome,” she said. The court of the EFTA Surveillance Authority, the European trade racket overseeing Iceland’s cooperation with the globalist European Union, will now take up the issue. “My estimate is that the process will take a year, a year and a half at least, Finance Minister Steingrimur Sigfusson told a news conference. “Ever since Iceland decided to stop pandering to banker interests, and transfer its country’s wealth to banks from Europe and Holland, its economy has in fact been on a constant upward trajectory,” Zero Hedge wrote on Sunday. The website provides two charts to show how telling the bankers to stuff it has benefited the country. “And so a nation of 320,000 once again takes the baton of bankster liberation, while a country of 320 million continues to refuse to care, even as with each passing month another $150 billion in debt is added to the public debt total.” |
| Meat glue, What you are eating..and Yes, thats your dinner...YUCK!!! - Friday, April 08, 2011Today Tonight
April 8, 2011 The industry-wide secret butchers don’t want you to know about: The special product called Meat Glue sticking your steak together.
read more ... |
| One World Currency's, think not, then check out what they are doing. - Thursday, April 07, 2011Everything for their one World Government while hoodwinking you the people to buy it's all good for you junk while they keep on removing freedoms and rights off the public world wide and keep wars going for their NWO and Global Government.
Soros Convenes ‘Bretton Woods II’Pete Papaherakles | “Bretton Woods II” comes along just as the Trilateral Commission will be meeting at the same time in Washington.
Pete Papaherakles
The American Free Press
April 7, 2011 Internationalist billionaire George Soros is holding his international conference April 8 to April 11 at Bretton Woods, N.H., the noted birthplace of the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund, where he plans to “rearrange the entire financial order,” as he noted in a November 2009 article in The Japan Times Online. This “Bretton Woods II” comes along just as the Trilateral Commission will be meeting at the same time in Washington, D.C. With an apparent goal of creating nothing less than a new global economy, Soros is spending $50 million in New Hampshire to bring together up to 200 academic, business and government policy leaders under his Institute for New Economic Thinking (INET). As AFP goes to press, the attendees are to include ex-Fed Chairman Paul Volcker, former British Prime Minister Gordon Brown and World Bank executive and Nobel Prize winner in economics Joseph Stiglitz.
The conference is slated for the Mount Washington Hotel, site of the historic 1944 Bretton Woods conference, which established the post-World War II international financial architecture. Soros chose this site because he expects his proposed reforms to be as radical as those promoted by British economist John Maynard Keynes, the much-praised “genius” of the original Bretton Woods project. Keynesian economics have been portrayed as a cure to the Western world’s postwar devastation, in that governments were liberated of money creation restrictions imposed by the gold standard, even while global financiers controlled much of the world’s gold like they do now. Governments, under the new paradigm after the war, were encouraged to promote economic growth and macroeconomic stability by creating more debt-based money for everything that ailed the economy—debt that has brought most of the world’s economies to the brink of bankruptcy. Now Soros comes along as the new Keynes to save the day by proposing another miracle solution to our problems, couched in lofty doublespeak such as “reform,” “cooperation” and “equal participation.” Soros is proposing the end of sovereignty as we know it. “Reorganizing the world order will need to extend beyond the financial system,” Soros wrote in his opinion piece. Soros is saying that a washed-up America should be replaced by a world government with a global currency under UN rule. He also advocates that China should be top dog while we play second fiddle. What Soros doesn’t say is that two decades of outsourcing U.S. industry, opening the borders and bankrupting the economy with pointless wars and other debacles have been intentionally orchestrated so that now international bankers can tell the world the system is broken and that the individuals who broke it need to show us how to fix it. Georgy Schwartz, aka George Soros, is a Hungarian Jew who has been described as anti-God, anti-family and anti-American. By his own admission he even helped confiscate the homes of fellow Jews in Hungary in 1944. In an interview with Steve Kroft of 60 Minutes he said 1944 was the best year of his life. Asked by Kroft if he felt any remorse, he answered, “No, not at all; I rather enjoyed it.” “No feelings of guilt?” asked Kroft. “No,” answered Soros, “only feelings of power.” Soros made his first billion as a currency speculator in 1992 by shorting the British pound and causing misery to millions of hardworking British citizens. He went on to cause the 1999 Russiagate scandal, almost collapsing the Russian economy. It was described as “one of the greatest social robberies in human history.” He did the same to Thailand and Malaysia in 1997, causing the Asian financial crisis of that time. Malaysian Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad called him “a villain and a moron,” while Thailand’s PM referred to him as “Dracula.” He also helped dismantle Yugoslavia and caused major trouble in Japan, Indonesia, Georgia, Ukraine and Burma by raiding their economies. Soros also fosters cultural degeneracy by supporting abortion rights, atheism, drug legalization, sex education, euthanasia, feminism, gun control, globalization, mass immigration, gay marriage etc. Soros funded Barack Obama’s campaign and often visits the White House. At 81, taking down America appears to be his final challenge. “The main obstacle to a stable and just world order is the United States. The time has come for a very serious adjustment,” he said.
Read More.....
Two George Soros Events Aim to Remake Financial Order and Media Dan Gainor | His flunkies want to “Change the world. Change the media.” Dan Gainor
Fox News
April 7, 2011 Apparently, megalomaniacs need schedulers. Just ask George Soros. The left-wing billionaire is helping fund two major conferences that start on the same day, in two different locations just a three hours apart by car. Two liberal events packed into one long weekend. God created the world in six days. Apparently, Soros, who sees himself as “some kind of god,”needs just a long weekend to start remaking today’s world in his image. The emphasis of both conferences is a familiar one to American voters – change. Soros wants to begin changing the global economy in one event. In the other, his flunkies want to “Change the world. Change the media.” Read entire article......
Interpol chief calls for global electronic identity card system Help Net Security | Head of INTERPOL wants a globally verifiable electronic identity card (e-ID) system
Help Net Security
April 6, 2011 The head of INTERPOL has emphasized the need for a globally verifiable electronic identity card (e-ID) system for migrant workers at an international forum on citizen ID projects, e-passports, and border control management. Speaking at the fourth Annual EMEA ID WORLD summit, INTERPOL Secretary General Ronald K. Noble said that regulating migration levels and managing borders presented security challenges for countries and for the world that INTERPOL was ideally-placed to help address. “At a time when global migration is reaching record levels, there is a need for governments to put in place systems at the national level that would permit the identity of migrants and their documents to be verified internationally via INTERPOL,” said Secretary General Noble. Read entire article....
|
| Banksters Raped A Blindfolded America - Wednesday, April 06, 2011All societies have social and moral deviants, but in healthy ones they are not in control of the government and large financial banks as they are in America, Canada, England, and other Western countries. The Excavator
April 6, 2011 All societies have social and moral deviants, but in healthy ones they are not in control of the government and large financial banks as they are in America, Canada, England, and other Western countries. Healthy societies depend on sane and moral political leaders who tell the people the truth and respect their collective will. In America, and much of the Western world, government leaders listen to global oligarchs, private banks, and financial parasites, not the people. Nothing would be different if Bernie Madoff ran the U.S. government. In February, Madoff told New York Magazine that the federal government is a giant Ponzi scheme, but the media barely noticed. Madoff is the quintessential parasite and moral deviant, but he is only a product of an immoral and destructive financial system. The entire global private banking system is parasitic and acting against humanity in the most treasonous fashion. Until private central banks are abolished and replaced with a better system, Western nations will slide into further economic ruin and social destruction. Eventually there will be anarchy, despotism, and slavery if the economic situation is not reversed. And there won’t be any economic recovery until the guilty parties are brought to justice. Budget deficits, wars, economic depressions can all be resolved and ended. The bigger problem facing America and other Western countries is a lack of democracy. Democracy depends on the public being informed about world events and having accurate information about the reasoning behind major decisions made by their governments such as going to war, or giving out hundreds of billions of dollars to a private group of financiers. Instead of a war on terror, the Congress could better serve the American people by declaring a war on Wall Street, and the privately owned Federal Reserve. But that will never happen under the current regime in Washington because banksters run Washington, including the White House. By now, this is a commonly known fact. And it shouldn’t be surprising to anyone who has read any history. Governments frequently change hands. In one era, oligarchs reign supreme, and then after the people wake up from their sleep there is a popular revolution. American history, especially, is about the never-ending battle between private central bankers and the people. A few presidents like Thomas Jefferson, Andrew Jackson and John F. Kennedy declared war against the bankers, but most presidents are taken in by their spin or submit to their will like Woodrow Wilson, Franklin D. Roosevelt, George Bush, Bill Clinton, and Barack Obama. Some presidents are duped and they can be forgiven, but others like Bush actively and knowingly stab the American people in the back by siding with the treasonous elite, and refusing to democratize the creation of money, which is a country’s greatest resource. Bush was only able to steal the White House in 2000 because the federal government was already captured by oligarchs and their favorite agency, the CIA. Ever since Kennedy’s assassination, private interests hijacked the United States government, and with it the powerful national security apparatus which operates worldwide on behalf of its plutocratic gatekeepers who keep the American public in a state of perpetual ignorance about its raison d’être. Without secrecy, disinformation, and propaganda, the political manipulators in Washington would be powerless, their historical betrayal of America would be recognized by the people, and they would probably be hanged for treason and war crimes. As the saying goes, Fiat justitia ruat caelum. Putting Wall Street banksters and financial tyrants on trial is a matter of democracy, but also of America’s national security. Civil unrest is one of the consequences of keeping the crooks in charge while laying off millions of people. Anarchy ensues when justice is not done, and government leaders ignore common values and betray the trust of the people. Right now we are all lost. Not just America, but every nation with a private central bank is living under financial tyranny. Humanity has been betrayed. When the law doesn’t apply to all, there is no civilization. The passage from anarchy to civilization is named justice. read more ... |
| Alex Jones: Revolt Against the NWO Banksters Expanding Worldwide - Wednesday, April 06, 2011RT | Max Keiser talks to Alex Jones about food stamps and financial terror. read more ... |
| Washington Post and CBS receiving money from Obamacare slush fund - Wednesday, April 06, 2011Two mainstream news organizations are receiving hundreds of thousands of taxpayer dollars from Obamacare’s Early Retiree Reinsurance Program.
Daily Caller
April 6, 2011 Two mainstream news organizations are receiving hundreds of thousands of taxpayer dollars from Obamacare’s Early Retiree Reinsurance Program (ERRP) — a $5 billion grant program that’s doling out cash to companies, states and labor unions in what the Obama administration considers an effort to pay for health insurance for early retirees. The Washington Post Company raked in $573,217 in taxpayer subsidies and CBS Corporation secured $722,388 worth of Americans’ money. “It is fine with me if they continue covering the ObamaCare debate,” said Rep. Marsha Blackburn, Republican of Tennessee, in an e-mail to The Daily Caller. “When NBC used to cover energy issues, they identified themselves as a subsidiary of General Electric. CBS and Washington Post just have to disclose that they are subsidiaries of the Obama Administration.” The ERRP, which Republicans call a slush fund, provides taxpayer money to Obama administration-selected states, companies and labor unions with already-in-place early retiree health insurance programs, and aims to make certain that their employees who retire early still have health insurance coverage before they reach Medicare eligibility age. Almost $2 billion of the $5 billion fund, which was supposed to last until 2014, has already been distributed to corporations. New projections expect the funding to run out before the end of 2012, if not sooner. read more ... |
| How a big US bank laundered billions from Mexico’s murderous drug gangs - Sunday, April 03, 2011London Observer | A special investigation reveals how the increasingly frantic warnings of one London whistleblower were ignored.
As the violence spread, billions of dollars of cartel cash began to seep into the global financial system. But a special investigation by the Observer reveals how the increasingly frantic warnings of one London whistleblower were ignored Ed Vulliamy
London Observer
April 3, 2011 On 10 April 2006, a DC-9 jet landed in the port city of Ciudad del Carmen, on the Gulf of Mexico, as the sun was setting. Mexican soldiers, waiting to intercept it, found 128 cases packed with 5.7 tons of cocaine, valued at $100m. But something else – more important and far-reaching – was discovered in the paper trail behind the purchase of the plane by the Sinaloa narco-trafficking cartel. During a 22-month investigation by agents from the US Drug Enforcement Administration, the Internal Revenue Service and others, it emerged that the cocaine smugglers had bought the plane with money they had laundered through one of the biggest banks in the United States: Wachovia, now part of the giant Wells Fargo. The authorities uncovered billions of dollars in wire transfers, traveller’s cheques and cash shipments through Mexican exchanges into Wachovia accounts. Wachovia was put under immediate investigation for failing to maintain an effective anti-money laundering programme. Of special significance was that the period concerned began in 2004, which coincided with the first escalation of violence along the US-Mexico border that ignited the current drugs war. FLASHBACK: Banks Financing Mexico Gangs Admitted in Wells Fargo DealMichael Smith
Bloomberg
June 28, 2010 Just before sunset on April 10, 2006, a DC-9 jet landed at the international airport in the port city of Ciudad del Carmen, 500 miles east of Mexico City. As soldiers on the ground approached the plane, the crew tried to shoo them away, saying there was a dangerous oil leak. So the troops grew suspicious and searched the jet. They found 128 black suitcases, packed with 5.7 tons of cocaine, valued at $100 million. The stash was supposed to have been delivered from Caracas to drug traffickers in Toluca, near Mexico City, Mexican prosecutors later found. Law enforcement officials also discovered something else. The smugglers had bought the DC-9 with laundered funds they transferred through two of the biggest banks in the U.S.: Wachovia Corp. and Bank of America Corp., Bloomberg Markets magazine reports in its August 2010 issue. This was no isolated incident. Wachovia, it turns out, had made a habit of helping move money for Mexican drug smugglers. Wells Fargo & Co., which bought Wachovia in 2008, has admitted in court that its unit failed to monitor and report suspected money laundering by narcotics traffickers — including the cash used to buy four planes that shipped a total of 22 tons of cocaine.
read more ... |
| Government Bureaucrats scumbags Steal Basketball Hoops off property - Friday, April 01, 2011Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
April 1, 2011 As the founders knew, without property rights we are slaves. If the right to property is denied, all other rights fall by the wayside. “The right to property is rooted in the right we have to the free use of our own mind and talents, which it is government’s job to protect,” James Madison wrote. In Delaware, the state has demonstrated its utter contempt for property rights and the individual, as the following video reveals. DelDOT forcibly removes a man’s basketball hoop and a state bureaucrat tells the man – as armed agents of the state stand nearby – to go back in his house. He no longer has the right to his property or his liberty. He is a slave at the mercy of the state. Read a news article on the incident here. Also see: Delaware neighborhoods: Hoop screams: Couple protests pole’s removal.
read more ... |
| Killing Civilians in Afghanistan is Terrorism - Friday, March 25, 2011In Kabul, on the same day that Der Spiegel released photos documenting American soldiers posing with the bodies of civilians they murdered, the Transitional Justice Coordinating Group (TJCG), the umbrella organization for NGO’s in Afghanistan that are pursuing transitional justice, gathered Afghan, Australian, American, and German peacemakers to discuss methods to bring peace and security to Afghanistan. Pat Kennelly
Global Research,
March 25, 2011 In Kabul, on the same day that Der Spiegel released photos documenting American soldiers posing with the bodies of civilians they murdered, the Transitional Justice Coordinating Group (TJCG), the umbrella organization for NGO’s in Afghanistan that are pursuing transitional justice, gathered Afghan, Australian, American, and German peacemakers to discuss methods to bring peace and security to Afghanistan. The photos present the grim reality that this conflict is characterized by civilian killing and violence. In 2001, the American led ISAF (International Security Assistance Force), a coalition of the richest nations in the world, began military operations in Afghanistan in response to the 9/11 killing of civilians in New York and Washington. The purpose of the operations was to fight terrorism and seek reprisal for the Taliban’s harboring of Al Qaeda. The operation has turned into a near decade long war on one of the poorest nations in the world. After nearly ten years of war Afghanistan is mired in terror, brutality, and a security situation that is worsening. Among Afghans there is growing consensus that the ISAF is pursuing military measures, such as the formation and arming of independent local militias under the banner of the “Afghan Local Police” against the wishes of President Karzai and the Afghan people, which undermine the prospects of peace in the future and further endangers ordinary people. However, it is the killing of civilians by American military personal and mercenaries that most enflames the conflict and expands the rift between ISAF and the Afghan people. Most Westerners are familiar with the thousands of American civilians killed 9/11, some people know about the atrocities committed by the armed opposition groups in Afghanistan, and even fewer people are familiar with the stories of Afghan civilians killed by ISAF forces. Some of the recent civilian killings by ISAF, primarily composed of American forces include: 2children in Kunar province on March 14, 9 children collecting firewood in Kunar province on March 1, five civilians including two children who were searching for food in Kapisa province on February 24, 22 women, 26 boys, and 3 old men in a raid on insurgents in Kunar province on February 17, 2 civilians were killed and one injured while traveling in a van in Helmand province on February 3. As the fallout from the Der Spiegel photos continues to be felt around the world, ISAF and the other belligerents who have publicly stated their objective is to prevent terrorism need to recognize that the killing of civilians whether by Taliban, mercenaries, militias, insurgents, or by soldiers of a nation is terrorism. Kennelly is the Associate Director of the Marquette University Center for Peacemaking and is participating in the peacemaking efforts organized by the Afghan Youth Peace Volunteers and Voices for Creative Nonviolence. He writes from Kabul, Afghanistan. He can be contacted atkennellyp@gmail.com |
| Chileans Receive Obama with Anti-NWO Info Blitz - Wednesday, March 23, 2011NWNoticias | The Chilean Resistance warn of the real globalist agenda behind the puppet president Obama. NWNoticias
You Tube
March 23, 2011 Just one day ahead of Obama’s arrival to Chile, the Chilean Resistance against the New World Order banking cartel uses all its strength to inform their fellow citizens about the real globalist agenda behind the puppet US president and other minions like the fear monger Rodrigo Hinzpeter. PREVIOUSLY FROM NWNoticias: David Rockefeller confronted at Chilean Airport RELATED: Obama Joker Poster Preempts Barry Soetoro Visit to Santiago As Chileans Protest Santiago, Chile: Ready to greet Barry Soetoro on his tour of South America is this Obama Joker poster with the words “Google Fall Of The Republic” written underneath. Fall of the Republic is of course Alex Jones’ documentary, seen by millions, that exposes how Obama is a puppet for the Wall Street elite. The poster also has a “V For Victory” scrawled on it. 
Obama Joker Poster seen in Chile ahead of Obama’s visit, covered by AFP newsObama criticized while seeking Latin American economic cooperation All Headline News
March 23, 2011 President Obama’s trip to Latin America this week is prompting long-time critics of the United States to renew their complaints about their northern neighbor. Cuba’s Fidel Castro said Obama should ask the forgiveness of the Chilean people for the 1973 coup against former Chilean President Salvador Allende that was aided by the U.S. government. It was followed by a military crackdown. Bolivian President Evo Morales, a Marxist, said the 2009 Nobel Peace Prize should be taken away from Obama for having led an “invasion” of Libya. “Two years ago, we heard that President Obama won the Nobel Peace Prize, but at this point is he defending peace in the world or is he rather encouraging violence,” Morales said. Read full article |
| Operation InfoJam: Bill Gates’ Facebook Jammed - Wednesday, March 23, 2011 |
| Japan earthquake: Nuclear meltdown at Fukushima plant highly likely - Monday, March 14, 2011A THIRD explosion in four days has rocked the earthquake-damaged Fukushima Dai-ichi (No. 1) nuclear plant in Japan, amid reports of higher radiation and a rising death toll.The official death toll from the killer earthquake and tsunami that flattened Japan's northeast coast has now topped 2,400, police say. The National Police Agency said 2414 people are confirmed dead and 3118 missing, with 1885 injured in the disaster which struck on Friday afternoon.  The official toll yesterday stood at 1,647. On Sunday, the police chief of Miyagi, one of the hardest-hit prefectures, said the number of deaths was expected to exceed 10,000 in his region alone. Meanwhile, a nuclear meltdown remains a threat. The blast this morning at Dai-ichi Unit 2 follows two hydrogen explosions at the plant - at Unit 1 and Unit 3 - as authorities struggle to prevent the catastrophic release of radiation in the area devastated by a tsunami.  Water levels dropped precipitously inside Unit 2, twice leaving the uranium fuel rods completely exposed and raising the threat of a meltdown. The latest explosion was heard at 6.10am this morning (8.10am AEDT), a spokesman for the Nuclear Safety Agency said. Japanese media reports say higher radiation levels have been measured in Ibaraki, which is between the Fukushima plant and Tokyo. The plant's owner, Tokyo Electric Power, said the latest explosion occurred near the suppression pool in the reactor's containment vessel. The pool was later found to have a defect. . Air pressure inside the reactor at the Fukushima No.1 plant, located 250 kilometres north of Tokyo, rose suddenly last night, when the air flow gauge was accidentally turned off, operator Tokyo Electric Power Co (TEPCO) said. That blocked the flow of cooling water into the reactor, leading to full exposure of the rods at around 11pm last night (1.00am AEDT), TEPCO said. The 4m fuel rods were exposed to the air to a length of 3.7 metres. "We are not optimistic but I think we can inject water once we can reopen the valve and lower air pressure," a TEPCO official told reporters. Japan has been grappling with a nuclear emergency since a massive earthquake and tsunami battered its northeast coast on Friday. The nuclear plants shut down automatically, as they are designed to do. But the loss of power in the area and tsunami damage to back-up generators apparently crippled reactor cooling systems. Last night, Japan's chief government spokesman Yukio Edano said night that a meltdown was "highly likely" at three of the plant's nuclear reactors on the country's shattered northeastern coast, the Kyodo news agency reported. The Japanese Government said 11 people were injured when an explosion hit Fukushima's No. 3 reactor. The building surrounding the plant's No. 1 reactor blew apart on Saturday but the seal around the reactor itself remained intact. Japanese Prime Minister Naoto Kan said he will personally lead operations at a joint response headquarters, set up with the operator of the Fukushima nuclear reactor to better manage the crisis. The headquarters will be located at the main office of the Tokyo Electric Power company. Japanese tragedy The nuclear crisis comes as millions of people faced their fourth night without water, food or heating in near-freezing temperatures along the devastated northeastern coast. One thousand bodies were found yesterday on the shoreline of Miyagi's Ojika Peninsula, the region hit hardest by the 8.9 quake. Another 1000 corpses were washed ashore at the port town of Minami Sanriku where up to 10,000 people are missing. Authorities have officially confirmed 1647 deaths and 1720 people missing. The death toll is expected to dramatically rise. Although Japan's soldiers have found death on a large scale, hope was pulled from the rubble yesterday. A baby girl was found in Ishinomaki yesterday, a coastal town northeast of Sendai smashed by the tsunami. Members of the Japanese Self Defence Force marvelled at the four-month-old's survival, wrapping her in a pink jacket and transporting her to safety. A new tsunami scare triggered more panic on the devastated northeast coast yesterday after a large wave was spotted rolling in to shore, but authorities said they had detected no sign of a tsunami or a quake that would have caused it. About 600,000 people have been evacuated from the disaster zone, including 210,000 living near the two Fukushima nuclear plants. Japan already committed 100,000 troops - about 40 percent of its armed forces - to spearhead the mammoth rescue and recovery effort, with hundreds of ships, aircraft and vehicles headed to the Pacific coastal area. Emergency workers have so far rescued 15,000 survivors. The Department of Foreign Affairs is still trying to contact about 150 Australians believed to be living on or visiting the coast strip. The closure of nuclear power plants has led to massive power failures. Rolling blackouts were scheduled to begin across the country last night. Russian and Philippine authorities reported normal radiation levels after yesterday's blast at Fukushima. But the US Seventh Fleet moved its ships and aircraft away from the nuclear power plant after discovering low-level radioactive contamination. The aircraft carrier USS Ronald Reagan was about 160km offshore when its instruments detected the radiation. Singapore and Taiwan said they were testing food imported from Japan for radiation. The Bank of Japan pumped $180 billion into the banking system as the Tokyo stock market plunged more than 6 per cent. Along the northeast coast, there was no running water, no power and a five-hour wait for petrol. People were suppressing hunger with instant noodles or rice balls while dealing with the loss of loved ones and homes. "People are surviving on little food and water. Things are simply not coming," said a government official in the devastated Iwate prefecture. With NewsCore
read more ... |
| TIME: Everything is Tracked– Get Over It - Sunday, March 13, 2011In an astounding cover story,’ TIME tells readers to “get over” being tracked in everything they do. Aaron Dykes
Infowars.com
March 13, 2011 In an astounding cover story for the March 21 issue called ‘Your Data for Sale,’ TIME tells its readers to “get over” constant surveillance. Now, it is in your face, as demonstrated by TIME’s tagline, “Everything about you is being tracked– get over it.” Yeah, get over it, and the TSA porno-scanners and grope-downs, too. Newsweek, another Skull and Bones-dominated media organ, similarly published a shocker in 2009 with its cover story, ‘The Case for Killing Granny,’ preparing the masses to simply accept massive shifts in society’s norms as if it were a trifling occurrence. Unauthorized NSA wiretapping and other related surveillance (started long ago) was at least controversial during the Bush Administration, though it has unabashedly continued under Obama. 
In an interview with CNN, author of the article, Joel Stein, makes light of the fact that his social security number (and lots of other personal data), as well as that of his family members, were easily found online. Stein and CNN host Kiran Chetry giggle like schoolgirls about Facebook’s exploitation of personal data, and the many other data-mining companies who keep “permanent files” on us. Stein even quips that he has “blackmail material” now on his mother and sister, whose SSN numbers he obtained during his research. Stein further called personalized-ads on systems like Google’s G-MAIL “kinda cool.” That’s right, now that we’re at the heart of a big brother system, 1984 is kinda cute-and-fuzzy. Gadget, covering the story, has posted an article ‘How to Opt Out of Everything Online‘ with information on how to opt-out from many of the online data companies. Below is the first of a long-list of resources and/or preference settings where you can lobby to take yourself off of the datamining lists. Network Advertising Initiative Oh man, strap in for this one. The NAI Opt-out Tool shows you all the big-name marketing companies that have installed tracking cookies on your computer and lets you opt out of some or all of them in one fell swoop.
These opt-outs aside, it would seem the death of privacy and the 4th amendment is officially upon us. Morever, it’s something to be officially accepted and even laughed about. The TIME story has a publish date of March 21, 2011; the detailed story text is not yet available. read more ... |
| Heroin, the CIA in Afghanistan, 9/11 and the Mujahadeen - Friday, March 11, 2011Kevin Hayden | The Karzais, the heroin trade and the CIA are an interesting family. Kevin Hayden
Truth Is Treason
March 11, 2011 Afghan President Hamid Karzai has always been on the outside edge of politics. His claim to fame was becoming a hero during the Mujahedeen resistance to the Soviets in the 1990s. His nefarious brother, Ahmed Wali Karzai, is of particular interest for his role in the booming heroin trade and the subsequent troop surge in Marja (Helmand Province). Ahmad Wali is most likely the top drug lord of Afghanistan, if not the entire region and rules the trade routes with an iron fist under the guise of being a businessman. 
Ahmad Wali Karzai served time in US Federal prison for trafficking heroin but returned to Afghanistan and created a very large and very feared “security company” that essentially controls trade in and around the Helmand Province, specifically “Highway 1″ (a strategic route). The Helmand Province is considered to be the world’s most fertile region for growing poppies (opium/heroin).
He and his minions charge convoys in order to pass through the region unharmed and many US Military commanders have even admitted to this yet continue to play along in order to avoid bloodshed and issues. His forces control passage of private trucks, civilians, military convoys and most importantly; the heroin. In 2010, President Hamid Karzai banned foreign private security contractors from operating in public in Afghanistan. In August of 2010, he reiterated this decision very publicly (and in the direction of the United States), saying many of the organizations tasked with providing security are engaging in terrorist activities, working with “Mafia-like” organizations and “looting and stealing from the Afghan people.” He has often accused the United States, United Nations and other Western countries of interference in national events and in shaping the power structure of Afghanistan. He once even threatened the West with rejoining the Taliban himself (back to his roots, I suppose?) if the interference did not cease. Mujahadeen, the Taliban and the CIA’s al-Qaeda
One important thing to note is that the Taliban was created, funded, trained and used as a proxy military by the United States. In the 1990s, the Mujahadeen were considered ‘freedom fighters’ against the Soviet invasion and occupation of Afghanistan. Once the Soviets withdrew in shameful defeat, many of these Taliban, or freedom fighters, returned to their respective countries – mainly Saudi Arabia. As most know, the Saudis have essentially been the Arabic arm of the George Bush administration and the CIA for decades. But, Saudi Arabia didn’t want them there. The taliban fighters were shunned and some of them started realizing they had been used as pawns. Small bands of former Mujahadeen began to appear in various countries, railing against their former leaders and governments. Many say that Osama bin Laden was still an intelligence asset at this time. Even if he wasn’t, his small group for former taliban were identified as having plotted a terrorist event we all know as 9/11 on some level. Operation Able Danger identified his entire hierarchy but during congressional hearings after the fact, the agents and officers were not allowed to discuss this or many other aspects of their investigation into current extremist activity arising out of the former Mujahadeen. Why is that? What needed to be covered up? Potential links to intelligence operatives or other countries? Israel? Pakistan’s ISI?
New reports clearly indicate that even the FBI knew of 9/11 ahead of time in a report entitled, “Kamikaze Pilots.” They garnered this information from an informant who warned them repeatedly. FEMA and the Pentagon executed preparedness drills in case the Pentagon and the Twin Towers were struck by planes. Regardless of the 9/11 connections, and even at a fundamental level, it is clear to see that the actual “taliban” used to be our friends. They were our allies and proxies in the Middle East. When we turned our back on them, is it any wonder some of them became radicalized? It’s a classic case of abandonment and rebellion. Add in lucrative and enticing offers by various intelligence agencies around the world and the al-Qaeda phenomenon quickly becomes a very deep rabbit hole that begs the question, “All-CIA-duh?” The leader of a Pakistan based terrorist organization closely affiliated with al-Qaeda has recently detailed how his group benefited from extensive political and financial support from the CIA in return for continued attacks against the government, the people and the infrastructure of Iran. Karzai and Control
This week, reports from the BBC indicate that President Karzai’s cousin was accidently killed in a strike. This comes only a short time after nine children were killed in another strike that he continues to publicly condemn. Source: BBC
A relative of Afghan President Hamid Karzai has been mistakenly killed by Nato troops in southern Afghanistan, officials say. Yar Muhammad Khan was at his home in Dand district near Kandahar city when he was shot dead in an overnight raid. Nato says it is investigating the incident.
Hundreds of Afghans took to the streets of the capital, Kabul, last week to protest about civilian deaths at the hands of foreign forces.
“There were operations taking place near his house. He was killed by mistake. He was not a target,” Ahmad Wali Karzai, the brother of President Karzai and head of Kandahar’s provincial council, said. It comes just days after President Karzai lashed out at US-led forces over the recent accidental killing of nine boys by US forces in eastern Kunar province.
Yar Muhammad Khan; cousin to the Afghanistan President and former Mujahadeen/Taliban fighter and cousin to Afghanistan’s largest heroin dealer was killed. On accident. This could have been for several reasons. Maybe it was an accident. I mean, with laser guided missiles accurate to 2 inches, bunker busters that can detonate several stories underground with surgical perfection and Predator Drones with hi-def tracking cameras and infared optics, anyone could accidently be killed. Right? And if he is cousin to the President, I can’t imagine he lives in the slums. If ground operations were taking place near his home, someone . . . somewhere . . . had explicit orders and intelligence to be careful in and around the family of the President. Right? One would think. I believe there is more than enough circumstantial and character evidence to suspect he might have even been killed as retaliation for President Hamid Karzai’s recent – and continuous – railing of the United States for “accidentally” killing nine children in a strike. Maybe the media attention surrounding the forced apology by General Patreus had something to do with it? Hmmm? That’s the standard modus operandi of assassination teams – coercion and public perception control. Maybe, just maybe, it had something to do with the heroin trade that his cousin Ahmed has his hands so firmly entrenched in? The same opium trade that the United States helps finance. There are confirmed reports that even top US military commanders either engage in bribes or are aware of bribes given to the Taliban, insurgents and druglords for various “favors” and lack of resistance. There are a million possible theories, but just know this; the Karzais, the heroin trade and the CIA are an interesting family. |
| Jesse Jackson, Jr.’s Communist Bill of Rights - Thursday, March 10, 2011Kurt Nimmo | Jackson’s speech is like something right out of the CPUSA playbook. March 9, 2011 In the video below, Jesse Jackson, Jr., U.S. House representative for Illinois’s 2nd congressional district, calls for adding rob Peter to pay Paul amendments to the Constitution. According to Mr. Jackson, you are entitled to a house, a decent job, food, etc., and your kids are entitled to iPods and laptop computers.
In oratory fashion (and hyperbole) inherited from his father, Jackson cites a speech delivered by FDR more than sixty years ago. In the speech, FDR declared the original Bill of Rights “inadequate to assure us equality in the pursuit of happiness” and he proposed an “economic bill of rights.” Under FDR’s scheme, the government would provide useful and remunerative jobs, the right to earn enough to provide adequate food and clothing and recreation, the right of farmers to raise and sell products at a return which will provide a decent living, the right of every family to a decent home, the right to adequate medical care, the right to adequate protection from the economic fears of old age, sickness, accident, and unemployment, and also the right to an education. FDR’s bill of rights differed little from that of the Communist Party of America. The CPUSA devised a “Bill of Rights Socialism” that will supposedly “guarantee all the freedoms we have won over centuries of struggle, and also extend the Bill of Rights to include freedom from unemployment” and also freedom “from poverty, from illiteracy, and from discrimination and oppression.” Jackson’s speech is like something right out of the CPUSA playbook. Socialists, recognized by the late Gary Allen as actually communists, rarely talk about how they plan to pay for all their utopian schemes, but that really is a no-brainer – they plan to steal the money from you at gunpoint and give it to their constituents. Michael Moore said recently that there is plenty of money in this country that can be confiscated by the government and redistributed. He was talking about a small number of wealthy people – the folks who invest and create jobs, or did before the banksters deliberately ran the economy into the ground. Moore’s audience thinks he is talking about the mega-rich – the banksters and the financial elite – but of course, as Leona Helmsley famously quipped, those folks don’t pay taxes, the little people do. Moore was talking about the millionaires, not the trillionaires like Bill Gates and the Rockefellers who hide their immense wealth in philanthropic foundations or take it offshore entirely. It was the mega-rich and their globalist trade agreements that stripped the United States of decent jobs. It wasn’t the guy down the street who made his first million working hard to establish a car dealership from the ground up. It wasn’t the family that earned a few million by establishing a grocery store or a chain of dry cleaners. The Bank of America does not pay a red dime in tax because it is part of a special breed. It is a transnational corporation and a member of the Fortune Global 500. A gaggle of socialists marching into a Bank of America branch and screaming and yelling about the injustice of it all will not change anything. International banks own Congress. Calls by Moore and Jackson for social and economic justice will not take down the banksters. It will result in more of your wealth being confiscated after the self-made millionaires are stripped clean and reduced from producers to non-producers. Moore and Jackson need to tell their followers to instead march on the Federal Reserve and demand that it be permanently closed down. Economic justice will prevail when the money supply is once again controlled by the American people and not a private criminal enterprise run by international bankers masquerading as a federal agency. After Goldman Sachs and the Wall Street pirates are swept out of the halls of government – where they have ensconced themselves since Alexander Hamilton created the First National Bank – jobs and national prosperity will once again stand a chance. Stock up with Fresh Food that lasts with eFoodsDirect (Ad) Finally, Jesse Jackson, Jr.’s ignorance about the Bill of Rights is nothing short of astounding. The Bill of Rights set out a series of limitations on the power of the United States federal government – protecting the natural rights of liberty and property – and had absolutely nothing to do with the government guaranteeing jobs, housing, recreation, or iPods and laptop computers. read more ... |
| Lady Gaga’s “Born This Way” – The Illuminati Manifesto - Thursday, March 10, 2011Lady Gaga’s single “Born This Way” introduces the viewers to the birth of a “new race” and to a new world, using intricate imagery and a precise narrative. It is a psychedelic trip filled with occult and archetypal symbols, telling the story of a cosmic birth and new ideals. However, behind its outward message of acceptance, a more sinister message lies embedded in the symbolism of the video. Vigilant Citizen
March 10, 2011 Lady Gaga’s single “Born This Way” introduces the viewers to the birth of a “new race” and to a new world, using intricate imagery and a precise narrative. It is a psychedelic trip filled with occult and archetypal symbols, telling the story of a cosmic birth and new ideals. However, behind its outward message of acceptance, a more sinister message lies embedded in the symbolism of the video. We will look at the underlying meaning of “Born This Way” and analyze the meaning of the occult symbolism in the video. 
Lady Gaga is back, y’all. And she’s got horns on her forehead. And she’s in space. And she’s making 90′s dance music. And my head just exploded. But seriously, Born this Way seems to provoke in people two opposite reactions, depending on their knowledge of occult symbolism. It is either “What the heck just happened here?” or “This is really blatant”. The reason is simple. The video contains new strange elements that might confuse viewers but it also contains symbolism that is extremely ancient. Although the video is set in a futuristic, intergalactic world, it deals with the most primal concept of humanity: motherhood. It plays on human’s archetypal fascination and/or repulsion towards the act of giving birth.
Although the lyrics of Born This Way are about unconditional acceptance, with a special focus on homosexuality, the video’s scope goes way beyond the subject of sexual orientation. It narrates the birth of a new race within humanity. Laurieann Gibson, the creative director of the video describes this concept: “At first, when I thought about birthing a new race and adding the prosthetics, I thought that maybe they should have a certain way they should walk or maybe they move a certain way, but then I realized it is actually a race within our race; it’s a mindset.”
- Source
Gaga is not giving birth to a human but to a “new race” within humanity. The symbolism of the video makes it clear that this birth is not natural, but artificially provoked. A twisted immaculate conception. As is the case for most Lady Gaga videos, the theme of mind control is important in the video. It is the process through which the metamorphosis will take place. In Monarch programming terms, we are witnessing the birth of a new persona within the “core personality” of humanity. The birth is happening within the minds of people and is visually represented by creepy facial horns. (If you have not read previous articles on this site, mind control programming is the process through which a handler causes within a subject the “birth” of a new persona that can be programmed at will, through trauma and abuse. It is an actual process used by the CIA – MK-Ultra – and symbolism pertaining to this practice is widely present in popular culture. In the context of the video, the programming does not happen on a single person, but on a mass scale – a new race). Furthermore, the esoteric imagery in the video describes a world change that is occurring as an alchemical process: The creation of magic through the unification of opposing forces portrayed through the use of archetypal symbols and messages. Yup, we’re still talking about a Lady Gaga video. The DirectorAlthough Born This Way is considered new and innovative, it is a perfect continuation of the themes exploited by previous Lady Gaga videos. Nick Knight, the director of the video, brings a different look and feel to Gaga’s message, but it remains very “elite friendly”. The fashion photographer is known for his visually dazzling photos and has worked with Alexander McQueen, Calvin Klein, Christian Dior, Kylie Minogue, Gwen Stefani and many others. His past work has also contained allusions to Monarch mind control.  One of director Nick Knight’s most famous images for Alexander McQueen. The scar on the mannequin’s forehead implies “playing with her head”. The blank stare and the missing eye (symbolic of Illuminati control) further accentuate the theme of mind control in this image.
Knight’s distinctive style in Born This Way was inspired by surrealist painters such as Salvador Dali and Francis Bacon. Let’s look at the video’s symbolism. The Immaculate ConceptionThe video begins with the superposition of two evocative symbols:  One of director Nick Knight’s most famous images for Alexander McQueen. The scar on the mannequin’s forehead implies “playing with her head”. The blank stare and the missing eye (symbolic of Illuminati control) further accentuate the theme of mind control in this image. Pink triangles pointing downwards were used in Nazi concentration camps to denote homosexual men. The same pink triangle pointing upwards has become a symbol of gay pride and gay rights. On an esoteric level, triangles pointing down are archetypal symbols representing the sacred feminine (in opposition to the upwards pointing triangle representing the phallic masculine). The inverted triangle is emblematic of the womb, the vessel and the uterus. It is the passive principle awaiting the active principle. Inside the triangle is a unicorn, an ancient mythological creature emblematic of purity, spiritual enlightenment and fierceness – the horn is often viewed as symbolic of the union of with God. In esoteric terms it refers to the third eye or the pineal gland. In Christian symbolism, the Unicorn is a symbol of Christ. It is also often associated with the Virgin Mary. “Symbolically, the unicorn is a representation of Jesus, the horn represents the unity of Jesus and God, its fierceness and defiance were said to be a reminder that nothing can control Jesus against his will, and the small size of the animal represented Jesus’ humility.”
- Heather Changeri, The Virgin and the Unicorn
The link between the unicorn and the concept of virginity was popularized by a medieval myth describing how to hunt the creature. In order to catch a unicorn, a virgin is put in the field; the animal then comes to her and is caught, because it lies down in her lap.  Virgin and Unicorn by Domenichino (1602), a tale which has probably been inspired by Christian symbolism (or the other way around). According to Honorius of Autun in his Speculum de Mysteriis Ecclesiae: “Christ is represented by this animal, and his invincible strength by its horn. He, who lay down in the womb of the Virgin, has been caught by the hunters; that is to say, he was found in human shape by those who loved him”.
This unicorn is inside a womb symbolically represented by the inverted triangle and therefore symbolically awaiting birth. The concept of purity associated with unicorn implies an “immaculate conception” as no sexual relation was needed to provoke this cosmic pregnancy (yes, I just said “cosmic pregnancy”). Gaga herself referred to this song in similar terms. “I wrote ['Born This Way'] in 10 f—ing minutes. And it is a completely magical message song. And after I wrote it, the gates just opened, and the songs kept coming. It was like an immaculate conception.”
- Lady Gaga, Our Lady of Pop, Vogue Magazine
According to Carl Jung, whether we look at the religious or occult meaning of the unicorn, it ends up portraying the same concept: the union of seemingly opposite forces (i.e. purity and strength). “The unicorn’s most vital function has been as a symbol, whether of power or virility, or purity, or the combination of opposites, of the male horn and the female body. Many modern interpreters regard this last role as the crucial one and relate it to the symbolism of the soul as the spark of divine light in the darkness of matter and evil, the body, and to the concept of the hermaphrodite as the perfect union of opposites.”
- Carl Jung, Man, Myth and Magic
That’s a lot of text to explain a single frame of the video. It is, however, an important frame because it sums up the entire concept of the video in a single image: the birth of a spiritual/galactic/metaphorical entity from an immaculate conception. But what exactly is being born?In her narrative, Gaga says it is a new race, but the video, and the video’s director, suggests that it is a race born within the existing race, from people’s own minds. In the video, a symbolic image replaces the unicorn.  Mask at the back of Gaga’s head
Gaga has two faces, not unlike Janus, the god of gateways and beginnings. In mind-control terms, the mask implies the existence of a programmed alter-personality. Porcelain masks are used in the actual (and horrific) Monarch programming process on slaves and handlers (in the video, Gaga seems to embody both roles). “Fire torture and melted wax is used to make the child victim believe their face has been burned. Then the programmer generously gives the traumatized alters a porcelain mask. The alter getting the Porcelain face may be given a “gem” hypnotically like Jade and that becomes their secret name. There are several different methods that are available to lay in the porcelain face programming. There has been a great deal of porcelain casts made of people’s faces and then masks made of them. In fact, when a handler dies, at least in one case the replacement handler wore a mask to look like the previous handler.”
- Fritz Springmeier, The Illuminati Formula Used to Create an Undetectable Total Mind Controlled Slave
The mask inside the triangle implies the birth of a synthetic being, a human construct: a pre-established mindset for humanity. After this, Gaga begins her “Manifesto of Mother Monster”, describing the mindset. Manifesto of Mother Monster and BirthGaga announces the birth of a new race in a speech with heavy occult undertones that contains references to ancient hermetic principles. “This is the manifesto of Mother Monster: On G.O.A.T., a Government -Owned Alien Territory in space, a birth of magnificent and magical proportions took place.”
The magical birth took place on a “Government-Owned Alien Territory” – which is alluding to the fact that the birth is taking place under the supervision and approval of the powers that be: the elite, the Illuminati. It is also a great way to form the acronym G.O.A.T. and a great way to bring up Baphomet.  As Gaga says “GOAT”, a star formation shaped as a goat head is shown, an allusion to the Goat of Mendez and/or Baphomet. It is also shaped like a uterus. The movie Pan’s Labyrinth also draws a link between the faun’s horned head and the shape of the uterus – a symbolic gateway to another realm.
Gaga, playing the role of the Virgin about to give birth is symbolically shown inside the goat head, which emphasizes the occult and ritualistic nature of the birth taking place. Baphomet, represented by a goat’s head, is symbolic of magic created by the union of opposite forces, hence its androgyny (see the erect phallic symbol and the female breasts).  The goat-headed Baphomet, as depicted by Eliphas Levi. Baphomet’s androgyny and its “As Above, So Below” hand gesture illustrate the all-important concept of union of opposite forces and are all visually represented in Born This Way.
Baphomet is of great importance in Aleister Crowley’s Thelema – a modern occult philosophy that seems to be a source of inspiration for Gaga’s Manifesto. According to Crowley, Baphomet is a representative of the spiritual nature of the spermatozoa, while also being symbolic of the “magical child” produced as a result of sex magic. As such, Baphomet represents the Union of Opposites, especially as mystically personified in Chaos and Babalon, combined and biologically manifested with the sperm and egg united in the zygote. “He is ‘The Devil’ of the Book of Thoth, and His emblem is Baphomet the Androgyne who is the hieroglyph of arcane perfection … He is therefore Life, and Love. But moreover his letter is ayin, the Eye, so that he is Light; and his Zodiacal image is Capricornus, that leaping goat whose attribute is Liberty.”
- Aleister Crowley, Magick Book 4
Concepts similar to those expressed by Crowley are incorporated to the Manifesto: “But the birth was not finite. It was infinite. As the wombs numbered and the mitosis of the future began, it was perceived that this infamous moment in life is not temporal, it is eternal. And thus began the beginning of the new race, a race within the race of humanity, a race which bears no prejudice, no judgment, but boundless freedom.”
Is the “mitosis of the future” equivalent to Crowley’s “new eon”? The emphasis on the term “liberty” and “freedom” might be a reference to Crowley’s “Do What Thou Wilt” ethos, a concept calling for the seeking of one’s “True Will” without regard for the boundaries of ethics, moral principles or the concept of good and evil. The embrace of both good and evil is further portrayed in the video. As Gaga says these words, she is shown giving birth to … something. As this something gets pushed out, butterflies appear.  Butterflies emerging from Gaga’s womb.
Butterflies (especially Monarch butterflies) are symbolic of Monarch programming. Mind-control slaves who successfully create an alter-persona are compared to butterflies emerging from their cocoon. This implies that Gaga’s “new race” or “new philosophy” is not something that occurs naturally in society. It is rather something that will be forced on humanity using mind-control techniques.  Soulless, Gaga-clone newborns and a bunch of butterflies flying around them.
The creation of this “beautiful” race leads to the birth of an evil entity, which seemingly exists to protect its interests and force its will upon the world. But on that same day, as the eternal mother hovered in the mulitverse, another more terrifying birth took place: the birth of evil. And as she herself split into two, rotating in agony between two ultimate forces, the pendulum of choice began its dance. It seems easy, you imagine, to gravitate instantly and unwaveringly towards good. But she wondered, how can I protect something so perfect without evil?
As those words are being said, the camera slides upwards towards Gaga, forming a semi-hidden skull head made of human bodies, symbols of sacrifice representing the evil that resulted from birthing the “pure” creation. This concept is illustrated by the symbol of ying and yang and the Masonic checkered floor, where black and white coexist in an infinite pattern.  Semi-hidden human skull above a pyramidal structure made of red human bodies.
The evil force is represented by human skulls, which symbolically represent the elite’s death-culture, which celebrates sacrifices in order to generate “new life”. To illustrate the “political and governmental” aspect of this concept Gaga is shown firing a military rifle while church bells ring (announcing death of the masses).  Gaga firing a rifle, a celebration of depopulation and human sacrifices. She waves her blond hair as she is shooting, a continuation of the Agenda to make government oppression and violence ”sexy”.
Evil is therefore depicted as a necessary force to balance the existence of good (or what is portrayed as good in the video, as mind control is never “good”). Thought this song was about gay pride? Apparently not. Oh, and then the song starts. Him or H-I-MThe song starts with an odd statement: “It doesn’t matter if you love him, or capital H-I-M”
Who is “Him” and, more importantly who is capital H-I-M? At first glance, “Him” can be interpreted as a masculine lover, in accordance with the “gay pride” aspect of the song. In that case, who or what is “capital H-I-M”? Is it God? In that is she referring to the distance between homosexuality and traditional religions? HIM is also the name of a popular Finnish rock band whose acronym stands for “His Infernal Majesty”. In this context, is Gaga saying “It doesn’t matter if you love him (God), or capital H-I-M (Satan)”? If that is the case, it would certainly fit with the dualistic, good versus evil, message of the video and the Thelemic theme of her manifesto. Further in the song, another line states: “A different lover is not a sin
Believe capital H-I-M (hey, hey, hey)”
In this spiritual context, is the “regular lover” God and the “different lover” His Infernal Majesty? Dualism continues to be visually represented throughout the video with scenes celebrating life and love juxtaposed with scenes of celebrating death.  Lots of ewey-gooey love
 Brain-dead zombies – the fate of who do not become part of the new “horned” race.
The rest of the video is a lot less symbol-intensive, as the focus shifts on choreography and female crotch-grabbing. No Gaga video (or any music business pawn’s video for that matter) is complete without the One-Eye Sign.  The Illuminati approves of this Mother Monster Manifesto.
The video ends with a symbolic image, one to be expected when understanding the dualistic theme portrayed throughout the video.  Zombie Gaga inside an upright pink triangle
The last frame of the video is the opposite of the first, as the pink triangle is pointing upwards. This alludes to the appropriation of this Nazi symbol by the gay rights movement and its reversal. On an esoteric level, the upright triangle is the response to the inverted triangle and signals the end of the alchemical process. It represents the union of the opposites, in order to accomplish the Great Work: the occult transformation of men. When combined, the upright and the inverted triangle become a six-pointed star, a symbol known as the Philospher’s Stone or the Seal of Solomon.  The Hermetic Seal of Solomon composed with two interlaced triangles pointing in opposite directions.
“The interlacing triangles or deltas symbolize the union of the two principles or forces, the active and passive, male and female, pervading the universe … The two triangles, one white and the other black, interlacing, typify the mingling of apparent opposites in nature, darkness and light, error and truth, ignorance and wisdom, evil and good, throughout human life.”
- Albert G. Mackey, Encyclopedia of Freemasonry
If the video started with the unicorn inside the inverted triangle, symbolizing the impending birth of a pure spiritual being, the video ends with the opposite energy, death and corruption. Zombie-gaga, the evil by-product of the change imposed by G.O.A.T. In order for magic to happen, both of these triangles are necessary and they need to be united. Meaning of the VideoThe song by itself has an uplifting message: to love and accept oneself unconditionally, the way God made us. However (there’s always a “however” with Gaga), the video takes things to another level … literally. The “Manifesto of Mother Monster” and its related symbolism give the song a cosmic-battle-between-good-and-evil quality, interlaced with the heralding of a new race and, to use Crowley’s terminology, a new eon. In the context of the video, Born This Way is actually a tail of REbirth and of transformation. As Gaga’s choreographer stated, it is a race within our race; it’s a mindset. This change of mindset is not portrayed as the result of a natural evolution, but rather as a forced change symbolized by the Monarch programming imagery. All of this is happening in the Government-Owned-Alien-Territory, a clever way of stating that this new race is something that the occult elite wants to see happening. In the video, Gaga (and hundreds of clones) are created in a high-tech, government-owned lab. Are we truly preaching no prejudice, no judgment, but boundless freedom? The Manifesto’s ideals therefore only apply to the new, forcefully created race, which is distinguishable from “normal” people by the horn thingies. Is this a sign of superiority? Are the horns any different than the pink triangle used to distinguish gays during the Nazi regime? Those who do not adhere to this mind-controlled race will apparently feel the wrath of “evil Gaga” and be killed because, as she says, How can I protect something so perfect without evil? The video contradicts and twists the liberating meaning of the song and turns it into something rather oppressive and disturbing. The “new race” is the masses of the New World Order, under the influence of mass mind control and pushed into a precise kind of spirituality, resembling a dumbed-down version of Crowley’s Thelema. This world metamorphosis is perceived by the occult elite as an alchemical transformation, a Great Work. It is visually represented by the opposing forces illustrated throughout the video. The process is meant to create something “pure and perfect”, a new world that is purged from its non-desired elements (portraying a New World Order as the end result of an alchemical process is often referred to in elitist art – see the article Analysis of the Occult Symbols Found on the Bank of America Murals). From the viewpoint of the masses, who must go through this forced rebirth, the process is ugly, terrifying and pure evil. The video however, – as most offerings of pop culture – portrays the view of the elite. In ConclusionIn order to keep the youth interested and attracted to the elite’s agenda, creators of pop videos cleverly combines fresh visuals with mind-numbing repetition. Each new video attempts to bring an exciting or shocking element to generate some interest but, at the end of the line, the core message remains stubbornly on-par with the Illuminati Agenda. Born This way uses the classic technique of duplicity, which can be defined as “contradictory doubleness of thought, speech, or action; especially, the concealment of one’s true intentions by deceptive words or actions”. The song’s lyrics say one thing, but the powerful symbols within the video go in the opposite direction. This leads to a contradiction our minds attempt to resolve: Is “boundless freedom” equivalent to the coercive new world portrayed by Gaga? Despite the superficial eccentricity of the song, Born This Way is about conforming and adhering to a pre-defined mindset, a philosophy that is compatible with a New World Order. It is not Gaga’s vision, it is their vision. It is the mind state they want you to adopt in order for them to carry on with their Agenda unopposed. This is what they want you to think: There are no important values or moral codes; good and evil are a big blur and being a mindless zombie is cool. If you think this way, “you’re on the right track baby”. I’m not. Guess I wasn’t born that way.
|
| Socialists Storm Bank of America, Call for Taxes - Wednesday, March 09, 2011Group linked to Obama's Socialists says “tax avoidance and reckless speculation” have wrecked America. Are these people fooling anyone...No and here is why...At first glance, the action seems like a positive thing – until you take a look at who the National People’s Action is and who supports them. Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
March 9, 2011 On Monday, a group called National People’s Action stormed into a Bank of America branch in DC and demanded the institution pay for the mess it has made through “tax avoidance and reckless speculation,” according to David Dayen, writing on a Firedoglake blog. Dayen said the group of 600 activists then planned to walk into a conference of “state Attorneys General, to demand a foreclosure fraud resolution that includes mass principal writedowns and criminal prosecution for the fraudsters.
At first glance, the action seems like a positive thing – until you take a look at who the National People’s Action is and who supports them. Andrew Marcus, writing for Breitbart’s BigGovernment, links the NPA to the Obama administration. “President Obama has long standing and deep relationships with these people, who organize law breaking mob actions on the streets of America,” writes Marcus. More than one of these groups [SEIU, NPA, the DNC, and the Democratic Socialists of America] and their organizers have visited the Obama White House more than once… If the President of the United States is using the powers of the Executive Branch of government to help coordinate/facilitate mob actions against American citizens, would that be an impeachable offense? Would it at least warrant a couple of questions from the alleged White House Press Corps?
Considering the real powers behind Obama, the idea that he supports anti-capitalist socialists calling for the mega-rich to pay taxes is nothing short of absurd. Barry Obama is not a leftist political activist and community organizer as the establishment Republicans would have you believe. Obama is not an enemy of Wall Street. He is owned by Wall Street. Goldman Sachs was a top contributor to the Obama presidential campaign. Obama is a political and financial instrument of Wall Street and the banksters. “Barack Obama was groomed for the presidency by key members of the Trilateral Commission. Most notably, it was Zbigniew Brzezinski, co-founder of the Trilateral Commission with David Rockefeller in 1973, who was Obama’s principal foreign policy advisor,” writes Patrick Wood. His administration is rife with trilateralists, CFR members, Bilderbergers, cronies from the Federal Reserve, Citibank, Goldman Sachs, and other outposts and think tanks of the one-world globalist elite and their hired guns and minions. So when Breitbart plays the divisive left-vs-right game and claims Obama is some of kind of Chicago southside socialist, it is more than laughable – it is almost criminal because it obfuscates the real issue: the government is owned by the banksters and the foundation and union leftists have zero influence, never mind the hyperventilating of Glenn Beck (who plays the same game as the establishment Republicans when he attempts to portray Obama and crew as closet Marxists – there are no communists on Wall Street, in fact communism was fosterted by the bankers as an ideal control mechanism). No doubt most of the 600 or so leftists who stormed the Bank of America on Monday sincerely wish to take down the banksters. Most of them don’t even realize they are being played as useful idiots – to use Lenin’s supposed pejorative – for a clique of underhanded banksters and their operatives on the left (the so-called right, naturally, has its own operatives working to destroy legitimate political change, for instance the original Tea Party). The bankers and their fellow travelers have worked for decades to not only compromise and neutralize political change, but have also labored tirelessly to create front groups designed to steer political action into futility, factional politics, and mindless squabbling. Imposing taxes on Bank of America and the financial elite – as demanded by National People’s Action – will not solve the problem. Greed was secondary to the prime objective of the financial elite – the utter destruction of the engine of progress and prosperity that stood at one time as the envy to the world.Taxes are not required. What is required is the abolition of the Federal Reserve and its insidious control over the economic life of America. Instead of tax bills, the bankers and their hirelings need to be served with court summons. The bankers should be charged with financial crimes against humanity, not tax avoidance. read more ... |
| British Tax Protesters Arrest Judge In Act Of “Lawful Rebellion” - Tuesday, March 08, 2011UPDATE - Tax rebel leader demands magistrates serve warrant to arrest Merseyside Chief Constable. A WIRRAL man who led a tax rebel protest to “arrest” a judge attended a court hearing of his supporters today – and demanded a warrant be served to arrest Merseyside Chief Constable.
....................
Paul Joseph Watson | Birth of British Tea Party? Chaotic scenes as police clash with demonstrators For those wondering whether we can expect to see anything like the scenes witnessed in Egypt coming to America or the United Kingdom, the actions of British protesters who engaged in “lawful rebellion” by attempting to arrest a judge yesterday could herald the beginning of a new tax revolt to rival the infamous poll tax riots of 1990. Just as the 2009 town hall confrontations gave birth to the modern incarnation of the Tea Party in the United States, with the organization having its early origins in the 2007 End the Fed protests involving Ron Paul supporters, could yesterday’s events herald the beginning of a massive tax revolt movement set to sweep the UK? There were chaotic scenes as around 600 activists from the British Constitution Group massed around Birkenhead county court chanting “freedom,” and “arrest that judge” as police with riot dogs attempted to hold them back. Protesters stormed the courtroom and civilly arrested Judge Michael Peake before escorting him from the building. Peake was eventually wrestled away from protesters by police as the activists chanted, “Do your job” to the police. Dozens more police arrived to set up blockades and numerous protesters were arrested. Peake was ruling on a case involving Roger Hayes, former member of UKIP, who has refused to pay council tax, both as a protest against the government’s treasonous activities in sacrificing Britain to globalist interests and as a result of Hayes clearly proving that council tax is illegal. Hayes has embarked on an effort to legally prove that the enforced collection of council tax by government is unlawful because no contract has been agreed between the individual and the state. His argument is based on the sound legal principle that just like the council, Hayes can represent himself as a third party in court and that “Roger Hayes” is a corporation and must be treated as one in the eyes of the law. “As he emerged from the court surrounded by his supporters, Mr Hayes said: ‘The judges are breaking the law in their own courts. I asked him [Mr Peake] if he was serving under his oath of office,” reports the Daily Mail. “I asked three times for him to confirm this and he refused, so I civilly arrested the judge and I called upon some people in the court to assist me in this,” Hayes said. “They were acting lawfully and the police should not have arrested them.” “Made up of people from across the UK, the marchers say they are exerting their “ancient right to lawful Rebellion under Article 16 of Magna Carta,” reported the Wirral Globe. Raymond Saintclair, who organised the Birkenhead protest said: “Today was day one. This is going to happen again and again and again. We have sent a message to this court as one nation and one voice until change comes.” In a statement carried on the group’s website, Common Law is cited as a means through which lawful rebellion will be conducted to address “political treason and criminality being imposed on the law-abiding people of the British Isles.” “It is clear, beyond all reasonable doubt and with evidence that would stand up in any properly-conducted court of law, that an influential network of rogue British politicians across the parties is unlawfully involved in carrying out the hidden strategies and agendas of a centuries-old, secretive and criminal global elite who are seeking the imposition of unlawful global governance on the unsuspecting peoples of the world. Known broadly by researchers as the New World Order (NWO) – though some refer to them as the Illuminati or Zionists (please note that this does not mean Judaism) – the modus operandi of these powerful traitors and criminals is now clear for all to see,” reads the statement. The group lists the Committee of 300, the Bilderberg Group, the Trilateral Commission, the Council on Foreign Relations, and the Club of Rome as just some of the organizations who control “Subservient and compartmentalised national networks of influential politicians, industrialists, campaigning groups, charities and key individuals in trusted positions.” The British Constitution Group and the movement of “lawful rebellion” is strongly supported by Brian Gerrish, a former Royal Navy Lieutenant Commander who publishes the UK Column newspaper, which documents how Britain is being destroyed by globalist interests as well as the insidious “Common Purpose” organization which has infiltrated every level of British society. Yesterday’s events will send a clear shot across the bow of the British government, which is currently engaged in aggressive austerity measures involving cuts to public services as well as tax hikes. In March 1990, London was hit with massive tax riots in scenes dubbed the “Battle of Trafalgar,” as demonstrators raged against the infamous poll tax that was eventually abolished after millions of Brits refused to pay it, a sequence of events that many attributed to the downfall of Margaret Thatcher who resigned as Prime Minister in November the same year. Poll tax was replaced with council tax, which took into account people’s ability to pay based on the value of their home. However, council tax rates have consistently risen over the rate of inflation even as the British people feel more and more misrepresented by the national government based in London and local governments that have been completely consumed by the agenda of Common Purpose to the detriment of their own constituents. read more ... |
| Paul: Let public vote on judges - Tuesday, March 08, 2011Texas Rep. Ron Paul said on Monday that Americans should have the same right to oust federal judges as Iowans did with their historic vote last November to remove three State Supreme Court justices.
Iowa Press Citizen
March 8, 2011 Texas Rep. Ron Paul said on Monday that Americans should have the same right to oust federal judges as Iowans did with their historic vote last November to remove three State Supreme Court justices. “At the federal level, I think we ought to have the same rights you do in Iowa,” the potential 2012 Republican presidential candidate said to a supportive crowd of about 200 on the University of Iowa campus. “In Iowa, you absolutely had the right to do what you did because that is how the system works.” However, Paul said removing federal judges is unlikely, and said the Federal Court has “improved its rulings on private property.” Paul was in Iowa City touting his vision of small government, no income taxes and protection of personal freedoms.
read more ... |
| Facing America’s Shadow State - Monday, March 07, 2011Saman Mohammadi | No nation can maintain two identities at once for very long.
The Excavator
March 7, 2011 Supporters of President Barack Obama often say that he is a “deep” thinker, but, how deep a thinker is he when he has failed to look into the crimes and human rights violations that occurred under the Bush administration? Normally, deep thinkers look into the dark past of their society, not avoid it, because they know that you can’t move forward without facing the past first. Dealing with the shadows can be a healing process if done right. Nations, like individuals, experience trauma and dark days, and covering them up only makes the problems worse. 
Obama decided to “look forward, not backward,” a decision that was more than an error in judgment. It was an act of treason and betrayal. America needed a Lincoln, or a King, but instead it got a two-faced con artist. There is nothing “deep” about Obama’s intellect. A deep thinker doesn’t keep his country in hell but leads it towards purgatory. A deep thinker doesn’t need a teleprompter to speak his/her mind. I’m not even sure that Obama has an independent mind. Neither did Bush, Clinton, or Reagan. As President of the world’s only superpower, these men have spoken not their own thoughts, but officialdom’s thoughts. Obama, Bush, Clinton, and Reagan are not leaders in any sense of the term.
Obama, like Bush, is little brother, not Big Brother. But they’re not innocent little followers, either. Obama, also like Bush, has a lot of blood on his hands. Instead of bringing members of the Bush administration to justice for torture, secret arrests, unlawful detention, war crimes, state terrorism, and treason, and introducing reforms that address the failures of the U.S. justice system and banking system, Obama has continued Bush’s most undemocratic and treasonous policies. Moving forward, the American people must face their shadowy past with or without their current national leaders. The biggest shadow in America that must be faced is America’s shadow state. America’s shadow state wasn’t built in a day. It has operated behind the veil of democracy for more than six decades, and perhaps even longer. Professor and author Peter Dale Scott says in his article, “9/11, Deep State Violence and the Hope of Internet Politics,” that “there has existed, at least since World War Two if not earlier, an analogous American deep state, also combining intelligence officials with elements from the drug-trafficking underworld.” Defining the deep state is difficult, but not impossible. Scott says the term deep state “is used to refer to a closed network said to be more powerful than the public state. The deep state engages and false-flag violence, is organized by the military and intelligence apparatus, and involves their links to organized crime.” He has expanded on this definition, and developed his insights in his many books, and articles. In his article, “The Doomsday Project, Deep Events, and the Shrinking of American Democracy,” Scott writes: We are conditioned to think that the open institutions of American governance could not possibly provide a milieu for plots like 9/11 against public order. But since World War Two covert U.S. agencies like the CIA have helped create an alternative world where power is exercised with minimal oversight, often at odds with public agencies’ proclaimed policy objectives of law and order, and often in conjunction with lawless and even criminal foreign and domestic elements.
America’s deep state triggered the 9/11 attacks in order to advance its interests at home and abroad. The 9/11 attacks allowed the deep state to go even deeper, launched new trillion-dollar wars, and justified the curtailment of American freedoms under the cover of fighting terrorism. Scott says that what happened on 9/11 wasn’t a takeover of America’s constitutional republic, because the takeover had already occurred decades before. Rather, the final nail in the coffin was drilled in by the Bush administration. Ten years later, the Obama administration is applying sandpaper to smooth out the edges, and prepare the way for America’s funeral. An excerpt from Prof. Peter Dale Scott;s article “9/11, Deep State Violence and the Hope of Internet Politics”: However to call 9/11 a coup d’état exaggerates the difference between the current weakened condition of the public state, and the prior state of affairs that has been building for years, indeed for decades, towards just such a dénouement. For half a century the constitution and laws of the open or public state have been first evaded, then eroded, then increasingly challenged and subverted, by the forces of the deep state. I wish to suggest that this erosion has been achieved in part through a series of important deep events in post-war American history – events aspects of which (it is clear from the outset) will be ignored or suppressed in the mainstream media.Recent history has seen a number of such events, such as the assassination of John F. Kennedy, that are so inexplicable by the public notions of American politics that most Americans tend not even to think of them. Instead most accept the official surface explanations for them, even if they suspect these are not true. Or if others say they believe that “Oswald acted alone,” they may do so in the same comforting but irrational state of mind that believes God will reward the righteous and punish the wicked. Thus on the one hand we must see that America has reached a condition where traditional civil rights are flagrantly restricted as never before – as when former Attorney General Gonzalez told a shocked congressional committee that “There is no expressed grant of habeas corpus in the Constitution.” At the same time, we must see that 9/11, as an unexplained or deep event nudging us away from constitutional normalcy and into an unnecessary permanent state of war, is not unprecedented. It is one of a series of similar unexplained events, all of which have had similar results, reaching back to the second Tonkin Gulf incident, the Kennedy assassination, even the misremembered outset of the Korean War.
America’s shadow wars wouldn’t exist without America’s shadow state, and vice versa. The 9/11 attacks, and the current wars in the Middle East cannot be understood unless the existence of America’s shadow state is recognized as a fact of life. Scott: America’s three major wars since World War Two – Korea, Vietnam, and now Iraq – have all been preceded by deep events that have cumulatively contributed to America’s current war-based economy. Looked at in this way, 9/11 falls into a sequence in which it is preceded by the Second Tonkin Gulf Incident and by the intrigues and lies in June 1950 concerning Korea.
Scott views 9/11 as a deep event in a series of deep events, the other notable events are the murder of JFK and the Gulf of Tonkin incident, both of which led to the expansion of the war in Vietnam. Scott: 9/11 is not wholly without precedent in U.S. history. It should be seen not as a unique departure from orderly constitutional government – a coup d’état – but as yet another unexplained deep event of the sort that has continued to erode the American constitutional system of open politics and civil liberties.
U.S. state intelligence agencies, especially the CIA, are focused primarily on keeping a lid on America’s shadow state and ensuring its mega-profits schemes are kept alive, not national security. Scott says that the CIA’s machinations in the cover-up of the JFK assassination and the 9/11 attacks prove conclusively that its fingerprints are all over both of the crime scenes. Scott: And without understanding the details, we can safely conclude that operations of the CIA – the deep state — were somehow implicated, whether innocently or conspiratorially, in the background of both the JFK assassination and 9/11. With respect to the CIA’s withholding of information from the FBI about Oswald, even a former CIA officer, Jane Roman, has agreed that this indicates “some sort of [CIA] operational interest in Oswald’s file.”33 Lawrence Wright, commenting in The New Yorker about the CIA’s analogous withholding of information about al-Mihdar, has reached the similar conclusion that “The CIA may also have been protecting an overseas operation and was afraid that the F.B.I. would expose it.”
It is painfully obvious that people inside America’s shadow state manipulates events, and hide their asses behind a veil of secrecy, propaganda, and disinformation. This reality is not unique to America alone. Turkey has long dealt with its deep state forces, but at least it is acknowledging the fact that constitutional and democratic reforms need to be put in place to secure Turkish democracy. Wherever we look around the world, we find that state intelligence agencies are incubators of state terrorism, treasonous conspiracies, and tyranny. “An intelligence service is the ideal vehicle for a conspiracy,” said Allen Dulles, who served as the Director of the CIA from 1953-1961, in his book “Germany’s Underground: The Anti-Nazi Resistance.” Veterans Today’s senior editor Gordon Duff wrote a pretty good summary of how America’s shadow state came into being in his article “The Quiet Coup: Creating America’s Shadow State.” Duff says that there is “little room for assumptions,” about the existence of a shadow government in the United States. Duff: The mechanism of entropy, corruption, economic collapse and the drug empire in Afghanistan, there is little doubt anymore. Forces well outside any political system envisioned by the Founding Fathers control America, forces capable of side-stepping or overruling any elected official or any law, up to and including, even especially, the Constitution of the United States of America.Normally, the “shadow government” covers its tracks we, as members of the 9/11 Commission have been shouting from the rooftops for years. Even when it doesn’t, secrecy and censorship step in, always “protecting” the public from the problems created by, well, created by censorship and secrecy.
Facing America’s shadow state means facing the most difficult political crisis in American history. But failing to do anything is national suicide for America. Since the powers behind this shadow state actively sow chaos and thrive on national and international disorder, the clear solution is exposing their trickster’s hand, and working to bring order and peace into the world. But, first, we must bring understanding, and order into our minds. This means we must get over our denial that secret government forces were behind 9/11, and take off our blinders. Peter Dale Scott, and other researches, have provided us with a historical perspective, making it easier for us to understand why 9/11 happened, and how the perpetrators were able to get away with it for so long. The fact that America is not free must first be accepted. It is under the spell of dark propagandists, secret conspirators, and official myth-makers. Professor John Kozy says in his article, “Liberty’s Easy Slide into Tyranny,” that in the modern state, tyrannical and democratic forces can operate side be side. The state’s secret instruments enables special interests and powerful cliques to commit horrible crimes, treasonous in nature, and not face any punishment. Kozy: The FED, CIA, Executive Privilege, The Patriot Act, Homeland Security, and more, by themselves, are bad but not disastrous. Together, however, they are the tools of tyranny that are tyrannizing America, because they provide people who are not answerable to the people with powers that can be and often are abused. It happens because those who implement ideas that seem sound never ask what happens when the powers these ideas entail fall into the hands of the unscrupulous. The insidiousness of these tyrannical tools is that they can exist amid the trappings of democracy, along with political parties and regular elections. The result is a tyrannical nation masquerading as a democracy. All of these agencies as part of the executive branch act secretly. And we have forgotten that, “Secrecy, being an instrument of conspiracy, ought never to be the system of a regular government.”—Jeremy Bentham
That America is a “tyrannical nation masquerading as a democracy” means the state of the union is schizophrenic. America is two nations. There is a mental civil war going on. Which side will win? The answer is up in the air. Peter Dale Scott says that 9/11–along with other deep events, the ongoing imperial wars in the Middle East, the destruction of civil liberties and other attacks against the constitution represents a constitutional crisis in America. Abraham Lincoln foresaw this crisis. He said: I see in the near future a crisis approaching that unnerves me and causes me to tremble for the safety of my country. Corporations have been enthroned, an era of corruption in high places will follow, and the money-power of the country will endeavor to prolong it’s reign by working upon the prejudices of the people until the wealth is aggregated in a few hands and the Republic is destroyed.
Sooner or later, this crisis must be faced, and resolved. It will not pass without conflict. No nation can maintain two identities at once for very long. America will either be freed, and its constitutional republic restored, or it will be enslaved and destroyed to the point that the old republic will be ancient history.
read more ... |
| Zakaria: America is Doomed Because It Fails to Embrace Globalism - Thursday, March 03, 2011Kurt Nimmo | Fareed Zakaria is a member of both the CFR and Rockefeller’s Trilateral Commission.
March 3, 2011 The globalist Fareed Zakaria – a member of both the CFR and Rockefeller’s Trilateral Commission – has penned an article for the one of the crown jewels of the CIA’s emasculation of the media – Henry Luce’s Time Magazine – where he predicts the end of America as we know it, or as some of us once knew it.  American’s problem, according to Zakaria, is political insularity and especially our failure to embrace “market-based” globalism. In addition, we cling to funny and antiquated ideas about natural rights and the Constitution. “I believe that the Constitution was one of the wonders of the world — in the 18th century. But today we face the reality of a system that has become creaky,” he writes.
Too many of us, Zakaria argues, believe “demigods who walked the earth in the late 18th century” handed down “perfect system of government.” Even the founders, he insists, “understood that it was a work in progress, an unfinished enterprise that would constantly be in need of change, adjustment and repair.” In other words, if the founders were alive today, they would embrace globalism. Zakaria also seems to think they would support the sort of excessive taxation suffered by Europeans and also would approve of carbon taxes. As noted above, Zakaria is a member of both the CFR and the Trilateral Commission. The stated purpose of the Trilateral Commission is to create a “New International Economic Order,” in other words one world government at the expense of national sovereignty. “The Trilateral Commission is international and is intended to be the vehicle for multinational consolidation of the commercial and banking interests by seizing control of the political government of the United States,” said the late Barry Goldwater. “The Trilateral Commission represents a skillful, coordinated effort to seize control and consolidate the four centers of power – political, monetary, intellectual and ecclesiastical.” According to Holly Sklar, “the people, governments, and economies of all nations must serve the needs of multinational banks and corporations,” and this servitude is the ultimate goal of the Trilateralists, the CFR, the Bilderbergers, and the shadow government they have installed in Congress and the White House.  It is no mistake Obama was spotted reading Zakaria’s The Post-American World. The book argues that America is in decline and the sort of “authoritarian modernization” at work in the slave labor gulag of China is all the rage.
For Obama, reading the book – and being photographed with it – was a natural. His administration, after all, is stacked with CFR members, globalists, and Goldman Sachs cronies. The globalists are seriously opposed to what Zakaria denounces as a political “system that has become creaky,” a system originally based on the Constitution and its accompanying Bill of Rights engineered by “demigods who walked the earth in the late 18th century” and who are now considered irrelevant dinosaurs by globalist intellectuals like Zakaria. Zakaria knows the American people are beginning to catch wind of the globalist plan for world domination and that is why he underhandedly attacks domestic political groups and characterizes them as hopelessly myopic and mired in destructive parochialism. “American politics is now hyperresponsive to constituents’ interests. And all those interests are dedicated to preserving the past rather than investing for the future,” he writes. read more ... |
| NEW WORLD ORDER GLOBAL ELITE - Christians views harmful to children - Wednesday, March 02, 2011 In a landmark judgment, handed down on Monday 28th February, the High Court has suggested that Christians with traditional views on sexual ethics are unsuitable as foster carers, and that homosexual ‘rights’ trump freedom of conscience in the UK. Tim Pearson
The Way
March 1, 2011
In a landmark judgment, handed down on Monday 28th February, the High Court has suggested that Christians with traditional views on sexual ethics are unsuitable as foster carers, and that homosexual ‘rights’ trump freedom of conscience in the UK. The Judges stated that Christian beliefs on sexual ethics may be ‘inimical’ to children, and they implicitly upheld an Equalities and Human Rights Commission submission that children risk being ‘infected’ by Christian moral beliefs. Today’s judgment strongly affirms homosexual rights over freedom of conscience and leaves the Johns currently unable to foster a child as desired, despite their proven track record as foster parents. There now appears to be nothing to stop the increasing bar on Christians who wish to adopt or foster children but who are not willing to compromise their beliefs. The summary contained in the judgment sends out the clear message that Christian ethical beliefs are potentially harmful to children and that Christian parents with mainstream Christian views are not suitable to be considered as potential foster parents as this does not accord with diversity and equality policies. The Johns are being represented by the Christian Legal Centre. read more ... |
| Border nightmare: No security for us - Tuesday, March 01, 2011Union Leader
February 23, 2011 The argument over how well-secured America’s border with Mexico is has been settled. The answer is deeply disturbing. According to a General Accountability Office report released last week, only 44 percent of the border is under "operational control." And of that, only 15 percent is secure. Here are the numbers, as reported by U.S. News & World Report: "Of the nearly 2,000 miles separating the U.S. and Mexico, 873 are under the 'operational control' of the Border Patrol. Of those 873, 129 miles were under full control, with the rest classified as 'managed.'" The magazine reported that "(p)rotecting the southern border costs taxpayers $3 billion a year. Last year, the agents caught 445,000 illegals and seized over 2.4 million pounds of marijuana." For $3 billion a year, we get only 129 miles of border security out of 2,000 miles of border. And we are going to hand control of our health care sector over to the same government charged with border security? This is a national disgrace. It's also a colossal breach of national security. Aside from the narcotics, we know that radical Muslims with terrorist ties are gaining entry to the country through that border. How long will we tolerate this dangerous failure? read more ... |
| NAU - Perimeter Security and the Future of North American Integration - Tuesday, March 01, 2011Dana Gabriel | Security issues are further shaping continental integration. March 1, 2011 Out of the ashes of the defunct Security and Prosperity Partnership (SPP), the U.S. has pursued simultaneous bilateral agendas with both Canada and Mexico, in an effort to further deepen North American economic and security integration. While the NAFTA framework remains intact, a recent announcement by Canada and the U.S. to work towards a trade and security perimeter agreement without Mexico, has some questioning the future of the whole trilateral process. 
Canadian Minister of Foreign Affairs Lawrence Cannon recently addressed the Council on Foreign Relations where he emphasized Canada-U.S. bilateral achievements and called for greater integration between the two countries. In his speech, Minister Cannon praised the February 4, Beyond the Border declaration issued by President Obama and Prime Minister Harper as, “a bold new step, intended to bring our economic competitiveness and our security perimeter to a higher level of joint commitment.” In regards to shared engagement in the hemisphere, he added, “Our Americas strategy is focused on promoting prosperity, democracy and security.” Cannon acknowledged, “We are working with the U.S. to help Mexico strengthen its police forces and judicial institutions to combat transnational, organized crime.” He also added, “The problems on the U.S. southern border are real but fundamentally different from those on your northern border.” Some have blamed the failure of the SPP on the trilateral approach and believe that it also prevented more meaningful Canada-U.S. bilateralism in areas of security, trade and energy.
In a recent article, Duncan Wood gives some reasons for Mexico being left out of Canada-U.S. negotiations on a perimeter security arrangement. He points to its worsening security situation, differences in development from its NAFTA partners, immigration issues, along with Canada’s reluctance to address border issues in a trilateral manner. Duncan also questioned, “What, then, does the perimeter security deal mean for the future of North American relations? I would venture that it marks the official beginning of a two-speed reality in the NAFTA region, with Mexico very much moving on the slower track. Canada will benefit from its deal with the US through closer ties.” Canada does hope to further strengthen its strategic relationship with the U.S. and increase its influence in Washington. The Economist sums up the current state of North American integration, “The main obstacle to trilateral co-operation is that Canada and Mexico are much more interested in their relations with the United States than they are in each other.” In many ways the Canada-U.S. bilateral border security agenda is being replicated through U.S.-Mexico initiatives, but with some variations that reflect the dynamics of the southern border. Increasingly, security issues are further shaping continental integration. The Merida Initiative has provided a platform to deepen U.S.-Mexico relations. This has enabled the U.S. to assume more control over Mexican security priorities and intelligence operations. A U.S. State Department fact sheet entitled United States-Mexico Security Partnership: Progress and Impact proclaimed how both, “governments have built on the foundations of the Merida Initiative to establish four strategic areas to guide our cooperation and institutionalize our partnership: disrupt organized criminal groups; strengthen institutions; create a 21st century border; and build strong and resilient communities.” A New Border Vision for the 21st century is, “based on the principles of joint border management, co-responsibility for cross-border crime, and shared commitment to the efficient flow of legal commerce and travel.” A U.S.-Mexico declaration issued in May of last year, highlights key goals in strengthening border security. It also established the Twenty-First Century Border Bilateral Executive Steering Committee (ESC) in order to coordinate the implementation of joint initiatives In December of last year, the ESC tabled a Bilateral Action Plan. It included initiatives in areas of bi-national infrastructure coordination, risk management, pre-clearance, pre-screening and pre-inspection, along with greater law enforcement cooperation. The ESC also announced other cross-border and pilot projects. They agreed to expand trusted traveler and shipper programs in order to facilitate the flow of people and goods between the two countries. Some of these objectives are similar to those found in the recent Canada-U.S. declaration which lays out a framework to begin negotiations on a new trade and security agreement. It appears as if the newly created Beyond the Border Working Group will function much in the same capacity as the ESC and will also present a joint Plan of Action in the coming months. Mexican President Felipe Calderon is scheduled to meet with U.S. President Barrack Obama in Washington on March 3. It is being described as a working visit where the leaders will, “discuss key issues in relations between the two countries and regional and international issues of common interest.” Calderon will also meet with Republican Congressman and Speaker of the House of Representatives, John Boehner. Over the last several months, there has been numerous high-level discussions regarding North American issues. This includes a meeting in late January between Secretary of State Hillary Clinton and Mexico’s Foreign Secretary Patricia Espinosa. In a joint press conference, Clinton declared, “we are following through on the declaration by both of our presidents on 21st century border management. We’re exploring ways to inspect and clear legitimate goods away from border stations. We are trying to do more on our side of the border to prevent money laundering and illegal arms coming into Mexico.” Clinton’s visit to Guanajuato was used as an opportunity to reinforce the close relations between the two countries and to identify common goals, as well as strategies to ensure greater security cooperation. The growing violence and insecurity in Mexico, along with other challenges, have altered the trilateral agenda. As a result, the focus has further shifted to a dual-bilateral approach in managing continental border and economic concerns. This is not to say that trilateralism has been abandoned. Under the right circumstances, these parallel bilateral initiatives could converge into one to create a fully integrated North American security perimeter that includes not only Canada and the U.S., but Mexico as well. |
| Globalism Pushing Middle Class Standard of Living Down to Third World Levels - Monday, February 28, 2011The truth is that the global economy is bad for America. The Economic Collapse
February 28, 2011 From now on, whenever you hear the term “the global economy” you should immediately equate it with the destruction of the U.S. middle class. Over the past several decades, the American economy has been slowly but surely merged into the emerging one world economic system. Unfortunately for the middle class, much of the rest of the world does not have the same minimum wage laws and worker protections that we do. Therefore, the massive global corporations that now dominate our economy are able to pay workers in other countries slave labor wages and import the products that they make into the United States to compete with products made by “expensive” American workers. This has resulted in a mass exodus of manufacturing facilities and jobs from the United States. 
But without good, high paying jobs the U.S. middle class cannot continue to be the U.S middle class. The only thing that the vast majority of Americans have to offer in the economic marketplace is their labor. Sadly, that labor has now been dramatically devalued. American workers now must directly compete for jobs with millions upon millions of workers on the other side of the world that toil away for 15 hours a day at slave labor wages. This is causing jobs to leave the United States at an almost unbelievable rate, and it is putting tremendous downward pressure on the wages of millions of jobs that are still in the United States.
So when you hear terms such as “globalization” and “the global economy”, it is important to keep in mind that those are code words for the emerging one world economic system that is systematically wiping out the U.S. middle class. A one world labor pool means that the standard of living for the U.S. middle class will continue falling toward the standard of living in the third world. We keep hearing about how the U.S. economy is being transformed from a “manufacturing economy” into a “service economy”. But “service jobs” are generally much lower paying than “manufacturing jobs”. The number of good paying “middle class jobs” in the United States is rapidly decreasing. So how can the U.S. middle class survive in such an environment? What makes things even worse for manufacturers in the United States is that other nations often impose a “value-added tax” of 20 percent or more on U.S. goods entering their shores and yet most of the time we do not reciprocate with similar taxes. But whenever someone mentions how incredibly unfair and unbalanced our trade agreements with other nations are, they are immediately labeled as a “protectionist”. Well, someone should be looking out for U.S. interests when it comes to trade, because the current state of the global economy is ripping the U.S. middle class to shreds. Right now, the United States consumes far more wealth than it produces. This nation buys much, much more from the rest of the world than they buy from us. This is called a “trade deficit”, and it is one of the most important economic statistics. The U.S. runs a massive trade deficit every single year, and it is wiping out our national wealth, it is destroying our surviving industries and it is absolutely shredding middle class America. We cannot allow tens of thousands of factories to continue to leave the United States. We cannot allow millions of jobs to continue to be “outsourced” and “offshored”. We cannot allow tens of billions of dollars of our national wealth to continue to be transferred into foreign hands every single month. The truth is that the global economy is bad for America. The following are 23 facts which prove that globalism is pushing the standard of living of the middle class down to third world levels…. #1 From December 2000 to December 2010, the U.S. ran a total trade deficit of 6.1 trillion dollars. #2 The U.S. trade deficit was about 33 percent larger in 2010 than it was in 2009. #3 The U.S. trade deficit with China in 2010 was 27 times larger than it was back in 1990. #4 The U.S. economy is rapidly trading high wage jobs for low wage jobs. According to a new report from the National Employment Law Project, higher wage industries accounted for 40 percent of the job losses over the past 12 months but only 14 percent of the job growth. Lower wage industries accounted for just 23 percent of the job losses over the past 12 months and a whopping 49 percent of the job growth. #5 Between December 2000 and December 2010, 38 percent of the manufacturing jobs in Ohio were lost, 42 percent of the manufacturing jobs in North Carolina were lost and 48 percent of the manufacturing jobs in Michigan were lost. #6 In Germany, exports account for approximately 40 percent of GDP. In China, exports account for approximately 30 percent of GDP. In the United States, exports account for approximately 13 percent of GDP. #7 Do you remember when the United States was the dominant manufacturer of automobiles and trucks on the globe? Well, in 2010 the U.S. ran a trade deficit in automobiles, trucks and parts of $110 billion. #8 In 2010, South Korea exported 12 times as many automobiles, trucks and parts to us as we exported to them. #9 The U.S. economy now has 10 percent fewer “middle class jobs” than it did just ten years ago. #10 The United States currently has 7.7 million fewer payroll jobs than it did back in December 2007. #11 Back in 1970, 25 percent of all jobs in the United States were manufacturing jobs. Today, only 9 percent of the jobs in the United States are manufacturing jobs. #12 In 2002, the United States had a trade deficit in “advanced technology products” of $16 billion with the rest of the world. In 2010, that number skyrocketed to $82 billion. #13 The United States now spends more than 4 dollars on goods and services from China for every one dollar that China spends on goods and services from the United States. #14 In China, working conditions are so bad that large numbers of “employees” regularly try to commit suicide. One major employer, Foxconn, has even gone so far as to install “anti-suicide nets” in an attempt to keep their employees from jumping off of their buildings. #15 Wages for workers in China are incredibly low. For example, one facility in the city of Longhua that makes iPods employs approximately 200,000 workers. These workers put in endless 15-hour days but they only make about $50 per month. #16 In Bangladesh, manufacturing workers toil in absolutely horrific conditions and make an average of about $38 per month. #17 In Vietnam, teenage workers often work seven days a week for as little as 6 cents an hour making promotional Disney toys for McDonald’s. #18 Since 2001, over 42,000 manufacturing facilities in the United States have been closed. #19 Half of all American workers now earn $505 or less per week. #20 In the United States today, 6.2 million Americans have been out of work for 6 months of longer. Stock up with Fresh Food that lasts with eFoodsDirect (Ad) #21 8.4 million Americans are currently working part-time jobs for “economic reasons”. These jobs are mostly very low paying service jobs. #22 When you adjust wages for inflation, middle class workers in the United States make less money today than they did back in 1971. #23 According to Willem Buiter, the chief economist at Citigroup, China will be the largest economy in the world by the year 2020, and India will surpass China by the year 2050. Those that promote “free trade” can never explain how the U.S. middle class is going to continue to have plenty of jobs in the new global economy. By merging our labor pool with the rest of the world, we have also merged our standard of living with the rest of the world. High unemployment is rapidly becoming “the new normal” in America, and wages are going to continue to decline in many, many industries. Already, there are quite a few formerly great U.S. cities (such as Detroit) that are beginning to resemble third world hellholes. If something is not done about our massive trade imbalance, even more cities are going to follow Detroit into oblivion. Unfortunately, most of our politicians continue to insist that globalism is good for our society. They continue to insist that we should not be worried that jobs formerly done by middle class American workers are now being done by slave laborers on the other side of the globe. They continue to insist that having 43 million Americans on food stamps is a temporary thing and that soon our economy will be better than ever. Well, it is time to stop listening to the politicians that are promoting “the global economy”. They are lying to us. Globalism is great for nations such as China and it is helping multinational corporations make huge profits, but for the U.S. middle class it is an economic death sentence. If you want an America where there are less jobs, where more Americans are on food stamps and other anti-poverty programs and where our cities continue to be transformed into deindustrialized hellholes, then you should strongly support the emerging global economy. But if you care about the standard of living of the U.S. middle class and you want for there to be some kind of viable economic future for your children and your grandchildren then you had better start caring about these issues and doing something about them. Please wake up America. |
| Army of Fake Social Media Friends to Promote Propaganda - Monday, February 28, 2011Does a code of ethics still exist in Intelligence firms? Does it disappear behind closed doors, dirty deeds done in the dark and used against the American people who are supposed to be free to express themselves?
Darlene Storm,
Computerworld
Feb 28, 2011 Does a code of ethics still exist in Intelligence firms? Does it disappear behind closed doors, dirty deeds done in the dark and used against the American people who are supposed to be free to express themselves? It’s recently been revealed that the U.S. government contracted HBGary Federal for the development of software which could create multiple fake social media profiles to manipulate and sway public opinion on controversial issues by promoting propaganda. It could also be used as surveillance to find public opinions with points of view the powers-that-be didn’t like. It could then potentially have their “fake” people run smear campaigns against those “real” people. As disturbing as this is, it’s not really new for U.S. intelligence or private intelligence firms to do the dirty work behind closed doors. EFF previously warned that Big Brother wants to be your friend for social media surveillance. While theFBI Intelligence Information Report Handbook (PDF) mentioned using “covert accounts” to access protected information, other government agencies endorsed using security exploits to access protected information. It’s not a big surprise that the U.S. military also wants to use social media to its benefit. Last year, Public Intelligence published the U.S. Air Force social media guide which gave 10 tips for social media such as, “The enemy is engaged in this battlespace and you must engage there as well.” Number three was “DON’T LIE. Credibility is critical, without it, no one cares what you have to say…it’s also punishable by the UCMJ to give a false statement.” The Air Force used the chart below to show how social media influences public opinion. read more ... |
| Perceptions And Facts About The War On Terror - Sunday, February 27, 2011 American philosopher and author Robert Anton Wilson, who died four years ago at the age of 74, tried to awaken us to the fact that the “world is not governed by facts or logic,” but by “belief systems.” The priests of power in the United States understand this well, and they have used their knowledge to rule over the ignorant people below them, and keep America in the dark.
THE EXCAVATOR
Feb 27, 2011 “Long before quantum mechanics, the German philosopher Husserl said that all perception is gamble. Every type of bigotry, every type of racism, sexism, prejudice, every dogmatic ideology that allows people to kill other people with a clear conscience, every stupid cult, every superstition-ridden religion, every kind of ignorance in the world, are all results from not realizing that our perceptions are gambles. We believe what we see, and then we believe our interpretation of it, but we don’t even know we’re making an interpretation most of the time. We think that this is reality. In philosophy that is called Naive Realism. “What I perceive is reality.” Philosophers have refuted naive realism every century for the last 25 hundred years starting with Buddha & Plato, and yet most people act on the basis of naive realism.” – Robert Anton Wilson. And the video of RAW saying this.
“The world is not governed by facts or logic. It is governed by BS (belief systems).” – Robert Anton Wilson.
“‘Seeing’ is not a function of the eyes alone, but of the eyes-and-brain working together. A popular proverb says, ‘Seeing is believing,’ but as the philosopher Santayana once pointed out, humans are much better at believing than at seeing.” – Robert Anton Wilson.
American philosopher and author Robert Anton Wilson, who died four years ago at the age of 74, tried to awaken us to the fact that the “world is not governed by facts or logic,” but by “belief systems.” The priests of power in the United States understand this well, and they have used their knowledge to rule over the ignorant people below them, and keep America in the dark. The new Rolling Stone article by Michael Hastings about how military commanders in Afghanistan are using professional Psy-Ops teams against senators and congressmen to persuade them to vote for more funding and more troops is a tiny glimpse into the world of perception management, information warfare, and psychological operations. These weapons are wielded against freedom and democracy by the devils and traitors who have hijacked the United States government. But it is not just renegade army generals who are interested in managing perception in the war on terror. Lt. Gen. William Caldwell’s use of disinformation and propaganda techniques against senators and congressmen in Afghanistan is similar to the propaganda and disinformation that is being aimed at the American and Western public on a constant basis by professional perception managers who operate out of the CIA, MI6, Mossad, and other organs of the U.S., British, and Israeli governments. Perception management is big business. Here is a short definition of the term (from the website www.globalfocus.org): Perception Management (PM): Actions to convey and/or deny selected information and indicators to foreign audiences to influence their emotions, motives, and objective reasoning as well as to intelligence systems and leaders at all levels to influence official estimates, ultimately resulting in foreign behaviors and official actions favorable to the originator’s objectives. In various ways, perception management combines truth projection, operations security, cover and deception, and psychological operations. (Source: DOD) Although PM is theoretically limited to foreign audiences, this may be an impractical limitation. False messages can easily bounce back to the domestic audience, or practitioners may ignore the limitation. The term suggests that an attempt is being made to alter or manipulate perception. Police know how difficult it is to interview eyewitnesses without getting distortions.
Free and open societies cannot exist if governments are allowed to get away with targeting their populations with psychological weapons like propaganda and perception management techniques on a regular basis. A society is not free when the people’s thoughts and opinions about the most important events that have guided and influenced that society are managed by official propagandists and government luminaries. Anybody who has critically examined the development of American society in the last sixty years knows that public perception has been managed to suit the anti-democratic ends of a small network of oligarchs, elitist political leaders, and power brokers who control the inner workings of the U.S. shadow state. Their motivations are to destroy America, and put in place a global authoritarian government. It is a fact that without government deception and media propaganda the Iraq war would’ve never been supported by the American people in the initial stages of the war. Lies about Al-Qaeda, Islamic terrorism, Iraq and Saddam Hussein were deliberately told by officials in the Bush administration, and then repeated by their loyal dogs in the media. Their aim was to change mass perceptions about the Middle East so that they could sell numerous wars to the American people, and they were successful. One reason why they were so successful is because nobody in the mainstream media or Congress questioned their actions and words. Journalists accepted what Bush said about the 9/11 attacks at face value, and the American people’s representatives in the Congress went along with Bush’s program. The admirable Admiral William J. Fallon, the man who was described by Thomas P.M. Barnett in Esquire magazine back in April 2008 as the “rarest of creatures in the Bush universe: the good cop on Iran, and a man of strategic brilliance,” made an interesting remark about Congress’s lack of interest in facts at an event called the “Global Communication Leadership Forum: Obama’s Afghanistan: The Media and the War” that was held in November, 2009 at the campus of the University of Southern California. Fallon said: People are fond of saying that they believe in facts, they want data. I was taught a pretty good lesson some years back in Washington. I was in front of a congressional committee, and someone was testifying on an issue, and they trammeled in front of this committee a barrage of information that I absolutely gagged upon hearing, because in my mind it was not only not factual, it was made up nonsense, and wore little resemblance to the vision that I had of this specific issue. So I sat there and allowed my teeth to grind a bit, when it came time to speak I said, “Mr. Chairman, in my business I deal in facts, and I really haven’t heard many here,” and I got about three more words out of my mouth before the Chairman came across the green table, and just about choked me, and said, “Admiral, you better learn something, buddy. Up here we deal in perceptions, and whatever you think of the facts doesn’t matter. (1:10:09 – 1:11:19 in this video).
Rather than runaway generals, the problem that America faces is runaway government. The current government has been taken over by gangsters, traitors, and thieves who don’t want the American people to know the facts about 9/11, terrorism, and other issues. Whether we like it or not, our perceptions of the war on terror, and the threat of terrorism, particularly Islamic terrorism, are perceptions, and not facts. Below I will list some of these perceptions and then list the facts. 1. Perception:
The United States of America was attacked by an international terrorist network called Al-Qaeda led by Osama Bin Laden on September 11, 2001. Fact:
The threat from Al-Qaeda and Osama Bin Laden is not real. It is made up. Muslim terrorists did not attack America on September 11, 2001. America was attacked by traitors within the Bush administration and National Security establishment, who cooperated with Israel’s Mossad in the planning and execution of the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon. Indeed, the real villains behind the 9/11 crime are not dressed in robes, but in suits. Russian whistleblower Dimitri Khalezov, a former Russian military officer who specialized in nuclear intelligence in the late 1980s, is willing to go on the record to reveal that Mossad intelligence officer Mike Harari is one of the planners behind the 9/11 attacks. Veterans Today’s senior editor Gordon Duff wrote on February 19, 2011: Khalezov is a former Soviet Army officer who worked in the highly secretive world of nuclear detection. The doors he opens threaten our view of the last decades, revealing a secret world of deception too devastating for most to accept. However, as bizarre as his stories may seem, of everyone discussing 9/11, only Dimitri Khalezov has the resume that places him at the forefront.The rest of us talk about 9/11, profess our theories and connect “dots,” real or imagined, moving the public toward a truth that may well be what the public wishes to believe than what is real. That has been the trap. Only Dimitri can testify, not “connect.” When Dimitri tells us that Mossad Operations Chief Mike Harari admitted planning 9/11, it is because Dimitri was there. This is testimony, not conjecture, backed by a willingness to take a lie detector test.
Of course, there are many other criminals who planned 9/11 besides Harari, who are both American and Israeli citizens. Dick Cheney, George W. Bush, and Donald Rumsfeld are on the top of the list. Col. Robert Bowman, an Air Force combat pilot, a Vietnam veteran, and a former Director of Advanced Space Programs Development for the U.S. Air Force, recently gave a speech in Florida in which he called for a new investigation into the 9/11 attacks, and the arrest of George W. Bush for war crimes and treason. Gordon Duff said this about Bowman’s speech: Bowman talks facts. Some people don’t like facts. Some people don’t like truth. Some people don’t have honor. Without courage, without facts, without truth and without action, anyone who believes themselves an American patriot is very much the opposite.
2. Perception:
The United States government is in Afghanistan and Iraq to defend America’s national security, and its freedoms from terrorists and rogue nations in possession of nuclear weapons. Fact:
The United States government is in Afghanistan and Iraq for many reasons, but defense is not one of them. The power-tripping policy makers who run around in the highest circles in Washington D.C. are more interested in establishing a foothold in the most strategic area of the world, and extracting resources like oil and heroin than in protecting American soldiers, and the American people. The traitors who run Washington could care less about America’s national security. They want to see America fearful and unsafe so that it collapses, and dies, not safe and prosperous and free. 3. Perception:
The American people support the war on terror, and America’s occupation of Afghanistan and Iraq. Fact:
The war on terror is unpopular with the American people, but the absence of a military draft has created such a deep-rooted complacency that the anti-war movement that was active during the run-up to the Iraq war is essentially dead ten years into the war on terror. Political leaders and policy makers in Washington have not overlooked the fact that the wars are unpopular, they have just ignored it and marched on with their poisonous wars. But they have not looked away from this reality totally, either. Homeland Security and the U.S. Military have prepared for civil unrest and mass demonstrations. If government propaganda and media propaganda fails in taming the people and keeping them ignorant, the police and military will take over to repress the people, violently if need be. 4. Perception:
The masked traitors and invisible rulers in Washington are all-powerful, and cannot be defeated. The American people can’t do anything to end the war on terror, they just have to suffer and watch as their country is used to kill innocent people in Iraq, Afghanistan, and other nations in the Middle East. Fact:
No government is all-powerful. And there is no such thing as invisible rulers. The criminals who control public perception in America include Dick Cheney, George Bush, and Barack Obama, who are public faces. There is also no such thing as fate. War is never inevitable, it is always the result of politics and lies. A “long war” as the war on terror is called can be shortened if people in America and the West put pressure on their governments. People make their own destiny. Mubarak thought his rule over Egypt was indestructible, but the people of Egypt proved him wrong and delusional in a mere 18 days. Corrupt rulers can be overthrown by popular revolutions anywhere in the world, and most of all in America because America was founded by revolutionaries. America’s foundations were built on freedom and self-government, a fact that the current tyrants in Washington like to forget. 5. Perception:
America is not guilty of state terrorism, and it doesn’t sponsor terrorist networks. Only rogue nations like Iran can be considered as terrorist states. Fact:
America is a shadow terrorist state. It is not a democracy. Its rulers are capable of committing terrorist acts (9/11) and they regularly spread fear and paranoia about the threat of terrorism, which is in fact a form of terrorism. The Military-Industrial Complex’s clandestine activities creates conflict and a climate of perpetual fear and insecurity, allowing them to profit, and stay in power. America’s shadow state can only exist if America is in a state of war. Peace is kryptonite to this shadow state. 6. Perception:
We will have to fight extremism and global terrorism for the rest of our lives. Peace is impossible. America has many enemies out there, and they will never go away. Fact:
America’s enemies are not in Afghanistan, Iraq, Iran, or any other country listed on the neocons’ playbook. America’s enemies are the crazy radicals who are in power in Washington. America’s enemy is a domestic enemy, which is the country’s shadow state that operates outside of the law and manipulates the public and the press. It is anti-democratic, lawless, and anti-freedom. The American shadow state’s treacherous machinations and lies about terrorism must be exposed to the public. Peace will become a reality once the American war machine is put away, and the war criminals behind 9/11 and the war on terror are hanged for their crimes against humanity. read more ... |
| War, Martial Law, and the Economic Crisis - Saturday, February 26, 2011Peter Dale Scott | A quiet agglomeration of military power shows sustained intention.
Global Research
February 26, 2011 Excerpt from “The Global Economic Crisis: The Great Depression of the XXI Century” The U.S. Treasury’s Financial Bailout The bailout measures of late 2008 may have consequences at least as grave for an open society as the response to 9/11 in 2001. Many members of Congress felt coerced at the time into voting against their inclinations, and the normal procedures for orderly consideration of a bill were dispensed with.  The excuse for bypassing normal legislative procedures was the existence of an emergency. But one of the most reprehensible features of the legislation, that allowed Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson to permit bailed-out institutions to use public money for exorbitant salaries and bonuses, was inserted by Paulson after the immediate crisis had passed.
According to Congressman Peter Welch (D-Vermont) the bailout bill originally called for a cap on executive salaries, but Paulson changed the requirement at the last minute. Welch and other members of Congress were enraged by “news that banks getting taxpayer-funded bailouts are still paying exorbitant salaries, bonuses, and other benefits.”[1] In addition, as the Associated Press reported in October 2008, “Sen. Charles Schumer, D-N.Y. questioned allowing banks that accept bailout bucks to continue paying dividends on their common stock. ‘There are far better uses of taxpayer dollars than continuing dividend payments to shareholders,’ he said.”[2] Even more reprehensible is the fact that after the bailouts, Paulson and the Treasury Department refused to provide details of the Troubled Assets Relief Program (TARP) spending of hundreds of billions of dollars, while the New York Federal Reserve refused to provide information about its own bailout (using government-backed loans) that amounted to trillions. This lack of transparency was challenged by Fox TV in a FOIA suit against the Treasury Department, and a suit by Bloomberg News against the Fed.[3] The financial bailout legislation of September 2008 was only passed after members of both Congressional houses were warned that failure to act would threaten civil unrest and the imposition of martial law. U.S. Sen. James Inhofe, R-Okla., and U.S. Rep. Brad Sherman, D-Calif., both said U.S. Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson brought up a worst-case scenario as he pushed for the Wall Street bailout in September. Paulson, former Goldman Sachs CEO, said that might even require a declaration of martial law, the two noted.[4] Here are the original remarks by Senator Inhofe: Speaking on Tulsa Oklahoma’s 1170 KFAQ, when asked who was behind threats of martial law and civil unrest if the bailout bill failed, Senator James Inhofe named Treasury Secretary Henry Paulson as the source. “Somebody in D.C. was feeding you guys quite a story prior to the bailout, a story that if we didn’t do this we were going to see something on the scale of the depression, there were people talking about martial law being instituted, civil unrest… who was feeding you guys this stuff?,” asked host Pat Campbell. “That’s Henry Paulson,” responded Inhofe. “We had a conference call early on, it was on a Friday I think – a week and half before the vote on Oct. 1. So it would have been the middle… what was it – the 19th of September, we had a conference call. In this conference call – and I guess there’s no reason for me not to repeat what he said, but he said – he painted this picture you just described. He said, ‘This is serious. This is the most serious thing that we faced.’”[5] Rep. Brad Sherman (D-CA 27th District) reported the same threat on the Congressional floor: The only way they can pass this bill is by creating a panic atmosphere… Many of us were told that the sky would fall… A few of us were even told that there would be martial law in America if we voted no. That’s what I call fear-mongering, unjustified, proven wrong.[6] So it is clear that threats of martial law were used to get this reprehensible bailout legislation passed. It also seems clear that Congress was told of a threat of martial law, not itself threatened. It is still entirely appropriate to link such talk to the Army’s rapid moves at the time to redefine its role as one of controlling the American people, not just protecting them. In a constitutional polity based on balance of powers, we have seen the emergence of a radical new military power that is as yet completely unbalanced. Continuity of Operations (COOP) The Army’s New Role in 2001: Not Protecting American Society, but Controlling It. This new role for the Army is not wholly unprecedented. The U.S. military had been training troops and police in “civil disturbance planning” for the last three decades. The master plan, Department of Defense Civil Disturbance Plan 55-2, or “Operation Garden Plot,” was developed in 1968 in response to the major protests and disturbances of the 1960s. But on January 19, 2001, on the last day of the Clinton administration, the U.S. Army promulgated a new and permanent Continuity of Operations (COOP) Program. It encapsulated its difference from the preceding, externally oriented Army Survival, Recovery, and Reconstitution System (ASRRS) as follows: a. In 1985, the Chief of Staff of the Army established the Army Survival, Recovery, and Reconstitution System (ASRRS) to ensure the continuity of essential Army missions and functions. ASRRS doctrine was focused primarily on a response to the worst case 1980’s threat of a massive nuclear laydown on CONUS as a result of a confrontation with the Soviet Union. b. The end of the Cold War and the breakup of the former Soviet Union significantly reduced the probability of a major nuclear attack on CONUS but the probability of other threats has increased. Army organizations must be prepared for any contingency with a potential for interruption of normal operations. To emphasize that Army continuity of operations planning is now focused on the full all-hazards threat spectrum, the name “ASRRS” has been replaced by the more generic title “Continuity of Operations (COOP) Program.[7] This document embodied the secret Continuity of Government (COG) planning conducted secretly by Rumsfeld, Cheney and others through the 1980s and 1990s.[8] This planning was initially for continuity measures in the event of a nuclear attack, but soon called for suspension of the Constitution, not just “after a nuclear war” but for any “national security emergency”. This was defined in Reagan’s Executive Order 12656 of November 18, 1988, as “any occurrence, including natural disaster, military attack, technological emergency, or other emergency, that seriously degrades or seriously threatens the national security of the United States.” The effect was to impose on domestic civil society the extreme measures once planned for a response to a nuclear attack from abroad.[9] In like fashion, ARR 500-3 Regulation clarified that it was a plan for “the execution of mission-essential functions without unacceptable interruption during a national security or domestic emergency.” Donald Rumsfeld, who as a private citizen had helped author the COG planning, promptly signed and implemented the revised ARR 500-3. Eight months later, on 9/11, Cheney and Rumsfeld implemented COG, a significant event of which we still know next to nothing.[10] What we do know is that plans began almost immediately – as foreseen by COG planning the 1980s – to implement warrantless surveillance and detention of large numbers of civilians, and that in January 2002 the Pentagon submitted a proposal for deploying troops on American streets.[11] Then in April 2002, Defense officials implemented a plan for domestic U.S. military operations by creating a new U.S. Northern Command (CINC-USNORTHCOM) for the continental United States.[12] In short, what were being implemented were the most prominent features of the COG planning which Oliver North had worked on in the 1980s. “Deep Events” and Changes of Party in the White House Like so many other significant steps since World War Two towards a military-industrial state, the Army’s Regulation 500-3 surfaced in the last days of a departing administration (in this case the very last day). It is worth noticing that, ever since the 1950s, dubious events – of the unpublic variety I have called deep events – have marked the last months before a change of party in the White House. These deep events have tended to a) constrain the incoming president, if he is a Democrat or, alternatively, b) to pave the way for the incomer, if he is a Republican. Consider, in the first category, the following (when a Republican was succeeded by a Democrat): – In December 1960 the CIA secured approval for the Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba, and escalated events in Laos into a crisis for which the Joint Chiefs proposed sending 60 000 troops. These events profoundly affected President Kennedy’s posture towards Cuba and Indochina. – In 1976 CIA Director George H.W. Bush installed an outside Team B intelligence unit to enlarge drastically estimates of the Soviet threat to the United States, eventually frustrating and reversing presidential candidate Jimmy Carter’s campaign pledge to cut the U.S. defense budget.[13] Equally important were events in the second category (when a Democrat was succeeded by a Republican): - In late 1968 Kissinger, while advising the Johnson administration, gave secret information to the Nixon campaign that helped Nixon to obstruct the peace agreement in Vietnam that was about to be negotiated at the peace talks then taking place in Paris. (According to Seymour Hersh, “The Nixon campaign, alerted by Kissinger to the impending success of the peace talks, was able to get a series of messages to the Thieu government” in Saigon, making it clear that a Nixon presidency would offer a better deal. This was a major factor in securing the defeat of Democratic candidate Hubert Humphrey.[14] Kissinger was not the kind of person to have betrayed his president on his own personal initiative. At the time Nixon’s campaign manager, John Mitchell (one of the very few in on the secret), told Hersh, “I thought Henry [Kissinger] was doing it because Nelson [Rockefeller] wanted him to. Nelson asked Henry to help and he did.”[15] - In 1980 the so-called October Surprise, with the help of people inside the CIA, helped ensure that the Americans held hostage in Iran would not be returned before the inauguration of Reagan. This was a major factor in securing the defeat of incumbent Jimmy Carter.[16] Once again, the influence of the Rockefellers can be discerned. A CIA officer later reported hearing Joseph V. Reed, an aide to David Rockefeller, comment in 1981 to William Casey, the newly installed CIA Director, about their joint success in disrupting Carter’s plans to bring home the hostages.[17] Both the financial bailout, extorted from Congress and the escalated preparations for martial law can be seen as transitional events of the first category. Whatever the explanations for their timing, they constrained Obama’s freedom to make his own policies. Moreover they have the consequence of easing this country into unforeseen escalations of the Afghan war. The Intensive Quiet Preparations for Martial Law Let us deal first with the preparations for martial law. In late September 2008, at the height of the financial meltdown, The Army Times announced the redeployment of an active Brigade Army Team from Iraq to America, in a new mission that “may become a permanent part of the active Army”: The 3rd Infantry Division’s 1st Brigade Combat Team has spent 35 of the last 60 months in Iraq patrolling in full battle rattle, helping restore essential services and escorting supply convoys. Now they’re training for the same mission – with a twist – at home. Beginning Oct. 1 for 12 months, the 1st BCT will be under the day-to-day control of U.S. Army North, the Army service component of Northern Command, as an on-call federal response force for natural or manmade emergencies and disasters, including terrorist attacks… After 1st BCT finishes its dwell-time mission, expectations are that another, as yet unnamed, active-duty brigade will take over and that the mission will be a permanent one… They may be called upon to help with civil unrest and crowd control.[18] This announcement followed by two weeks the talk of civil unrest and martial law that was used to panic the Congress into passing Paulson’s bailout legislation. Not only that, the two unprecedented events mirror each other: the bailout debate anticipated civil unrest and martial law, while the announced positioning of an active Brigade Combat Team on U.S. soil anticipated civil unrest (such as might result from the bailout legislation). Then on December 17, 2008, U.S. Northern Command chief General Renuart announced that “the US military plans to mobilize thousands of troops to protect Washington against potential terrorist attack during the inauguration of president-elect Barack Obama.”[19] The U.S. Army War College also raised the possibility of the U.S. Army being used to control civil unrest, according to the Phoenix Business Journal: A new report by the U.S. Army War College talks about the possibility of Pentagon resources and troops being used should the economic crisis lead to civil unrest, such as protests against businesses and government or runs on beleaguered banks. “Widespread civil violence inside the United States would force the defense establishment to reorient priorities in extremis to defend basic domestic order and human security,” said the War College report. The study says economic collapse, terrorism and loss of legal order are among possible domestic shocks that might require military action within the U.S.[20] It is clear that there has been a sustained move in the direction of martial law preparations, a trend that has been as continuous as it has been unheralded. Senator Leahy was thus right to draw our attention to it on September 29, 2006, in his objections to the final form of the Fiscal Year 2007 National Defense Authorization Act, which gave the president increased power to call up the National Guard for law enforcement: It… should concern us all that the Conference agreement includes language that subverts solid, longstanding Posse Comitatus statutes that limit the military’s involvement in law enforcement, thereby making it easier for the President to declare martial law. There is good reason for the constructive friction in existing law when it comes to martial law declarations.[21] This quiet agglomeration of military power has not “just growed”, like Topsy, through inadvertence. It shows sustained intention, even if no one has made a public case for it. — For more from this chapter, click here. NOTES 1. WCAX, Burlington, Vermont, http://www.wcax.com/Global/story.asp?S= 9567271, 22 December 2008; Cf. CNBC, http://www.cnbc.com/id/27423117, 30 October 2008: ” ‘You can get paid $30 million under this program’, says Michael Kesner, who heads Deloitte Consulting executive compensation practice, ‘There’s no limit on what you can get paid.’ “ 2. John Dunbar, AP, http://biz.yahoo.com/ap/081025/meltdown_evolving_bailout.html, 25 October 2007. 3. David Hirst, “Fox Joins Battle cry for Details of US Bail-out”, BusinessDay, http://www.businessday.com.au/business/fox-joins-battle-cry-for-details-of-us-bailout-20081223-74eh.html?page=-1, 24 December 2008. 4. Mike Sunnucks, “Ariz. Police say they are Prepared as War College warns Military must prep for Unrest; IMF warns of Economic Riots”, Phoenix Business Journal, http://phoenix.bizjournals.com/phoenix/stories/2008/12/15/daily34.html, 17 December 2008. 5. 1170 KFAQ, “Paulson Was Behind Bailout Martial Law Threat”, Blacklisted News, http://www.blacklistednews.com/news-2367-0-13-13–.html, 23 November 2008. 6. Rep. Brad Sherman, in the House, 8:07 EST PM, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HaG9d_4zij8&NR=1, 2 October 2008; Rep. Sherman later issued the following clarification: “I have no reason to think that any of the leaders in Congress who were involved in negotiating with the Bush Administration regarding the bailout bill ever mentioned the possibility of martial law – again, that was just an example of extreme and deliberately hyperbolic comments being passed around by members not directly involved in the negotiations.” See Rep. Sherman, Alex Jones Show, http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_bH1mO8qhCs. 7. Army Regulation 500-3, “Emergency Employment of Army and Other Resources”, Army Continuity Of Operations (COOP) Program, http://www.wikileaks.org/leak/us-army-reg-500-3-continuity-2001.pdf, emphasis added; Tom Burghardt, “Militarizing the ‘Homeland’ in Response to the Economic and Political Crisis: NORTHCOM’s Joint Task Force-Civil Support”, Global Research, http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=10534, 11 October 2008. 8. Peter Dale Scott, The Road to 9/11: Wealth, Empire, and the Future of America, Berkeley and Los Angeles, University of California Press, 2007, p. 183-87; James Mann, The Rise of the Vulcans: The History of Bush’s War Cabinet, New York, Viking, 2004, p. 138-45. 9. Peter Dale Scott, Road to 9/11, op. cit., p. 183-87. 10. National Commission on Terrorist Attacks Upon the United States, 9/11 Commission Report, p. 38, 326; 555, footnote 9; Peter Dale Scott, Road to 9/11, op. cit., p. 228-30. 11. Ritt Goldstein, “Foundations are in Place for Martial Law in the US”, Sydney Morning Herald, http://www.smh.com.au/articles/ 2002/07/27/10274974183 39.html, 27 July 2002. 12. Peter Dale Scott, Road to 9/11, op. cit., p. 240-41. 13. Ibid., p. 60-61. 14. Robert Parry, “Henry Kissinger, Eminence Noire”, ConsortiumNews, http://www.consortiumnews.com/2008/122808.html, 28 December 2008: “Kissinger… – while serving as a peace-talk adviser to the Johnson administration – made obstruction of the peace talks possible by secretly contacting people working for Nixon, according to Seymour Hersh’s 1983 book, The Price of Power”, p. 21. 15. Seymour Hersh, The Price of Power, 1983, p. 18; Jim Hougan, Spooks: The Haunting of America, New York, William Morrow, 1978, p. 435: “Kissinger, married to a former Rockefeller aide, owner of a Georgetown mansion whose purchase was enabled only by Rockefeller gifts and loans, was always the protégé of his patron, Nelson R[ockefeller], even when he wasn’t directly employed by him.” 16. Peter Dale Scott, Road to 9/11, op. cit., p. 93-118. 17. Ibid. p. 82-87, 91, 104-05. 18. Gina Cavallaro, “Brigade Homeland Tours Start Oct. 1″, Army Times, http://www.armytimes.com/news/2008/09/army_homeland _090708w/, 30 September 2008; Michel Chossudovsky, “Pre-election Militarization of the North American Homeland, US Combat Troops in Iraq Repatriated to ‘Help with Civil Unrest’”, Global Research, http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php? context= va&aid=10341, 26 September 2008. 19. AFP, Agence France-Presse, http://www.google.com/hostednews/afp/article/ALeqM5iTBOy3JF8pVAthIthq8C1NrMf4Cg, 17 De- cember 2008. 20. Mike Sunnucks, “Ariz. Police say they are Prepared as War College warns Military must prep for Unrest; IMF warns of Economic Riots”, Phoenix Business Journal, http://phoenix.bizjournals.com/phoenix/stories/2008/12/ 15/daily34.html, 17 December 2008. 21. Remarks Of Sen. Patrick Leahy, “National Defense Authorization Act For Fiscal Year 2007 Conference Report”, Congressional Record, http://leahy.senate.gov/press/200609/092906b.html, 29 September 2006.
|
| Media Demonizes Gaddafi as Pentagon Prepares Attack - Friday, February 25, 2011Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
February 24, 2011 As we reported yesterday, the United States has specific instructions to intervene militarily in Libya under the cover of providing humanitarian assistance. Less than 24 hours after our report, the Pentagon has announced it is looking at “all options” in dealing with the Libyan crisis. In short, it is drawing up plans to intervene.
Corporate media rehashes Lockerbie bombing to demonize Gaddafi. “Our job is to give options from the military side, and that is what we are thinking about now,” a Pentagon official told CNN. “We will provide the president with options should he need them.” “This department is always doing prudent planning for any number of contingencies,” Pentagon spokesman Col. Dave Lapan told reporters. “The president said yesterday that the United States is discussing with allies and partners a full range of options regarding the situation in Libya. But we are not going to discuss what any of those specific options might be.” Obama Press Secretary Jay Carney dressed up the coming military attack as “a range of options on how to protect American citizens in Libya and compel the Libyan government to stop attacking its own people,” according to CNN. The U.S. used a similar excuse when it invaded the Caribbean island state of Grenada in 1983. Then president Reagan declared that a Cuban-Soviet invasion of Grenada was imminent and that weapons were being stockpiled that would be used by terrorists. “What we have said is we’re not going to specify which options are on or off the table. We’re discussing a full range of options,” Carney told reporters, adding that it was likely any action would be in concert with the international community, in other words at the behest of the global elite. “We’re interested in outcomes,” Carney said. “We’re interested in taking measures that will actually have the desired effect, which is getting the Libyan government to stop” killing its own people. The United States is highly selective in how it responds to humanitarian crises in Africa. Declassified documents held at the National Security Archive reveal how U.S. policymakers decided to be “bystanders” during the genocide that ravaged Rwanda in 1994. Contrary to later public statements, the U.S. lobbied the UN for a total withdrawal of forces in Rwanda in April 1994, according to the documents. More than 800,000 people were massacred in the East African nation. Rwanda is a country of few natural resources, and the economy is based mostly on subsistence agriculture by local farmers and therefore is of little interest to international bankers and globalists. Libya holds the largest proven oil reserves in Africa, followed by Nigeria and Algeria. According to Oil and Gas Journal (OGJ), as of January 2010 Libya had total proven oil reserves of 44 billion barrels. In the lead-up to sending in the Marines, the corporate media has stepped up its demonization of the eccentric dictator Moammar Gaddafi. Libya’s Justice Minister, Mustafa Abdel-Jalil, who resigned on Monday, has alleged that Gaddafi personally ordered the 1988 bombing of Pan Am flight 103 over Lockerbie, Scotland. The bombing claimed the lives of 270 people. Evidence, however, reveals that the CIA planted a tiny fragment of circuit board crucial in convicting a Libyan for the 1989 bombing. A former Scottish police chief provided lawyers with a signed statement claiming that key evidence in the Lockerbie bombing trial was fabricated, the Scotsman reported in 2006. Libyan Abdul Baset Ali al-Megrahi, purportedly a member of the Libyan intelligence services, was convicted regardless of the judicial impropriety. One theory about the bombing concerns a small number of U.S. Defense Intelligence Agency operatives, including Major Charles McKee, who uncovered a drug ring run by a CIA unit in Lebanon. According to the theory, the ring was organized by the Israeli Mossad and involved a CIA asset named Monzer al-Kassar, a Syrian with links to the brother of Syria’s President Assad. Monzer al-Kassar was allegedly involved with Lt-Colonel Oliver North. “A couple of my old black ops buddies in the Pentagon believe the Pan Am bombers were gunning for McKee’s … team,” M. Gene Wheaton, a retired U.S. military-intelligence officer, told author David Johnston (Lockerbie: The Tragedy of Flight 103). “The Mossad knew about it and didn’t give proper warning,” Victor Marchetti, former executive assistant to the CIA’s deputy director, and co-author of The CIA and the Cult of Intelligence, said of the plot against PanAm 103. read more ... |
| Bankster Economist Heralds Third World Hellholes - Friday, February 25, 2011Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
February 25, 2011 The banksters are making it known. You’re going to be a pauper. The mega-bank Citigroup has trotted out its prime economist to send the message. “China should overtake the US to become the largest economy in the world by 2020, then be overtaken by India by 2050,” said Willem Buiter, chief economist. He also sat on the Bank of England’s Monetary Policy Committee. 
In order to accomplish this, the banksters will whipsaw the global economy. “Expect booms and busts. Occasionally, there will be growth disasters, driven by poor policy, conflicts, or natural disasters,” warned the economist. It has little to do with the weather. Central banksters create monetary inflation and credit expansion and thus engineer artificial booms and inevitably busts that work like a sledgehammer on humanity. “Just as the boom builds outward from banks to the rest of the economy, with banks benefitting the most, the bust collapses inward to banks from the rest of the economy, with banks suffering the most,” writes Jeffrey M. Herbener. “Now the balance sheets of fractional-reserve banks, swollen with loans and checkable deposits during the boom, suddenly collapse. Or rather, the value of their loans collapses initially, as the projects they lent to turn out to be unprofitable, leaving them with negative net worth…. The monetary inflation and credit expansion of the boom are now reversed in the bust.” read more ... |
| Seattle Business Refuses To Serve TSA Agents - Wednesday, February 23, 2011A Seattle cafe has sensationally banned TSA workers from entering its business premises, refusing service as a consequence of the odious reputation the agency has required in the aftermath of a nationwide revolt against invasive pat down procedures and naked body scanners. Nationwide revolt against naked body scanners and invasive groping carried out by predatory thugs goes viral Paul Joseph Watson
Prison Planet.com
Wednesday, February 23, 2011 A Seattle cafe has sensationally banned TSA workers from entering its business premises, refusing service as a consequence of the odious reputation the agency has required in the aftermath of a nationwide revolt against invasive pat down procedures and naked body scanners
As a symbolic protest against “enhanced pat down procedures” that involve TSA agents literally touching the genitalia of passengers, including young children, the boss of a cafe near Seattle-Tacoma International Airport has blacklisted TSA workers in retribution for their role in eviscerating the Fourth Amendment and assaulting all notions of decency. “We have posted signs on our doors basically saying that they aren’t allowed to come into our business,” cafe worker KC McLawson told Christopher Elliott. “We have the right to refuse service to anyone.” My boss flies quite a bit and he has an amazing ability to remember faces. If he sees a TSA agent come in we turn our backs and completely ignore them, and tell them to leave. Their kind aren’t welcomed in our establishment. A large majority of our customers — over 90 percent — agree with our stance and stand by our decision. We even have the police on our side and they have helped us escort TSA agents out of our cafe. Until TSA agents start treating us with the respect and dignity that we deserve, then things will change for them in the private sector As we have documented, TSA workers have proven themselves time and time again to be prone to predatory criminal behavior, the exact opposite psychological profile that is suitable for people involved with airport security. Perhaps this is why they are almost universally loathed by the Americans people and why many airports are trying to turf out the agency entirely and replace TSA workers with private screeners. Over the past few years, TSA agents have been caught in numerous acts of criminality and abuse of their positions, including; - Stealing thousands of dollars of cash and other valuables from airport travelers
- Repeated assault of passengers and their own TSA colleagues
- Drug abuse while on the job leading to maniacal bouts of screaming and insane power trips
- Stealing laptops and other expensive electrical items
- Sabotaging sensitive screening databases
- Offensive jokes about planting drugs on travelers
- Hundreds of cases of forcefully groping travelers, exposing breasts, removing sanitary towels from vaginas, and brazenly targeting attractive women for enhanced screening and sexual abuse
- Abducting and sexually assaulting women
- Multiple sex crimes targeting underage minors
- Downloading thousands of child porn images
- Abusing naked body scanners to sexually harass female colleagues and taunt male colleagues about the size of their penis Given the nature of that list, and it’s barely scratching the surface, it’s hardly surprising that businesses across America are starting to blacklist TSA agents and refuse them service. On the flip side, the list also explains why prank callers who contact the TSA about job opportunities while pretending to be sexual perverts, porn addicts and pedophiles are also treated seriously by TSA staffers. TSA workers have earned a reputation not too far removed from Nazi troops who occupied Europe during world war two, many of whom were treated similarly in that some businesses refused to serve them even under threat of arrest. The motivations of someone who wants to apply for a job that involves them sexually molesting the bodies of young children and ogling naked images of people’s genitalia tells you everything you need to know about the psychological disposition of any TSA worker, before they’ve even got the job. Legislation aimed at making the misuse of body scanners a federal crime punishable by a $100,000 fine and a year in jail is a start, but the only real solution that will end the tyranny of the TSA is to disband the agency entirely and confine it to the scrap heap of post-9/11 paranoia
read more ... |
| Ron Paul – Obama Expanded War in the Middle East and Silenced the Anti-War Left - Tuesday, February 22, 2011Time Magazine online interview with Congressman Ron Paul. Ron Paul talks about how the war on drugs has failed, the income tax, the federal reserve, and how Obama has been able to neutralize the anti-war left. We need to give new life to the anti-war movement and this will come from real conservatives, real liberals and libertarians. read more ... |
| As The Obamas And The Ultra-Wealthy Live The High Life Most Americans Are Going Through Economic Hel - Tuesday, February 22, 2011Barack Obama recently made the following statement to American families that are struggling to survive in this economy: “If you’re a family trying to cut back, you might skip going out to dinner, or you might put off a vacation.” A few days after making that statement Obama sent his wife and children off on yet another vacation, this time to a luxury ski hotel in Vail, Colorado. read more ... |
| President Barack Obama, Former Pres. Bush, And Other U.S. Political Leaders Are Guilty of Treason - Tuesday, February 22, 2011President Barack Obama, Former Pres. Bush, And Other U.S. Political Leaders Are Guilty of Treason
According to Alan Hart, a former BBC presenter and a former Middle East Chief Correspondent for Britain’s Independent Television News, President Barack Obama should be impeached and tried for treason. THE EXCAVATOR
Feb 22, 2011 According to Alan Hart, a former BBC presenter and a former Middle East Chief Correspondent for Britain’s Independent Television News, President Barack Obama should be impeached and tried for treason. On Friday February 18, 2011, President Obama authorized a veto on a resolution in the United Nations Security Council that condemned Israeli settlements in the West Bank and East Jerusalem as illegal, and demanded that such constructions be stopped. Every member of the Security Council except the United States backed the resolution. Hart writes: Never before has an American President’s fear of offending the Zionist lobby and its stooges in Congress been so exposed as it was by Obama’s decision to veto the Security Council resolution condemning continued, illegal Israeli settlement activities on the occupied West Bank and demanding that Israel “immediately and completely cease” all such activities. In a different America – an informed America – some might think, I do, that Obama should be impeached. The charge? TREASON.
Hart says that the American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC) calls the shots in the oval office, and Obama is simply doing what his masters tell him to do. Hart: In the context of the conflict in and over Palestine that became Israel, the only thing to which the Obama administration has been deeply committed is not provoking the wrath of the Zionist lobby and its stooges in Congress and the mainstream media. For all practical purposes Obama has surrendered policy making on Israel-Palestine to this lobby. (The veto marked the complete surrender).The essence of the problem this presents can be simply stated. The Zionist lobby’s agenda – unquestioning support for Israel right or wrong – is not in America’s own best interests. (In reality it is not in anybody’s best interests including those of Israeli Jews and the Jews of the world). The other lobby in Washington that holds great power, the military, expressed similar concerns last year, saying that Israel’s policies against the Palestinian people weakens America’s credibility in its fight against extremism, and emboldens Iran and Hezbollah. Gen. David Petraeus, the military’s shining star, testified before the Senate Armed Services Committee on March 16, 2010, and made strong statements about how America’s special relationship with Israel has damaging consequences for America. He said: The enduring hostilities between Israel and some of its neighbors present distinct challenges to our ability to advance our interests in the AOR [CENTCOM's area of responsibility]. Israeli-Palestinian tensions often flare into violence and large-scale armed confrontations. The conflict foments anti-American sentiment, due to a perception of U.S. favoritism for Israel. Arab anger over the Palestinian question limits the strength and depth of U.S. partnerships with governments and peoples in the AOR and weakens the legitimacy of moderate regimes in the Arab world. Meanwhile, al-Qaeda and other militant groups exploit that anger to mobilize support. The conflict also gives Iran influence in the Arab world through its clients, Lebanese Hizballah and Hamas.
The inescapable truth is that the “perception of U.S. favoritism for Israel” is not a perception, but a fact that was reinforced with the U.S. veto on Friday. The truth that America is not a legitimate peace-maker in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict cannot be avoided. What is tragic is that America’s potential as a true stabilizing and democratic force in the Middle East is not being used. Instead, it is being wasted and crushed at the hands of politicians who are either ignorantly or treacherously siding with Israel’s interests over America’s interests in the region. Paul Woodward of the website ‘War in Context’ wrote that the Israel lobby in the U.S. would find itself in a PR battle that it could not win if it challenged Petraeus’s remarks on the grounds that the General is an anti-Semite. Woodward: If such a statement was being made outside the American political arena, it could be regarded as a rather bland expression of what has long been utterly obvious. Yet from the lips of a celebrated general, regarded by many as a potential future president, these words come as a bombshell.Neoconservatives and the Israel lobby have worked hard and long to obscure the deeply corrosive regional impact of a conflict that successive Israeli leaders have either been unwilling or seemingly incapable of resolving. Others, who earlier said what Petraeus now says, have either been dismissed as poorly informed or worse, branded as anti-Israeli or by insinuation, anti-Semitic. No such charge will stick to Petraeus. Indeed, if the Israel lobby was so foolhardy as to try and go after an American general who sometimes gets treated like a latterday Eisenhower, the lobby will be at dire risk of being visited by its own greatest fear: being branded as anti-American.
The fact that the Zionist hardliners who control Israel are ant-American is well established. Israel’s sneak attack on the ‘USS Liberty’ on June 8, 1967, remains a clear indication of what Israel’s leaders think of America. The attack also revealed that the cowardly and immoral leaders of the U.S. Congress and the White House were more than willing to cover-up Israeli’s horrific deed against American servicemen in exchange for political points. Journalist Eric Margolis wrote in an article published in May 2001 called, ‘The USS Liberty’: America’s Most Shameful Secret, that Washington’s cover-up of the USS Liberty was far more scandalous than the attack by Israel. Margolis: Far more shocking was Washington’s response. Writes Bamford: ‘Despite the overwhelming evidence that Israel attacked the ship and killed American servicemen deliberately, the Johnson Administration and Congress covered up the entire incident.’ Why?Domestic politics. Johnson, a man never noted for high moral values, preferred to cover up the attack rather than anger a key constituency and major financial backer of the Democratic Party. Congress was even less eager to touch this ‘third rail’ issue. Commander McGonagle was quietly awarded the Medal of Honor for his and his men’s heroism – not in the White House, as is usual, but in an obscure ceremony at the Washington Navy Yard. Crew member’s graves were inscribed, ‘died in the Eastern Mediterranean..’ as if they had be killed by disease, rather than hostile action.
Johnson’s cover-up of the USS Liberty attack was not surprising, given that he played a key role in the assassination of President John F. Kennedy. He was responsible for the death of one of America’s greatest presidents, and thousands of American soldiers who were needlessly deployed in the Vietnam war. But his treachery was not a unique trait. Presidents who followed him, like Ronald Reagan, George H.W. Bush, Bill Clinton, George W. Bush, and Barack Obama, have all acted treacherously against the American people. They have all betrayed their country, and committed crimes against humanity. The leaders of Israel feel invincible against international law because they can depend on the fact that the President of the United States, and members of the Congress will side with Israel over America, and veto any resolution that disapproves of Israel’s criminal settlement policy. Whether by bribery, intimidation, propaganda, or blackmail, the leaders of America have come under the influence of dangerous Zionists who are not interested in peace, and who don’t care what happens to America in the long run. Some leaders, like Barack Obama and George Bush, are knowingly and willingly selling their country out because they want to see the death of America, and the birth of a new dictatorial global government. Their allegiance is not to American flag but to the corporate-global flag. Author and social critic Christopher Lasch said in his 1996 book ‘The Revolt of the Elites and the Betrayal of Democracy’ that the elite in America view politics through a global lens, and most often than not America is left out. Lasch wrote: The new elites, which include not only corporate mangers but all those professions that produce and manipulate information–the lifeblood of the global market–are far more cosmopolitan, or at least, more restless and migratory, than their predecessors. (Lasch, The Revolt of the Elites, pg. 5).
Lasch added: It is a question whether they think of themselves as Americans at all. Patriotism, certainly, does not rank very high in their hierarchy of virtues. (Lasch, pg. 6).
But politics can change, and new leaders can rise. Men who are idolized today can be hanged tomorrow for treason. America is a resilient and resourceful country that has overcome crises in the past. Its strong national character and identity can’t be erased from history. The vision of the Founding Fathers is still alive. Freedom and independence for all nations are principles ingrained in the American people, and they have proved time and again that they can face tough questions and difficult political challenges. Richard Falk, the United Nations Special Rapporteur on Palestinian human rights, writes that it is time for America to return to its revolutionary roots and declare its independence once again: In many ways, the failed Security Council resolution condemning Israeli settlement activity is a rather trivial event in the broader setting of the underlying conflict. At the same time it is a significant show of the play of forces that are operative in Washington and Ramallah, and above all, it is an unseemly display of the influence Israel wields with respect to the Obama Administration. Is it not time that the United States revisited its Declaration of Independence or began to treat the 4th of July as a day of mourning?
The prominent Israeli journalist Gideon Levy was also shocked that President Obama went against his own promises and casted a veto in the UN’s Security Council. In his article for Haaretz called, ‘With settlement resolution veto, Obama has joined Likud,’ Levy wrote: This weekend, a new member enrolled in Likud – and not just in the ruling party, but in its most hawkish wing. Located somewhere between Tzipi Hotovely and Danny Danon, U.S. President Barack Obama bypassed Dan Meridor and Michael Eitan on the right and weakened their position.The first veto cast by the United States during Obama’s term, a veto he promised in vain not to use as his predecessors did, was a veto against the chance and promise of change, a veto against hope. This is a veto that is not friendly to Israel; it supports the settlers and the Israeli right, and them alone.
Levy warns the relationship between the U.S. and Israel in an increasingly volatile Middle East will “end very badly for both.” Alan Hart agrees with Levy, saying that he is the “the conscience of Israeli journalism.” At the end of his article, Hart restated why President Obama should face charges of treason: The American Constitution states that a president can be impeached and removed from office for “treason, bribery or other high crimes and misdemeanours.” In my view a president who allows a lobby group to put the interests of a foreign power above those of the country of which they are citizens, and who by doing so puts his fellow citizens more in harm’s way than they otherwise would be, is guilty of treason. (And all the more so when the American-Jewish lobby in question does not speak for more than about a third, and possibly only a quarter, of America’s mainly silent and deeply troubled Jews)
Others in the United States are thinking along the same lines, and some are accomplished military veterans such as Lt. Col Robert Bowman. Bowman is a Vietnam veteran, and served as the Director of Advanced Spaces Programs Development in the late 1970s. On February 14, 2011, he gave a speech on 9/11 truth at the Florida Free Speech Forum in Gainesville, Florida. Click here to watch the ten minute speech. Bowman said that he “asked the Justice Department to indict members of the George W. Bush administration, including the former President and Vice-President, as war criminals.” He explained: They exploited the 9/11 tragedy to deceive this nation into unnecessary and illegal wars of aggression against Afghanistan and Iraq. They abused their power, violated the Constitution and their oath of office. The evidence of their guilt is absolutely overwhelming. Those attempting to take away our rights have cited the war on terror and the attack of September 11, 2001, to justify their actions. But the entire war on terror is phony. It was planned long before 9/11. The attack on Afghanistan had nothing to do with the Taliban harboring Osama Bin Laden. The Taliban had offered to give us Osama for trial, but the Bush administration ignored that offer for two reasons, 1) they had no evidence against Osama, and according to the FBI, still don’t, and 2) the attack on Afghanistan had already been planned in detail before 9/11 to secure the route for a gas pipeline which the Taliban had refused to allow Unocal to built. At stake were the profits on trillions of dollars worth of gas from the Caspian Sea. In addition, the CIA wanted to restart the heroin trade, which had been almost eliminated by the Taliban. The attack on Iraq had even less justification. Try as they might, they could not connect Iraq with 9/11. So they dreamed up a new excuse, WMD – weapons of mass destruction. But our government knew there were no WMD.
Bowman went on to say: The American people have still not been told who was really responsible for 9/11. Dedicated researchers have proven that it could not have happened the way the Bush administration said it did. I’m an old interceptor pilot. Hijacked airliners do not fly around for an hour and forty minutes without being intercepted, unless our air defense system was sabotaged, and that’s something 19 Arabs with box cutters couldn’t have done.
He concluded: The truth about 9/11 is that after ten years we still don’t know the truth about 9/11, and we should, and so should the families of victims. President Barack Obama expanded the war in Afghanistan, and extended it into Pakistan. And why? He said it was a war of necessity because those are the people who attacked us on 9/11. He failed to reverse erosion of our constitutional rights, and to end the threat of martial law. And why? You guessed it: 9/11. It’s become clear that until the government myth about 9/11 is exposed, and some real truth told, all these evils will continue, no matter which party is in power. I am therefore appointing a commission to conduct a new and truly independent investigation of 9/11. It will be co-chaired by David Ray Griffin and Richard Gage, and coordinated by my vice-president Cynthia McKinney. It matters not if my presidency is real or fanciful, my part is done. It is finished. The rest is in your hands. The future, and the vision, and the dream itself is dependent on you. Each of you must do your part. Spread the word. Keep the vision alive. Drop your own pebbles in the pond and make some waves. Free Speech! Speak truth to power. Run for office. Never settle for anything less than a government which follows the constitution, honors the truth, and serves the people. We The People can win. We The People must win. We The People will win. Thank you and good night.
Gordon Duff, the senior editor for Veterans Today, praised Bowman’s speech, saying:
Bowman tells us how the mess we have was planned, who did it and how to fix it.Bowman talks facts. Some people don’t like facts. Some people don’t like truth. Some people don’t have honor. Without courage, without facts, without truth and without action, anyone who believes themselves an American patriot is very much the opposite.
Bowman’s leadership represents a great ray of hope. The leadership provided by journalists Alan Hart, Gideon Levy, Gordon Duff, and Professor Richard Falk on the Israeli-Palestinian crisis is also extraordinary. Their voices are ignored by the mainstream media in North America and Europe, but politics can change in a flash, and they day will come when their voices along with others will be heard loud and clear. What is impossible today becomes possible tomorrow. The traitors and war criminals in Washington D.C. better get prepared for Nuremberg: The Sequel
|
| White House Kooks and terrorists still telling the lies - Saturday, February 19, 2011Do you really beleive what the criminals in the Whitehouse spread as the truth. These people will say anything to keep the proaganda and fear-mongering going by claiming those who don't buy their lies need to be silenced by any mean's. It's almost as if Dr. John Holdren been smoking to much crack or drinking to much floride in his water. It's these kooks that harm socity as a whole.
White House Science Advisor nutjob: Climate Change Skeptics Are ‘Heretics’ President Obama’s top science advisor, Dr. John Holdren, told a congressman asking about climate change skeptics that climate change is accepted science and that “there are always heretics” in the scientific community.
Chris Neefus
CNS News
Friday, February 18, 2011 (CNSNews.com) – President Obama’s top science advisor, Dr. John Holdren, told a congressman asking about climate change skeptics that climate change is accepted science and that “there are always heretics” in the scientific community. “This is not the view of a few isolated scientists, this is the overwhelming view of scientists who study this matter around the world,” Holdren said, adding, “There are always skeptics, there are always heretics. That’s in the nature of science.
Holdren, who heads the White House Office of Science and Technology Policy, appeared before the House Committee on Science, Space and Technology to discuss the president’s Fiscal Year 2012 budget request for research and development. Holdren’s comments were to Rep. Ralph Hall (R-Texas), the committee chairman who, referring to the spending levels for climate-change research, asked Holdren why the American taxpayer should put much stock in Holdren’s predictions of climate-related catastrophe, considering that he has been incorrect in the past The top scientist responded that the administration’s position on global climate change is in the “mainstream.” “Every major national academy of sciences in the world, and virtually all of the major professional societies that deal with the relevant disciplines have issued statements saying that the evidence for climate change outside the realm of natural variability is overwhelming, that we have very strong reason to believe that human activity is responsible for a large part of this change, that harm is already occurring from these changes and that the harm will grow unless and until we stabilize and begin to reduce our emissions,” Holdren said. But Holdren also compared global warming skeptics to those who disparage the link between smoking and lung cancer read more ... |
| Why can’t the US legalize drugs? There’s ‘too much money in it,’ Clinton says - Saturday, February 19, 2011Here you have Clinton, who knows very well that the CIA are drug dealers that fund their terrorism on the world and to have drugs legal would mean monies would be lost. Criminals who kill children, familys and anyone that deem an enemey to their way of life, called corruption, greed and power.
Why can’t the US legalize drugs? There’s ‘too much money in it,’ Clinton says Daniel Tencer
Raw Story
February 19, 2011 In what will likely be seen as something of a Freudian slip by the US Secretary of State, Hillary Clinton said recently in a Mexican news interview that the United States cannot legalize drugs as a means of fighting the black market because “there is just too much money in it.” Asked by Denise Maerker of Televisa what she thought of drug legalization, Clinton said it was unlikely to work. “There is just too much money in it,” Clinton said. “You can legalize small amounts for possession, but those who are making so much money selling, they have to be stopped. They can’t be given an even easier road to take, because they will then find it in their interest to addict even more young people.”The comments drew criticism from legalization advocates who argued her position was a misunderstanding of the situation.
In what will likely be seen as something of a Freudian slip by the US Secretary of State, Hillary Clinton said recently in a Mexican news interview that the United States cannot legalize drugs as a means of fighting the black market because "there is just too much money in it." Asked by Denise Maerker of Televisa what she thought of drug legalization, Clinton said it was unlikely to work. "There is just too much money in it," Clinton said. "You can legalize small amounts for possession, but those who are making so much money selling, they have to be stopped. They can’t be given an even easier road to take, because they will then find it in their interest to addict even more young people." The comments drew criticism from legalization advocates who argued her position was a misunderstanding of the situation. "Clinton's response illustrates not only the intellectual bankruptcy of the prohibitionist position but the economic ignorance of a woman who would be president," Jacob Sullum argued at Reason.com. Clinton evidently does not understand that there is so much money to be made by selling illegal drugs precisely because they are illegal. Prohibition not only enables traffickers to earn a "risk premium" that makes drug prices much higher than they would otherwise be; it delivers this highly lucrative business into the hands of criminals who, having no legal recourse, resolve disputes by spilling blood.
At the Drug War Chronicle, Scott Morgan called Clinton's argument "perfectly incoherent" and argued it flew in the face of economic theory. I can't help but wonder what everyone on the left would say if this preposterous analysis came from Sarah Palin, rather than Hillary Clinton. It's the sort of profound nonsense that ought to get you skewered by Jon Stewart, yet our Secretary of State will almost certainly get a free pass on misunderstanding literally everything about the escalating violence below our border.
Clinton's interview focused mainly on Mexico's drug war, which was launched in 2006 by President Felipe Calderon and has cost an estimated 34,000 lives, including more than 1,000 minors. The toll's severity prompted former Mexican President Vicente Fox to come out in favor of legalizing drugs as a way of taking the steam out of organized crime. President Calderon has not gone as far himself, but did approve legislation decriminalizing possession of small amounts of most recreational drugs, and has called for a debate on new approaches to dealing with drugs. -- With additional reporting by Stephen C. Webster read more ... |
| Baghdad wants U.S. to pay $1 billion for damage to city - Thursday, February 17, 2011 Iraq’s capital wants the United States to apologize and pay $1 billion for the damage done to the city not by bombs but by blast walls and Humvees since the U.S.-led invasion that toppled Saddam Hussein. read more ... |
| US Government wants Canadians to be their cash cow, for Bankrupt Obama's country - Wednesday, February 16, 2011U.S. ponders $5.50 entry tax for Canadian air, marine travellers
If you're travelling to the United States by air or sea, you may soon have to pay more. US President Barack Obama is proposing a $5.50 passenger inspection fee for Canadians. Statistics Canada says 16 million Canadians flew to the US in 2009. If each of them had paid the fee, it would have boosted the US economy with $90 million. Two weeks ago Prime Minister Stephen Harper visited the President and discussed border security. The Prime Minister's Office says the fee was never brought up in those discussions. Harper says he believes collecting fees from Canadians is not a useful way to raise money for the struggling US economy. This year's deficit in the US is $1.1 trillion dollars.
Canadians need to send a clear message to Obama that his outright stupidity will not be tolerated in Canada
By Ian MacLeod, Postmedia News February 16, 2011 6:02 PM
IN OTTAWA — The Obama administration wants Canadians to pay to enter the United States to help ease that country's desperate financial crunch.
A proposed "passenger inspection" fee is outlined in the draft 2012 U.S.
federal budget that has been sent to Congress. If adopted, the charge is
expected to be levied against millions of commercial air and marine
travellers from Canada, Mexico and the Caribbean, the only nations now
exempt from the fee, and generate $110 million annually.
The fee would not apply to automobile traffic.
With about 16 million Canadians flying to the U.S. each year, a $5.50
head-tax would raise almost $90 million of the annual total and help pay for
more beefed up U.S. border security.
The proposed tariff follows a 2009 U.S. entry law requiring Canadians to
carry passports and dampens hopes that border issues would be less of a sore
point under the new administration, especially as Prime Minister Stephen
Harper and President Barack Obama met in Washington this month to seek a
sweeping deal to establish a North American security and trade perimeter.
"It's an indication that the United States is going to be looking to
generate new moneys to offset their budget deficit on outsiders who don't
vote — and that would be us," said Birgit Matthiesen, of the Canadian
Manufacturers & Exporters, Canada's largest trade and industry association.
"The raising of any fees on the Canada-U.S. border is troubling."
Colin Robertson, a member of the team that negotiated the Free Trade
Agreement with the U.S. and later helped implement the North American Free
Trade Agreement (NAFTA), believes more U.S. cash grabs are coming.
"They will be looking everywhere to find money, so it wouldn't surprise me
that our exemption is being lifted," said Robertson, a fellow of the
Canadian Defence and Foreign Affairs Institute.
"Do I think we can succeed in pushing back? Probably not given the desperate
financial situation the States is in. But, obviously, we should make our
best efforts.
"This is one where we should make a joint cause with Mexico. The push back
(also) has to come through the airline industry and though the travel
agencies in the States."
Officials with the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), which is proposing
scrapping the fee exemption, did not respond to calls for comment. But an
expert on Canada-U.S. relations advises Canadians not to jump to conclusions
about the administration's attitude toward Canada.
"Don't worry that Obama is not your friend," said Christopher Sands, a
senior fellow at the Hudson Institute in Washington.
"We're in a fiscal mess and just about all agencies are looking for ways
they can get a little more money, whatever it takes, so that the president
doesn't get accused of a tax increase. It isn't necessarily intended for
Canada," he added.
"If the fee is something Canadians really would find problematic, they ought
to raise a ruckus, not necessarily beat the administration over the head
with it, but make it clear to the (U.S.) business community that this would
be an additional impediment on trade. If Congress (agrees to) the fee then .
. . through some focused diplomacy . . . Harper can go to Obama and say,
'Before we ink this deal on a perimeter, I'd like to have you reconsider the
fee'."
Under NAFTA, Canadians were hit with the same passenger inspection fee
beginning in 1994, but were exempted in late 1997 at the insistence of a
group of border-state congressmen who argued it was bad for cross-border
commerce.
Sands suggests the U.S. passport law may have led to the proposed
reimposition of the fee by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection service,
part of DHS.
"Now (that) you've eliminated the documentary basis for treating this class
of enterers differently, why not impose the fee on them like everybody else?
You can see the logic of this coming out of," the bureaucracy, he said.
News of the proposed lifting of Canada's fee exemption comes as Canadian
airlines, hoteliers and others in the tourism industry are urging the Harper
government to eliminate the various taxes and fees charged on air travel,
which they argue are raising fares and sending an increasing number of
Canadians south of the border in search of cheaper flights.
The Ottawa Citizen Prime Minister Stephen Harper says there are better ways for Washington to raise money than to charge Canadians who travel to the United States. U.S. President Barack Obama is proposing a $5.50 "passenger inspection fee" for Canadians. The proposal is contained in the 2012 draft budget he submitted to Congress on Monday. Until now, visitors from Canada -- as well as from Mexico and selected Caribbean countries -- have enjoyed a waiver from the fee. But Obama's budget blueprint notes that charging the fee to Canadians would add millions to U.S. government coffers and would help offset the costs of increasingly intensive air-passenger inspections. Harper told reporters Thursday that while the U.S. is facing "enormously challenging" financial problems, he believes that collecting fees from Canadians is not a "useful" way of raising money. "We want to ensure that trade and travel is easier, not more difficult, and we don't need additional taxes on that kind of economic activity," said Harper. The proposed charge to Canadian travellers would apply only to those arriving by air or ship, not private vehicles. That's likely to please the growing number of Canadian vacationers who drive across the border before flying to their holiday destinations. According to Statistics Canada, some 16 million Canadians flew into the U.S. in 2009. The $5.50 head tax would add almost US$90 million to U.S. government coffers. Related: Fees and taxes Canadians fliers already pay
A 2012 U.S. federal draft budget outlines a proposal to charge a $5.50 fee for every Canadian entering the U.S. by air or sea. Here are some air travel fees and taxes that passengers already face.Fees included in the tax portion of an airline ticket: -- Fuel surcharges (vary by destination); -- Surcharge to cover NAV Canada services, $7.50 each way for cross-border flights, variable for domestic flights; -- Insurance Surcharge, $3 each way within Canada; -- Air Travellers Security Charge, $7.12 each way within Canada, $8 each way for cross-border travel. Airport improvement fees vary by location, but range from $5 to $40. Most Canadian airport fees are included in the ticket price. A peak travel premium is sometimes added when travelling to certain destinations at specific peak travel times; details vary. Federal, harmonized or provincial sales taxes apply as necessary. For travel to and from the United States, the following taxes and fees may be added: -- U.S. International Tax; -- U.S. INS Fee; -- Passenger Facility Charge (up to US$4.50 per passenger); -- U.S. September 11 Security Fee; -- U.S. Transportation Tax, and U.S Department of Agriculture APHIS Fee (Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service). The U.S. Federal Aviation Administration charges "overflight" fees for all flights that fly in U.S. air space but take off or land elsewhere. There are two types of overflight fees: -- Enroute: $33.72 per 100 nautical miles (nm), Great Circle Distance (GCD), from point of entry into to point of exit from U.S.-controlled airspace, -- Oceanic: $15.94 per 100 nautical miles, Great Circle Distance. Baggage fees vary from among airlines and are influenced by type of baggage, class of travel and destination. Some common baggage fees: -- Air Canada (economy to the U.S.): 1 bag checked for free, $30 per direction for each additional bag. Within Canada, to Mexico and the Caribbean, $20 per direction for each extra bag. To Europe, $50 per direction for each extra bag. -- WestJet, most destinations: $20 for a second bag, $50 for third and fourth bag. A single adult flying one-way from Vancouver to Los Angeles can expect to pay $694 in basic air fair before tax, according to Air Canada. Once taxes, surcharges and fees have been factored in, the price jumps another $100.10 for a total of $794.10. read more ... |
| Fox News Caught In Shocking Dirty Tricks Stunt Against Ron Paul - Wednesday, February 16, 2011In a shocking act of mass public deception, Fox News attempted to skew Ron Paul’s 2011 CPAC straw poll win by representing it with footage from the previous year’s CPAC event, at which Mitt Romney supporters had loudly booed the result, another example of the continuing dirty tricks campaign being waged against Paul by the establishment media Congressman Paul replicated his 2010 victory over Mitt Romney by defeating the former Governor of Massachusetts for a second consecutive year at the annual CPAC conference. However, before anchor Bill Hemmer introduced a segment concerning the story, Fox News played a clip of the 2010 announcement of the poll results, during which Mitt Romney supporters had loudly booed Ron Paul’s victory, passing off last year’s footage as representative of this year’s event. Hemmer then proceeded to state, “In the end he was the winner, probably not the reaction he was hoping for,” describing the reaction as “mixed applause and boos,” before directly asking Ron Paul if he knew who was booing him “Who was in the audience booing you, did you get a name, did you get an ID on those people?” asked Hemmer. In reality, there were hardly any boos after Ron Paul was announced as the 2011 CPAC winner, the result was met with a massively positive reaction, only Fox News deemed it necessary to hide that fact from their viewers. The video clip above shows the real footage from the 2011 event, proving that Fox News had attempted to deceive Americans into thinking that Paul’s victory was unpopular, by deliberately using the wrong footage. A separate We Are Change Oklahoma clip of the 2011 straw poll victory confirms that Paul’s win was met overwhelmingly by a loud chorus of cheers and applause
This is the second time in the space of a week that Fox News has deliberately used dirty tricks to try and ostracize Ron Paul by discrediting the legitimacy of his potential candidacy for president. A Fox News poll released earlier this week which asked who would make the best president included many of the potential candidates that Ron Paul trounced in the CPAC straw poll, yet the Congressman’s name was not even included in the survey. Exemplifying again how the establishment consistently tries to derail Paul’s momentum by ignoring his very existence, obscure names like John Thune and Jon Huntsman were included in the Fox poll and yet Paul was omitted entirely. While Fox News continues to act as an accommodating platform for the pied pipers of the hijacked tea party movement, people like Tea Party Caucus leader Michele Bachmann and Sarah Palin, real conservatives like Ron Paul and his son Senator Rand Paul are subject to dirty tricks and underhanded ploys. Given the energetic power of his grass roots base, the establishment is scared to death of Ron Paul building any kind of momentum as the 2012 campaign race nears, which is why they have to resort to pulling stunts like this to hoax the American people into thinking that the message of liberty and freedom is unpopular, when in reality it is spreading like wildfire and would completely overrun the status quo if Ron Paul was allowed to communicate on a level playing field read more ... |
| Depopulation Monger and terrorist Paul Ehrlich Suggests ‘Patriot Americans Stop at Two’ Mantra - Tuesday, February 15, 2011L.A. Times | People are uncomfortable talking about population — it brings up such intimate choices and the specter of government control over who procreates — but they will talk about consumption. Does that address the problem more palatably? read more ... |
| WANT LUNCH? GIVE US YOUR FINGERPRINTS – ‘Big Brother’ fears at Parliament Hill School - Monday, February 14, 2011PUPILS at one of Camden’s top secondary schools may have to provide fingerprints to get their school lunches. JOSIE HINTON
Camden New Journal
Feb 14, 2011 PUPILS at one of Camden’s top secondary schools may have to provide fingerprints to get their school lunches. Scanners could be installed at Parliament Hill School in Highgate Road, Highgate, to speed up queues in the canteen. Replacing the current swipe cards, the cashless system would use students’ biometric data to record payments for school meals. If approved, Parliament Hill will become the first state school in Camden to use the technology as part of students’ daily routine. Staff say it would save “time and money” by tackling the problem of lost or broken cards, but critics argue that it is a “softening up” exercise to condition children to accept a creeping surveillance society. Aza Lorentz, a parent who wrote to the New Journal raising concerns over the proposals, said: “The current photo ID card is sufficient, and it acts as lunch card as well as identity read more ... |
| Conning Slaves... Be It in Canada Or the US - Sunday, February 13, 2011Becky Akers | Boobus Americanus and Kanadians' happily hugs his chains so long as his masters feign that he’s in charge. Wake up People, your Government's are lying their ass’s off to you and your too dense to see it, even in Canada. As The War On terror is a fraud.. Becky Akers
Lew Rockwell.com
February 13, 2011 Seems John “The Perv” Pistole, chief deviant at the Transportation Security Administration (TSA), “wants to hear our [ideas]” on “transportation security.” Indeed. 
Haven’t outraged passengers shrieked ideas a-plenty at airports as The Perv’s underlings sexually abuse them? Yet this sociopath not only ignores the clamor, he refuses to change “screening procedures” however heartrending those shrieks become. So his “remarks to the American Bar Association in January” broke all records for hypocrisy and deceit: The Perv “expressed a need to formulate a vision for transportation security,” – oh, good grief – “mentioning a trusted traveler program as an option under consideration and expressing an openness to other suggestions. ‘If people have ideas, he wants to hear them because he’s looking at ways to make changes,’ a T.S.A. spokesman” lied. Well, Perv, since you asked … My vision – and it’s a modest one, I grant you – my vision is simply to fly. I wanna take off into the wild blue yonder rather than onto highways clogged with “workers” digging holes while others fill them courtesy of the ARRA; I yearn to enjoy the scenery from above the clouds instead of from behind a tractor-trailer plodding uphill in the only lane still open thanks to Keynesian “construction.” But to achieve my vision, we’ll have to abolish your unconstitutional agency, Perv. As an allegedly free woman in an allegedly free country, I refuse to submit to gate-rape to board a plane. Free women are picky about costs, too. We expect to pay the airlines alone, in money alone, for our flights: no rewarding your goons, too, with our humiliation. That’s why abolishing—Perv? Yo, Perv, are you listening? I didn’t think so. The Perv doesn’t want to hear my ideas or anyone else’s. Last month’s sham had nothing to do with gleaning suggestions; even an amoeba could come up with safer, more efficient ways to secure aviation than the TSA has. No, The Perv hoped instead to paint a smiley face on utter and brutal tyranny. He was trying to convince us against all evidence that he’s the public’s servant, not our master, that he’s simply protecting us as we’ve asked him to do, not subjugating us while mocking our slavery. Acting as if our opinions matter is only one of Our Rulers’ ploys. The TSA, its über-bureaucracy the Department of Homeland Security, and the government as a whole are hurtling ahead on said subjugation – all while pretending that we control our own destinies and even theirs. Take the new software the TSA’s “testing” on its porno-scanners at 3 of the 78 airports they infest. An agency we’ve caught in lie after lie claims that this innovation “enhances privacy by eliminating passenger-specific images and instead auto-detects potential threat items and indicates their location on a generic outline of a person.” For life-forms more advanced than bureaucrats, that translates from the Jargon as, “The TSA’s voyeurs will no longer salivate over your naked body; instead, they’ll see the same stick-figure regardless of whom they’re irradiating, with red boxes highlighting any explosives you terrorists try to carry aboard.” The agency further promises that the “generic outline of a person … will appear on a monitor attached to” the porno-scanner, so “a separate TSA officer will no longer be required to view the image in a remotely-located viewing room.” Right. And of course none of those Peeping Toms will mourn the demise of their “viewing room” when a lovely lass approaches the porno-scanner, nor try to re-activate its “remotely-located” screen, now, will they? Yet The Perv “believe[s]” the software “addresses the privacy issues” – as though he’d recognize a “privacy issue” if it walked up and knocked him on his keister “Privacy issues” were only one of our objections to the porno-scanners. The gizmos also emit rays that endanger our health; one of the two technologies is carcinogenic, while the other is so new no one knows its exact effect on human flesh. The Perv’s software does squat about “addressing” this “issue.” Indeed, all it does is what his faux solicitation of ideas did: sugar-coat dictatorship. Another layer in that toxic coating comes from The Perv’s endorsement of “a trusted traveler program” or “tiered screening.” That’s the Jargon for “Ha, ha! Let’s persuade some of the peons to pay us, above and beyond the taxes we already steal, to spy on them and authorize our collecting even more data on their finances and friends than we do now – but all they get for this expense and invasion of privacy is faster groping! Yes! We still ogle and sexually assault them, but we call them to the head of the line so they don’t have to wait as long.” “Tiered screening” has kicked around – and been kicked around – for a while. Formerly known as “Registered Traveler” (RT), it seemed like the market’s response to the agony the TSA inflicts: in exchange for an annual fee and scads of personal information, private companies promised to speed members through the security circus. The TSA’s thugs still frisked you as though you were entering prison, not a plane, but you jumped the queue thanks to RT’s “dedicated checkpoint lane.” (Which earned the concept and companies enormous scorn from socialists.) But the market inspired RT about as much as it did Karl Marx. RT was in reality a “public-private partnership” (Jargon for “fascism“) between businesses and the TSA. So a bureaucracy devoted to delaying passengers set the rules for and supervised the companies endeavoring to speed patrons through the nonsense. The TSA allowed only about 20 airports to offer RT lanes, and they weren’t always the busiest: Chicago’s O’Hare didn’t participate, but Indianapolis International did. And whatever convenience the companies devised for customers paying several hundred dollars per year, the TSA nixed. No wonder RT never succeeded. Then RT’s leading vendor crashed. Verified Identity Pass had begun hustling folks through Orlando International Airport in 2005, only for the TSA to thwart it time and again. It reorganized once but finally died in 2009. Intriguingly, now that it’s driven VIP and its competitors out of business, the TSA is gung-ho to run the program it refused to accommodate. So is the International Civil Aviation Organization, “a United Nations body.” Why share the profits? And why are we not surprised? The Feds have made sexual molestation a condition of travelling by air in the United States; they’re working on making it a condition of travel, period. There is no more graphic or heart-stopping proof of the despotism devouring the country. Meanwhile, the State dramatically out-guns us: it can coerce us to anything it likes – rape, torture, murder, betrayal of family and friends, secrecy about its depredations. So why do Our Rulers fool with charades like The Perv’s quest for ideas, or software to “address privacy issues,” or the illusion of “trusted [oh, the irony!] travellers”? Because Boobus Americanus happily hugs his chains so long as his masters feign that he’s in charge. |
| Globalist Propaganda Outfit Media Matters Calls Out Fox News - Saturday, February 12, 2011Kurt Nimmo | More meaningless left-vs-right warfare that defines establishment politics these days.
February 12, 2011 A former Fox News employee has told Media Matters the corporation is a “propaganda outfit” that invents news stories and is determined to destroy Obama and Democrats. 
“I don’t think people would believe it’s as concocted as it is; that stuff is just made up,” said the anonymous employee. “They say one thing and do another. They insist on maintaining this charade, this façade, that they’re balanced or that they’re not right-wing extreme propagandist.”
In fact, the whole of the corporate media – from Fox to CNN and MSNBC – is a charade. It is a façade erected by the ruling elite. Its primary purpose is to disseminate globalist propaganda, shape public opinion, and keep the false right-left paradigm that divides people going at all cost. The Pentagon has used the corporate media as a propaganda delivery system since at least the late 1990s. The U.S. Army’s 4th Psychological Operations (PSYOPS) Group at Ft. Bragg works in the news division at CNN. The CIA’s Operation Mockingbird has dominated corporate media since 1948. Media Matters itself is a globalist front designed to foment more left-vs-right nonsense. It is a Democrat operation launched by Clintonite John Podesta’s Center for American Progress. Podesta was the head of Obama’s presidential transition team after the 2008 election (the transition installed a bevy of Goldman Sachs operatives in the White House). Media Matters is a creation of the Democracy Alliance, founded by former Clinton Treasury official Rob Stein, Erica Payne and various liberal billionaire donors and financiers, including George Soros and former Rockefeller Family Fund president Anne Bartley. “Since its inception, the Alliance has been unabashedly elitist,” the Nation magazine reported in 2006. It is also unabashedly globalist with deep Soros and Rockefeller connections. The Media Matters story will naturally become a talking point for liberals and Democrats who vigorously engage in the sort of meaningless left-vs-right warfare that defines establishment politics these days. |
| The Bilderberg Group: Crafting World Control - Friday, February 11, 2011Clark HS Chronicle | They plot our wars. They increase our oil prices. They caused the world economic crash. Many people associate these actions with a group known as the Bilderbergs.
According to a documentary on the Bilderberg group by former Minnesota Gov. Jesse Ventura, there is a committee of seven men above the Bilderberg group. These seven men make decisions based on what they want to see happen with each country. Deciding which economies flourish and which economies collapse, these industrialists seek to set up a one-world government regulated exclusively by bloodlines, according to the Ventura documentary. Many questions come to mind when the world’s most powerful men have been conducting meetings since 1954. People become skeptical about the topics discussed in these meetings. Ventura said that one topic among their conversations includes discussing how they can depopulate the world to 500 million people — an amount they can control. Although just a conspiracy theory, these rumors still give us a reason to be concerned because our health can be at stake. According to author Daniel Estulin, the Bilderbergs contemplate ways they can poison our food and medicine by using the medical system
According to the Organic Consumers Association, natural medicine advocate Rima Laibow says that the World Health Organization (WHO) believes this world has 90 percent too many people. Laibow says the WHO has been working on vaccines since 1974 to create permanent sterility. For example, some of the H1N1 vaccinations contained an immunizing agent known as squalene, which induces the immune system to attack your own organs.
If these men are indeed plotting a new world order, they must be extremely powerful, but not as powerful as us – the people. What they wouldn’t want us to know is that we have the power to raise our voices and eventually stop their devious plot.
read more ... |
| U.S. military purchases unwanted Gulf seafood to feed troops - Wednesday, February 09, 2011Washington Post | Troops are now being fed some of the Gulf seafood other consumers are, according to surveys, not confident enough to buy or consume
Mary Foster
Washington Post
February 8, 2011 Sales of Gulf of Mexico seafood are getting a boost from the military after being hammered by last year’s BP oil spill, which left consumers fearing that the water’s bounty had been tainted. Ten products, including fish, shrimp, oysters, crab cakes, and packaged Cajun dishes such as jambalaya and shrimp etouffee are being promoted at 72 base commissaries along the East Coast, said Milt Ackerman, president of Military Solutions Inc., which is supplying seafood to the businesses. Gulf seafood sales fell sharply after a BP gulf well blew out in April, spewing millions of gallons of oil into the sea. Consumers have long feared that fish, oysters and other products could be tainted by oil and chemicals used to fight the spill, although extensive testing has indicated the food is safe. The perception has lingered – along with the poor sales read more ... |
| Alex Jones Exposes “See Something, Say Something” as Patent Fraud - Wednesday, February 09, 2011Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
February 9, 2011 After previously attempting to call the Department of Homeland Security’s “See Something, Say Something” hotline to report criminal behavior by the government, Alex Jones on Wednesday called the White House, the Department of Homeland Security, and local law enforcement. Alex Jones calls the White House, DHS, and local Austin law enforcement.
As we have noted, the lavishly promoted campaign rolled out at Wal-mart and other high visibility venues around the country is not intended to actually apprehend and punish criminals and would-be terrorists. It is instead a calculated propaganda device designed to foster and expand the phony and profitable war on manufactured terror and decidedly acclimate citizens to an ever encroaching police state.
In addition to the Wal-mart gimmick unleashed with sickening fanfare, the government released three soap opera-like PSA videos portraying ordinary everyday activities as ominous signs of possible terrorism. The videos produced with tax payer money indoctrinate the public and demand they assume the role of domestic spies reporting on their friends, neighbors, coworkers and strangers alike. Alex contacted the White House to report that calls placed to publicly published “See Something, Say Something” telephone numbers are going to voicemail. He also wanted to talk to somebody about White House Communications Director Dan Pfeiffer’s attack on a Prison Planet.com report about the controversy surrounding the Obama administration’s agenda to bankrupt the coal industry and its connection to blackouts across the country last week. After a recording informed him that he would need to wait in order to leave a message for the president – as if the president actually listens to such messages — he hung up and redialed, this time with the intention of talking to Dan Pfeiffer. After the operator at the White House placed him on hold for a period of time, Jones called the Department of Homeland Security in a follow-up to a call he made in December of last year to report illegal activities at the Pentagon. He also wanted to inform the agency calls reporting suspicious activity are going to voicemail without response A man at DHS told Alex he would need to contact local law enforcement in order to make a report about terrorist activity. In response, Jones asked to talk with the Department of Homeland Security’s press officer. A woman at the DHS Public Affairs office told him he would need contact the FBI. She had no idea how to respond when Jones pointed out that purported al-Qaeda terror mastermind Anwar Al-Awlaki – the man who supposedly helped plot the aborted Christmas Day bombing, the Fort Hood shooting, the Times Square bombing attempt, and who also preached to the alleged September 11 hijackers – dined at the Pentagon just months after 9/11. Flummoxed, the DHS employee suggested Alex contact Pentagon security. Finally, Alex called local law enforcement and the threat fusion center in Austin, Texas. After describing to an incredulous police employee that terrorism is run out of the Pentagon, she responded by asking how that pertains to local law enforcement. Finally, an attempt to route his call to the intelligence unit resulted in voicemail. Alex Jones’ effort to report terrorism – following instructions doled out by government bureaucrats – is an effort in futility. Obviously, the ludicrous “See Something, Say Something” program is nothing if not a brazen propaganda effort by the government to convince the public that a sincere and ominous terror threat exists when in fact the pathetic terrorists held up by the government are mostly clueless and mentally deficient patsies and ineffectual miscreants tricked and duped by FBI informants and agents provocateurs. Indeed, there is no mechanism available to report terrorism because it does not exist. “See Something, Say Something” is an empty public relations shell designed to prop up and support government created and supported terrorism. It is not intended to protect us, as the government claims, and that is what Alex’s effort today so clearly and plainly revealed. read more ... |
| NWO cultist Hillary Clinton: We Can’t Legalize Drugs Because ‘There Is Just Too Much Money in It’ - Tuesday, February 08, 2011Last week, while visiting Mexico, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton was interviewed by Denise Maerker of Televisa, who asked her opinion of proposals to address black-market violence by repealing drug prohibition. Jacob Sullum
Reason
Feb 8, 2011 Last week, while visiting Mexico, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton was interviewed by Denise Maerker of Televisa, who asked her opinion of proposals to address black-market violence by repealing drug prohibition. Clinton’s response illustrates not only the intellectual bankruptcy of the prohibitionist position but the economic ignorance of a woman who would be president (emphasis added): Maerker: In Mexico, there are those who propose not keeping going with this battle and legalize drug trafficking and consumption. What is your opinion? Clinton: I don’t think that will work. I mean, I hear the same debate. I hear it in my country. It is not likely to work. There is just too much money in it, and I don’t think that—you can legalize small amounts for possession, but those who are making so much money selling, they have to be stopped.
Clinton evidently does not understand that there is so much money to be made by selling illegal drugs precisely because they are illegal. Prohibition not only enables traffickers to earn a “risk premium” that makes drug prices much higher than they would otherwise be; it delivers this highly lucrative business into the hands of criminals who, having no legal recourse, resolve disputes by spilling blood. The 35,000 or so prohibition-related deaths that Mexico has seen since President Felipe Calderon began a crackdown on drugs in 2006 are one consequence of the volatile situation created by the government’s arbitrary dictates regarding psychoactive substances. Pace Clinton, the way to “stop” the violent thugs who profit from prohibition is not to mindlessly maintain the policy that enriches them. [via the Drug War Chronicle] read more ... |
| Bush Family War Crimes on Record, who raped, plundered and murdered Children - Saturday, February 05, 2011Ron Paul Enters Evidence of Bush War Crimes in Congressional Record
Paul’s statement provides additional evidence that Bush and the globalists started the so-called Gulf War.
Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
February 5, 2011 Rep. Ron Paul read the text below into the Congressional Record earlier this year. Paul’s statement provides additional evidence to the established fact the globalist, bonesman, and former CIA director George Bush Senior duped Saddam Hussein, exploited his dispute with Kuwait – accusing Kuwait of slant drilling its oil – and gave Hussein a green light to attack Kuwait. 
From the Congressional Record, January 26, 2011, Page H503. It was posted on the Veterans Today website.
“The SPEAKER pro tempore. Under a previous order of the House, the gentleman from Texas (Mr. Paul) is recognized for 5 minutes. Mr. PAUL. Mr. Speaker, how did the 20-year war get started? It had been long assumed that the United States Government, shortly before Iraq invaded Kuwait in August of 1990, gave Saddam Hussein a green light to attack. A State Department cable recently published by WikiLeaks confirmed that U.S. Ambassador April Glaspie did indeed have a conversation with Saddam Hussein one week prior to Iraq’s August 1, 1990, invasion of Kuwait. Amazingly, the released cable was entitled, “Saddam’s Message of Friendship to President Bush.” (published below)
In it, Ambassador Glaspie affirmed to Saddam that “the President had instructed her to broaden and deepen our relations with Iraq.” As Saddam Hussein outlined Iraq’s ongoing border dispute with Kuwait, Ambassador Glaspie was quite clear that, “we took no position on these Arab affairs.” There would have been no reason for Saddam Hussein not to take this assurance at face value. The U.S. was quite supportive of his invasion and war of aggression against Iran in the 1980s. With this approval from the U.S. Government, it wasn’t surprising that the invasion occurred. The shock and surprise was how quickly the tables were turned and our friend, Saddam Hussein, all of a sudden became Hitler personified. The document was classified, supposedly to protect national security, yet this information in no way jeopardized our security. Instead, it served to keep the truth from the American people about an event leading up to our initial military involvement in Iraq and the region that continues to today. {time} 1440 The secrecy of the memo was designed to hide the truth from the American people and keep our government from being embarrassed. This was the initial event that had led to so much death and destruction–not to mention the financial costs–these past 20 years. Our response and persistent militarism toward Iraq was directly related to 9/11, as our presence on the Arabian Peninsula–and in particular Saudi Arabia–was listed by al Qaeda as a major grievance that outraged the radicals (sic) who carried out the heinous attacks against New York and Washington on that fateful day. Today, the conflict has spread through the Middle East and Central Asia with no end in sight. The reason this information is so important is that if Congress and the American people had known about this green light incident 20 years ago, they would have been a lot more reluctant to give a green light to our government to pursue the current war–a war that is ongoing and expanding to this very day. The tough question that remains is was this done deliberately to create the justification to redesign the Middle East, as many neo- conservatives desired, and to secure oil supplies for the West; or was it just a diplomatic blunder followed up by many more strategic military blunders? Regardless, we have blundered into a war that no one seems willing to end. Julian Assange, the publisher of the WikiLeaks memo, is now considered an enemy of the state. Politicians are calling for drastic punishment and even assassination; and, sadly, the majority of the American people seem to support such moves. But why should we so fear the truth? Why should our government’s lies and mistakes be hidden from the American people in the name of patriotism? Once it becomes acceptable to equate truth with treason, we can no longer call ourselves a free society.”
Historian Mark Zepezauer notes that the equipment to slant drill Iraq’s oil illegally was bought from National Security Council chief Brent Scowcroft’s old company. Kuwait was pumping out around $14-billion worth of oil from beneath Iraqi territory. “Even the territory they were drilling from had originally been Iraq’s. Slant-drilling is enough to get you shot in Texas, and it’s certainly enough to start a war in the Mideast,” writes Zepezauer. Iraq invaded Kuwait after it broke off negotiations. Bush and the United Nations ordered the systematic destruction of facilities essential to civilian life and economic productivity throughout Iraq on January 16, 1991, at 6:30 p.m. EST. Bush ordered 110,000 air sorties against Iraq, dropping 88,000 tons of bombs, nearly seven times the equivalent of the atomic bomb that destroyed Hiroshima, according to a report sent to the Commission of Inquiry for the International War Crimes Tribunal. “The intention and effort of the bombing of civilian life and facilities was to systematically destroy Iraq’s infrastructure leaving it in a preindustrial condition. Iraq’s civilian population was dependent on industrial capacities,” Ramsey Clarke and others wrote in 1992. “The U.S. assault left Iraq in a near apocalyptic condition as reported by the first United Nations observers after the war.” The invasion, enforced blockade of Iraq and the international sanctions which decimated the war-ravaged country for over a decade prepared the people of Iraq for the transformation their modern state into a hellhole now wracked by sectarian violence. Over 500,000 people were slaughtered in Bush’s war. Between 1991 and 1998, there were 500,000 deaths among Iraqi children under five years of age due to brutal sanctions imposed by the United States and the United Nations. “If you include adults, the figure is now almost certainly well over a million,” Hans Von Sponeck said. Sponeck was a UN Assistant Secretary-General and UN Humanitarian Coordinator for Iraq.
These are murdereds and criminals "George Bush Senior announces his invasion of Iraq in 1991. The war was not declared by Congress as stipulated by the Constitution. It was an executive action by Bush and the globalists with the participation of the United Nations."
Bush’s son re-invaded Iraq under completely bogus circumstances. George Bush Junior killed or contributed to the death of more than 1.4 million human beings, according to Just Foreign Policy. “Iraq deaths. The number is shocking and sobering. It is at least 10 times greater than most estimates cited in the US media, yet it is based on a scientific study of violent Iraqi deaths caused by the U.S.-led invasion of March 2003,” they write. The Lancet, estimated that over 600,000 Iraqis had been killed as a result of the invasion as of July 2006. Iraqis have continued to be killed since then. The death counter provides a rough daily update of this number based on a rate of increase derived from the Iraq Body Count… The estimate that over a million Iraqis have died received independent confirmation from a prestigious British polling agency in September 2007. Opinion Research Business estimated that 1.2 million Iraqis have been killed violently since the US-led invasion. This devastating human toll demands greater recognition. It eclipses the Rwandan genocide and our leaders are directly responsible. Little wonder they do not publicly cite it.
And yet Bush and his son are considered by the establishment and millions of Americans to be esteemed elder statesmen, not war criminals. It goes to show further how Americans are willing to be duped by the media, government, and those terrorists in office who have turned the United States into a police state. read more ... |
| Bill would require all S.Dakota citizens to buy a gun - Wednesday, February 02, 2011Argus Leader | Five South Dakota lawmakers have introduced legislation that would require any adult 21 or older to buy a firearm “sufficient to provide for their ordinary self-defense.”
Five South Dakota lawmakers have introduced legislation that would require any adult 21 or older to buy a firearm “sufficient to provide for their ordinary self-defense.” The bill, which would take effect Jan. 1, 2012, would give people six months to acquire a firearm after turning 21. The provision does not apply to people who are barred from owning a firearm. Nor does the measure specify what type of firearm. Instead, residents would pick one “suitable to their temperament, physical capacity, and preference.” The measure is known as an act “to provide for an individual mandate to adult citizens to provide for the self defense of themselves and others.” read more ... |
| SPCA tured slaudered Sled Dogs Away? - Wednesday, February 02, 2011 |
| V for Freedom from a Police State - Tuesday, February 01, 2011The police state is on the rise.a control grid is being rolled out on every front.we the people need to come together and resist the new world order,you are the resistance. we will be victorious. read more ... |
| Kissinger the globalist terrorist on Egypt unrest - Tuesday, February 01, 2011Kissinger on Egypt unrest – “This is only the first scene of the first act of a drama that is to be played out” Bilderberg Cult Member and New World Order puppet master Kissinger warns that the uprising is a temporary state of affairs, “only the first Scene of the first act of a drama that is to be played out.” Prisonplanet.com
Feb 1, 2011 Speaking on Bloomberg News, Bilderberg puppet master Kissinger warns that the uprising is a temporary state of affairs, “only the first Scene of the first act of a drama that is to be played out.” read more ... |
| Mubarak’s new deputy linked to CIA rendition program - Tuesday, February 01, 2011The man named by President Hosni Mubarak as his first ever deputy, Egyptian spy chief Omar Suleiman, reportedly orchestrated the brutal interrogation of terror suspects abducted by the CIA in a secret program condemned by rights groups. AFP
Feb 1, 2011 WASHINGTON — The man named by President Hosni Mubarak as his first ever deputy, Egyptian spy chief Omar Suleiman, reportedly orchestrated the brutal interrogation of terror suspects abducted by the CIA in a secret program condemned by rights groups. His role in the controversial “war on terror” illustrates the ties that bind the United States and the Egyptian regime, as an unprecedented wave of protests against Mubarak’s rule presents Washington with a difficult dilemma. With Mubarak in jeopardy, Suleiman was anointed vice president last week and is now offering wide ranging talks with the opposition in a bid to defuse the crisis. Suleiman is a sophisticated operator who carried out sensitive truce negotiations with Israel and the Palestinians as well as talks among rival Palestinian factions, winning the praise of American diplomats. read more ... |
| Obamunism - Monday, January 31, 2011Rodney Pike
Deviant Art
January 30, 2011 
This is an image from Rodney Pike, a talented artist who does photo manipulations, which shows Obama in his true form read more ... |
| Calgarian who ran Thai child brothel gets 25 years - Monday, January 31, 2011Last Updated: Monday, January 31, 2011 | 10:24 AM MTThe Associated Press John Wrenshall, seen in an undated photo, was sentenced to 25 years in prison Monday for running a brothel for pedophiles in Thailand, and producing and distributing pornography involving children as young as four.A former Calgary scout leader who admitted to running a brothel for pedophiles in Thailand has been sentenced in New Jersey to 25 years in prison. The federal judge on Monday said it was unlikely that John Wrenshall — who had also been convicted of sexual assault involving members of a Calgary boys' choir in the 1990s — would overcome his desire to molest children. Wrenshall told the judge he was ashamed and sorry. The 64-year-old said he didn't want to die in prison. Wrenshall pleaded guilty to conspiring to engage in sex tourism, and producing and distributing child pornography involving children as young as four. He was arrested at London's Heathrow Airport in December 2008 and pleaded guilty last May. Wrenshall lived and worked in Calgary 14 years ago. He was convicted in 1997 of sexual assault involving members of a Calgary boys' choir. According to Calgary Herald articles from that time, Wrenshall lured boys over three decades, telling them he was working on a study on pre-teen boys' sexuality. He was sentenced to a year in jail and two years probation. The former Calgary scout leader was convicted of a similar offence in 1970 and given a suspended sentence with two years' probation, according to the Herald. Authorities discovered Wrenshall after confiscating computers from New Jersey resident Wayne Corliss, one of Wrenshall's clients. Corliss is serving a 20-year prison sentence. |
| SOFT KILL VACCINES, forcing children to except big pharma - Monday, January 31, 2011Grade 9s to be vaccinated against meningitisSchool based clinics to begin immunization program Feb. 1Last Updated: Monday, January 31, 2011  Alberta is rolling out the school-based immunization program for meningitis Tuesday.(AP Photo)Grade 9 students across Alberta will be vaccinated against meningitis starting Feb. 1. The Alberta government will begin rolling out the school-based immunization program Tuesday. The $2-million program will provide the meningococcal conjugate vaccine to up to 40,000 students through school clinics. The school-based program is expected to result in high numbers of students completing the immunization, said Andre Corriveau, Alberta’s Chief Medical Officer of Health, in a media release. The vaccine will protect against four different strains of meningococcal disease and will become part of the annual immunization program offered to adolescents in Alberta, he said. The risk of spreading meningococcal disease increases during adolescence through the sharing of food, drinks, lipstick, lip balm, drinking straws, cigarettes and water bottles. The bacterium is spread through the saliva and is present in the nose and throat. “Invasive meningococcal disease is a serious illness that can cause severe complications,” said Corriveau. “Each year we see a number of cases of meningitis and many of these cases lead to hospitalization." "We believe this immunization program will go a long way to protect adolescents who are at highest risk of contracting meningitis.” |
| History Channel’s Bohemian Grove Decoded - Saturday, January 29, 2011Infowars.com | Brad Meltzer and the History Channel take on Alex Jones’ revelations about the elite’s pagan playground.
History Channel take on Alex Jones’
Part 1
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4
read more ... |
| Airport bans toy soldier’s three-inch rifle from plane… because it’s a safety threat - Thursday, January 27, 2011Airport officials ordered a holidaymaker carrying a toy soldier onto a plane to remove its three-inch gun – because it was a safety threat. UK Daily Mail
Jan 27, 2011 Airport officials ordered a holidaymaker carrying a toy soldier onto a plane to remove its three-inch gun – because it was a safety threat. Ken Lloyd was stunned when he was told he could not go on the plane with the nine-inch model soldier because it was carrying a ‘firearm’. The Canadian tourist and his wife had bought the toy, which holds a replica SA80 rifle, during a visit to the Royal Signals Museum at Blandford Camp in Dorset. But when he tried to take the £135 keepsake through Gatwick Airport in his hand luggage it triggered a security alert at the scanners. Officials declared the moulded gun could not go on the plane and Mr Lloyd had to snap off the model weapon and then post it back to his home in Ontario. He said: ‘As the figurine’s SA80 rifle was pulled from the box, the security search officer contacted her supervisor. The moulded SA80 could not pass Go...
 Banned: A couple were not allowed to take this model soldier and its gun on board a plane at Gatwick Airport  Tiny: The resin model rifle had to be sent to Canada by post Officials declared the moulded gun could not go on the plane and Mr Lloyd had to snap off the model weapon and then post it back to his home in Ontario.
This goes to show you how insane Airport retards have become, when they have their fingers up your noses... read more ... |
| SOTU: Puppet for the Global elite Obama, Mocks Airport Pat-Downs as Police State Economy - Wednesday, January 26, 2011Report on the State of the Union and Progress of the Total Takeover of America by Homeland Security Occupation Report on the State of the Union and Progress of the Total Takeover of America by Homeland Security Occupation Aaron Dykes
Infowars Commentary
January 26, 2011 In between a storm of “pretend” rhetoric about creating jobs, rebuilding America’s infrastructure, cutting domestic spending, balancing the budget, ending the wars and other blatant lies, President Obama made a joke about TSA pat-downs at the expense of airport travelers everywhere during his State of the Union address. He suggested that high-speed trains wouldn’t include them.
In the first sense of this joke, it is not clear if they will really build these trains, but there are already plans laid by Homeland Security to deploy TSA screening, VIPR detection squads and mobile x-ray scanners at bus and train stations, highway checkpoints, sports stadiums and shopping malls– all in spite of public outcry over invasive “pat-downs” and excessive security checks. New waves of scanning technology could become so ubiquitous that debates and protests over pat-downs or opt-outs may well become a thing of the past. But of course, in the public eye, the right hand doesn’t know what the left hand is doing. The other part of the joke revolves around the background humor of the context of his comments. Like the fact that more jobs than you think will be created through TSA hiring and other security contracting, since manufacturing and other labor has been offshored under globalization while de-industrialization-by-design at home further destroys our economic foundation. Increasingly corporatized public education will sell our children out, not lift them up. Public approval is not solicited for ever-expanding DHS programs. The joke is, the President himself holds no real power. That’s an illusion disguising the self-appointed elite managers steering the planned economy. Global accords, like those handed down through the UN’s Agenda 21 program, will in part use high-speed trains and other lures (promoted using terms like “Smart Growth”) to cripple independent travel, and with it the last vestiges of independent economy and sovereignty. Those types of decisions are never democratic, scarcely noticed by the public, rarely challenged and seldom stopped. The total cost of Homeland Security’s mandate for airport security- the human and monetary costs- is astounding. Industry representatives believe that an estimated 41 million potential flyers avoided travel, not spending more than $9 billion in travel revenues due to TSA security measures and other airport inconveniences. Homeland Security has unleashed a Police State upon the people to contain them, not to protect them. That is the state of our union. Hence, Obama nods his head to our societal fixation with “security” as we witness the American Empire crumbling in real time. Our true strongholds– guaranteed Constitutional and God-given natural rights– are sacrificed on the alter of hope, progress, prosperity, collectivism, safety, unity, economies of scale, etc. Meanwhile, common law customs dating millennia like the freedom of travel are eroding rapidly. Meanwhile, Obama promises to train students for jobs that won’t be there; meanwhile, our youth are taught to follow orders and spy on their neighbors, not to ask questions. Meanwhile, empty talk about cutting costs to meet the budget ignore the demise of the dollar and the disastrous monetary policy created by the privately-owned Federal Reserve bank. Meanwhile, science programs have been cut to pay climate change regulators, fight at the State level to implement policies by fiat, or hire green jobs propagandists, etc, etc.; applied research is focused on control of human populations, not exploration. NASA programs are closing or facing cuts. Meanwhile, owners of the corporate conglomerate-aggregate like Jeff Immelt, CEO at General Electric, like William M. Daley, executive at JPMorgan Chase and brother of Chicago Mayor Richard Daley, move openly to the White House to combine and meld with, not circumvent, government power. Meanwhile, how will foreclosure-gate, robo-signers, jacked-up credit rates or the weight of unfunded-pension promises ever allow the average family to regain financial stability? Meanwhile, our economic vulnerability to China is managed as an invitation to fall into receivership willingly, and at once, as though for the warmth of the bond, rather than to exacerbate the need to escape from economic bondage. Meanwhile, the derivatives net-sum is a black hole of supposed obligations that can never be repaid. From this our future does not hold promise; this is not our Sputnik moment. Meanwhile, bi-partisan Democrats and Republicans pretend to work together towards a brighter future while their sunken eyes and cold, clapping hands give away the truth: they sold us out a long time ago. Meanwhile, a President nagged by approval ratings, outstanding eligibility questions and ‘vitriolic’ opposition exuded no confidence, no hope, no recovery, no change. It seems the in-crowd mostly liked the joke, though, if not Obama’s dull, heavily-scripted, and very cliché speech itself. But with a travel revolt still fresh from last Fall and new resistance to the TSA developing from lawsuits [see: Ventura, Barr, exposed breasts case, videocamera case], the establishment should be careful what it wishes for. Meanwhile, we had better join the resistance campaign against the DHS takeover of America, in whatever spirit and fashion, take our focus away from the false debates in Washington and restore the Constitution and Bill of Rights. Otherwise, the state at which we presently find our union is a sorry one indeed, headed down a path already known to history, leading towards despotism and certain economic enslavement, falling despite all the unique warnings of the Republic’s founders and forebears. A democracy cannot exist as a permanent form of government. It can only exist until the voters discover that they can vote themselves largesse from the public treasury. From that moment on, the majority always votes for the candidates promising the most benefits from the public treasury with the result that a democracy always collapses over loose fiscal policy, always followed by a dictatorship. The average age of the world’s greatest civilizations has been 200 years.Great nations rise and fall. The people go from bondage to spiritual truth, to great courage, from courage to liberty, from liberty to abundance, from abundance to selfishness, from selfishness to complacency, from complacency to apathy, from apathy to dependence, from dependence back again to bondage. [1]
read more ... |
| Obama, Makes Fun of TSA Sexual Molestation During State of the Union - Wednesday, January 26, 2011Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
January 26, 2011 During his State of the Union Address, while stating the government needs to steal more money from citizens to build a high-speed rail system, Obama mentioned TSA grope-downs. “For some trips,” Obama recited from his teleprompter screen, “it will be faster than flying… without the pat down.”
Joe Biden and Nancy Pelosi thought this comment was funny. For most traveling Americans, however, the humiliation of TSA goons grabbing their junk is anything but funny – it is akin to sexual molestation. Obama and the political class, of course, are not required to surrender their dignity to the TSA and that is why they make jokes about what the rest of us must endure if we want to travel by air. “Only Congressional leaders or members of Congress with armed security details are allowed to go around security. The same privilege is afforded to governors and cabinet members if they are escorted by agents or law enforcement officers,” the New York Times reported in November. Michael Steel, a spokesman for incoming Speaker of the House John Boehner, said security procedures for members of Congress are determined by Capitol Hill Police and the TSA. Also in November, Secretary of State Clinton told Bob Schieffer of CBS intrusive procedures will continue. She said terrorists are becoming more creative and cited as an example the so-called underwear bomber, the mental deficient patsy Umar Farouk Abdulmutallab who is linked to intelligence agencies and supposed al-Qaeda mastermind and Pentagon dinner guest Anwar al-Awlaki. For Obama and Congress, the fact that airports are now police state zones where citizens are stripped of their constitutional rights and are subjected to sexual humiliation is a joke. Joe Biden can laugh it up because he will never face the prospect of a TSA goon grabbing his private parts. Nancy Pelosi will never have her breasts exposed at the departure gate by the TSA like a woman from Texas did in 2008. It is another example of the contempt our rulers have for us. That Obama would make a joke out of the sexual molestation of children and senior citizens in wheelchairs is evidence enough that the establishment political class is not concerned about our welfare. It is also additional evidence the government will continue to use the pretext of manufactured terrorism to deprive us of all our rights. Finally, Obama’s claim that trains will be free of TSA goons in blue latex gloves appears to be at odds with reality. In July of 2010, John Pistole, former FBI deputy director and current TSA administrator, said his agency plans to expand into rail in the future. Members of Congress, including House Homeland Security Committee Chairman Bennie Thompson, a Mississippi Democrat, have pressed the TSA to put more money into mass-transit security. Sources: Incoming Speaker Takes Commercial Flight, but Skips the Pat-Down, Jeff Zeleny, The New York Times, November 19, 2010. Hillary Clinton Says She’d Avoid TSA Pat-Down if at All Possible, Scott Baker, The Blaze, November 21, 2010. One year later: Who was the sharp-dressed man who helped Abdulmutallab board?, Aaron Dykes, Infowars.com, December 25, 2010. 9/11 Mastermind Invited to Pentagon, Paul Joseph Watson, Infowars.com, October 21, 2010. TSA Pays Off In Breast Exposure Suit, The Smoking Gun, January 11, 2011. TSA chief John Pistole to put priority on rail, subways, Thomas Frank, USA Today, July 17, 2010. read more ... |
| ACLU Rebukes Obama For Pat Down Joke - Wednesday, January 26, 2011 President Obama pulled a fast one on the nation last night when he implied that only people traveling through airports were subject to invasive pat downs, when in fact TSA-style security procedures are already being rolled out in bus terminals, railway stations, as well as streets and highways.
President mockingly claimed Americans could avoid pat downs by switching to rail travel Paul Joseph Watson
Prison Planet.com
Wednesday, January 26, 2011 President Obama pulled a fast one on the nation last night when he implied that only people traveling through airports were subject to invasive pat downs, when in fact TSA-style security procedures are already being rolled out in bus terminals, railway stations, as well as streets and highways. Not only did Obama flagrantly lie during his State of the Union speech, but he also made a mockery of constitutional violations that have prompted a flurry of lawsuits as well as Freedom of Information Act requests. Speaking on the subject of upgrading rail services for speedier travel times, Obama stated, “This could allow you to go places in half the time it takes to travel by car, for some trips it’ll be faster than flying – without the pat down.” Barely minutes had passed before the ACLU fired off a tweet that stated, “President Obama makes funny about TSA pat-downs, but the violations of the Constitution are NO JOKE!” The tweet contained a link to an ACLU report concerning how the organization had received over a thousand complaints from travelers about being groped and also having to pass through naked body scanners. Obama’s inference that only people traveling through airports are being subjected to invasive TSA pat downs and other intensive security measures is simply not true. As we have documented, TSA-style “stop, question and frisk” pat downs are already being conducted by police on the streets targeting people who act suspicious, by doing things like putting their hands in their coat pocket. Mobile x-ray scanners using similar technology to that deployed in airports are also roaming the streets and highways of America, peering through walls and subjecting Americans to mandatory scans at vehicle checkpoints. Police departments, TSA and Homeland Security agents are also subjecting Americans to random pat downs at bus depots. It was also announced back in 2005 that VIPR teams would be patrolling Amtrak’s Northeast Corridor and Los Angeles rail lines; ferries in Washington state; bus stations in Houston; and mass transit systems in Atlanta, Philadelphia, Washington and Baltimore, “expanding their work beyond airplanes, launching counterterror surveillance at train stations and other mass transit facilities.” read more ... |
| Global Elite Cite China As Model For Economic New World Order - Wednesday, January 26, 2011Power in the global economy is shifting from the advanced world to Asia as recovery takes hold, Davos analysts said Wednesday, as political and business elites began their annual meeting. AFP
Jan 26, 2011 Power in the global economy is shifting from the advanced world to Asia as recovery takes hold, Davos analysts said Wednesday, as political and business elites began their annual meeting. “What is really happening is a slowdown of the western world and the growth of the emerging markets. This is a complete shift in the balance of power,” Azim Premji, chairman of Indian software major Wipro, told the opening panel. “In 10 years, the economy of the emerging world will be … equal or slightly larger than the US economy,” added the billionaire at the World Economic Forum. China’s highest ranking official at the International Monetary Fund, Zhu Min, said that global recovery was still being driven predominantly by Asian giants India and China read more ... |
| Harper set to introduce citizen's arrest bill - Saturday, January 22, 2011Last Updated: Saturday, January 22, 2011 The Canadian Press Toronto shopkeeper David Chen (right) met with Prime Minister Stephen Harper on Friday to discuss a potential new citizen's arrest bill. (Frank Gunn/Canadian Press)The Conservative government will table legislation soon after Parliament resumes in nine days to make citizen's arrests easier, the prime minister's office confirmed Saturday. Despite the controversy that sometimes accompanies their law-and-order agenda, the Tories are hopeful that they can count on Liberal and NDP support since each party has already tabled private member's bills on the issue. "I expect that the government will be introducing legislation as quickly as possible once the new session starts, in the next couple of weeks," Prime Minister Stephen Harper's spokesman Dimitri Soudas told The Canadian Press. "We also hope that the opposition parties will support the government legislation." Harper delivered that same message to two Toronto businessmen in a private meeting Friday, saying that the new bill would be introduced in Parliament in three to four weeks. The House of Commons resumes Jan. 31. Harper met with shopkeeper David Chen and investment banker Ricky Chan in Toronto on Friday. Chen made national headlines last fall when he was acquitted of assault and forcible confinement after catching and tying up a shoplifter in Toronto. Catching a thief in the act is a requirement of the law when making such a citizen's arrest. Chen captured the shoplifter one hour after he stole plants from his store. However, a judge called the one-hour issue a "red herring," saying the thief had gone back for more loot. The huge public outcry over Chen's case — especially in vote-rich Toronto — caught the attention of the government and opposition parties. Soudas stressed that the government was not playing politics with the issue. He said Harper tracked the case closely but could say nothing publicly until it wound its way through the courts. "The prime minister was following this very closely from the get-go," said Soudas. "On issues such as this one, politics should always be left aside." In separate interviews Saturday, Chen and Chan said their private meeting with Harper the previous evening left them feeling upbeat. "People steal lots of things and we can't do anything," Chen said. "We hope the law, [they] can change it so we can have more power to protect the store owners … I know how much money we lose there." Chan, who attended the meeting to help with translation, added that Harper seemed genuinely interested in Chen's plight. "In about three to four weeks, there will be a law tabled at parliament," said Chan. Toronto MPs introduced similar billsLast year, New Democrat MP Olivia Chow — Chen's MP — introduced a private bill to change the law to allow more time for such an arrest. Liberal MP Joe Volpe tabled a similar bill, using different language. "The Conservative government, hopefully this time around with the expressed support of the Liberals and the NDP, hopefully this thing will go forward," said Chan, who formed a victims' rights action committee a year and a half ago to aid Chen after his arrest. "If you've got the governing party presenting a bill, you've got a better chance of getting it done." In November, Harper instructed the Justice Department to look at changing the Criminal Code to ensure that there is no repeat of what happened to Chen. Chan said Friday's meeting was called on short notice, while Harper was in the Toronto area. Chen, Chan and Harper spoke for about 10 minutes around the 6 p.m. supper hour, said Chan. Though the meeting was private, and the media was not advised that it was taking place, Chan said, "we were told it was OK to discuss the meeting … by the prime ministers' office." Justice Minister Rob Nicholson's office would not discuss the prospect of new legislation being tabled when the House of Commons resumes, deferring all questions to Harper's office |
| New World Order "Bilderberg Cult Member" ditches Jews and the Holocaust - Thursday, January 20, 2011
Kissinger welcomed at White House despite Holocaust remarks Kissinger’s remarks on the tape, in a White House conversation with President Nixon, appear to dismiss both the Holocaust and Jewish emigration from the Soviet Union.
“The emigration of Jews from the Soviet Union is not an objective of American foreign policy,” Kissinger says on the tape. “And if they put Jews into gas chambers in the Soviet Union, it is not an American concern. Maybe a humanitarian concern.”
Henry Kissinger took a lot of heat for disturbing remarks he made on a 37-year-old tape recently released by the Nixon presidential library. The controversy apparently failed to disturb the White House, however, as Kissinger was invited to rub shoulders with a bevy of celebrities and political heavies at a state dinner for Chinese President Hu Jintao on Wednesday. Kissinger’s remarks on the tape, in a White House conversation with President Nixon, appear to dismiss both the Holocaust and Jewish emigration from the Soviet Union. Henry Kissinger took a lot of heat for disturbing remarks he made on a 37-year-old tape recently released by the Nixon presidential library. The controversy apparently failed to disturb the White House, however, as Kissinger was invited to rub shoulders with a bevy of celebrities and political heavies at a state dinner for Chinese President Hu Jintao on Wednesday. Kissinger’s remarks on the tape, in a White House conversation with President Nixon, appear to dismiss both the Holocaust and Jewish emigration from the Soviet Union. read more ... |
| Charges Dropped, God Bless Freedom - Thursday, January 20, 2011People have the god given right not to be forced, intimidated, or be subject to a police state mentally by governments of any kind, in being forced under the threat of jail or be fined, for not filling out any forms for any governments that wants private information on people. The biggest problem in this country with Canadians they all believe they need to be controlled and told what to do by governments. I don’t care what you people want to believe, my rights and freedoms are not for sale at any cost, even if the sheep in this country feel the need or duty to fill out any Census forms. I will not, or ever fill them out..and I stand by my convictions to do such as a freeman living in Canada who pays his taxes... No penalty for woman who refused censusLast Updated: Thursday, January 20, 2011 | CBC News Sandra Finley was found guilty of violating the Statistics Act that required her to fill out the 2006 census. (CBC)The Saskatoon woman found guilty after refusing to fill out a long-form census has received an absolute discharge. Sandra Finley was found guilty last week in provincial court of violating the Statistics Act and had been facing a maximum fine of $500 and a jail sentence of three months. Instead, Judge Sheila Whelan granted a discharge, which means there will be no penalty. Finley said she was pleased with the decision. "I was hopeful," she said. "I did not know what to expect because I totally did not expect a guilty verdict in the first place. So this is welcome." Finley, a community activist, refused to fill out the longer version of the 2006 federal census over concerns that Statistics Canada was using the services of U.S. defence manufacturer Lockheed Martin. She also said the questions in the long-form census were overly intrusive. When Finley was charged several years ago, there were short and long versions of the census. Last year, the federal government announced it will do away with a mandatory long-form census. |
| Vancouver TV reporter has been charged with sexual offences - Wednesday, January 19, 2011B.C. reporter faces sex chargesLast Updated: Tuesday, January 18, 2011 | 9:18 PM PTCBC News Veteran Vancouver TV news reporter Ron Bencze leaves RCMP headquarters Tuesday night after being charged with sex offences involving a minor.(CBC)A Vancouver TV reporter has been charged with sexual offences involving a minor, police say. Ron Bencze, who is employed by Global BC, has been charged with one count of sexual assault and two counts each of sexual interference of a person under 16 and invitation to sexual touching under 16, RCMP said Tuesday.
The offences allegedly occurred over a number of years, from 2001 to 2011, RCMP said. Global BC news director Ian Haysom said the station is very concerned about the allegations, but will not say anything until it learns more. Bencze, 44, is married with three children. He was released from custody on a number of conditions after a provincial court appearance Tuesday. He must abstain from any contact with his alleged victim and any other young people.
Bencze is facing five charges of sexual assault, including two counts of sexual interference with a person under 16 and two of invitation to sexual touching involving a person under 16.
Cpl. Drew Grainger said the married father-of-three was arrested after a brief probe by RCMP.
"The investigation just came to our attention in the last couple of days," he told reporters from the Surrey RCMP detachment, adding that all of the charges are linked to one victim.
The teen victim's identity is protected under a publication ban. The Kamloops native began his television career producing and hosting a show that billed itself as "the only game show for kids hosted by a kid."
According to an online biography, Bencze moved to Vancouver in 1985 and completed broadcasting degrees at Kwantlen College and the BC Institute of Technology. He later finished a communications degree at Simon Fraser University. Bencze worked in local radio for many years, moving from Langley's CJUP to Standard Broadcast News. He was an original staff member at News1130 in 1996, eventually becoming the station's crime specialist.
He joined Global BC in August 2004 and has since won accolades for his work on the Robert Pickton serial killer trial and a 2005 series on crystal meth.
In an email, Global BC news director Ian Haysom said the station is "very concerned" about the allegations, but he will not say anything until the organization learns more.
In a message posted to Twitter, Global BC co-worker and news anchor Chris Galius called the charges "shocking news to us." Galius said the station only learned about the charges late Tuesday afternoon. Bencze is scheduled to return to court on Feb. 7. With files from The Canadian Press |
| Top ten scams of 2011 - Saturday, January 15, 2011WARNING TO THE PUBIC.... The Better Business Bureau's Top Ten Scams for 2011 still include tried and true door-to-door tactics. But there's a new wave of schemes that use technology to cheat people out of their money. The BBB says that online scammers prey on the public's growing eagerness to embrace new technologies such as social media and online commerce. "Many people view their online personas as separate from their real-life ones, and don't take the same precautions to protect their identities, their computers or their money" said Lynda Pasacreta, president of the BBB of Mainland B.C. The BBB is encouraging people to research businesses before handing over their money and examine offers very closely, especially if they seem too good to be true. The BBB's list of Top Ten Scams for 2011 Social network scams With social network sites like Facebook and Twitter becoming more popular, users are often targeted with schemes that look like advertisements and personal messages. Fraudulent work-at-home job offers, deceptive "free trials" and computer viruses are sent through tweets or Facebook posts. Phishing, vishing and smishing Phishing scams send emails that look legitimate, often claiming that account information needs to be updated. People will be directed to a website where they are prompted to enter personal information online. Vishing attacks come via telephone, usually through a recorded message that tells users to call a toll-free number where they will be asked to enter credit card information. Smishing scams send text messages to mobile phones that ask users to register for or download a service that ends up being a virus. Relative scam This phone scam targets grandparents who think they are aiding their grandchildren by sending money for an emergency situation. The con artists will often say "it's me, your favourite grandchild" or "Grandma, do you know who this is?" Other scammers search Facebook profiles to find out when grandchildren are out of town before claiming to have been in a car accident or arrested while on vacation. Not-so-free trial offers Online ads may tempt you to try out a diet product, acne cream or teeth whitener and claim to offer free trials. Many websites do not discloses the billing terms and conditions of the trial. The BBB advises to always review websites thoroughly before handing over any of your debit or credit card information. Job scams In tough economic times, scammers target the unemployed through work-at-home, online and mystery shopper job scams. Online job-seekers are told they must purchase a start-up training kit that never arrives. Mystery shoppers are sent a fake cheque, told to deposit it, allowed to keep a small percentage of the money as their wage and then wire the rest back to the con artists. Investment scams This scam convinces people to become part owners or investors in a business opportunity. The promoter convinces people to invest their money in a deal that appears lucrative, and then recruit their friends to as well, for a hefty commission. These schemes are likely pyramid schemes for completely fake companies. Overpayment scams Online buyers and sellers on Craigslist and Kijiji are potential targets for overpayment scams. A person selling merchandise is contacted by someone claiming to be interested in buying the product. The fake buyer arranges payment by cheque and offers to overpay for the product, requesting that the extra money be sent back to them. The cheque turns out to be fake and the seller loses money and the product. Advance fee loans Ads that guarantee loans online convince people to complete credit applications for loans of up to $100,000. They claim that the money will be sent once a fee is paid. After payment, the loan is never received as promised. Business directory scams Small business owners are often targets of scammers sending unauthorized invoices for unordered packages and phony business directories. The BBB says businesses should watch out for suspicious looking bills and research the company before paying. Door-to-door scam Door-to-door scammers offer unbelievable deals on home and property contracting. The fraudulent workers use high pressure sales tactics to frighten people into expensive yet substandard -- and often unnecessary -- work. After completing the shoddy work, the contractors leave no way to contact them when the product fails. |
| FBI Delivers Anti-terror Flyers to Farm Supply Stores - Wednesday, December 29, 2010How Governments want everyone to be living in fear...They lie, and commit acts of terrorism on you at every turn for you the people to give up all your rights and freedoms. The Terrorist won the war on you, and they are at your front door waiting for you....The Government Terrorism Program".
Kurt Nimmo | Reader was recently visited by the FBI’s Joint Terrorism Task Force.
An Infowars.com reader was recently visited by the FBI’s Joint Terrorism Task Force and asked if he wanted to prevent another Oklahoma City bombing. “I work for a large farm store retailer with stores in Colorado, Texas and New Mexico yesterday I had a visit from the FBI joint terrorism task force requesting that we train our staff to help prevent terrorism,” the man writes.
According to the official version of events, the bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah federal office building in downtown Oklahoma City on April 19, 1995, was accomplished with a fertilizer bomb. Explosive experts have argued that a fertilizer bomb would be incapable of taking down the building. When the FBI agent was asked if it is mandatory to teach employees in the prevention of ill-defined terrorism, the agent said, “Not at the moment.” He left behind a flyer (see below) listing “indicators” of terrorist activities related to farm supply stores. He also gave the store employee his FBI business card. Similar flyers have been tailored for hobby shops, tattoo parlors, gun stores, and storage units. The FBI wants “kids to turn their parents in, they’re wanting parents to turn his kids in,” Jim Snow, owner of Rebel Arms and Sporting Goods in Nob Hill, Arkansas, told 4029.com, a local news station following the FBI visit in January. The flyer customized for farm supply stores requires employees to ask customers for ID, grill customers on how they plan to use products (specifically fertilizer), observe customers for behavior that is “out of place,” and to take notes of “suspicious statements, people, and/or vehicles.” 
“Preventing terrorism is a community effort,” the flyer states. “By learning what to look for, you can make a positive contribution in the fight against terrorism.” The flyer does not define what terrorism is or who might be a terrorist. In October, Infowars.com reported on an effort by the FBI have have tattoo employees inform on customers. “In Philadelphia, the FBI has instructed tattoo shops to rat out their customers if they demand privacy, insist on paying with cash, engage in ‘suspicious behavior,’ make ‘anti-US’ comments, or request tattoos that are ‘extremist symbols,’” we wrote. According to the MIAC report, the Gadsden flag is a “militia symbol.” The Department of Homeland Security’s Rightwing Extremism: Current Economic and Political Climate Fueling Resurgence in Radicalization and Recruitment report characterizes militias as “white supremacists,” domestic terrorists, and a threat to the president. MIAC was part of the federal “fusion” effort underway around the country. On December 24, we reported on Tennessee antiterrorism officials adding the ACLU to an internet map identifying “terrorism events and other suspicious activity” after the group warned schools to ensure holiday celebrations “are inclusive.” The previous day, we reported on a fusion center in Florida that snooped on Ron Paul supporters and a Campaign for Liberty event held at the Rosen Center Hotel in Orlando, Florida, in August. Last week the Washington Post reported on efforts by the government to assemble “a vast domestic intelligence apparatus to collect information about Americans, using the FBI, local police, state homeland security offices and military criminal investigators.” Earlier this month, the Department of Homeland Security announced its “See Something, Say Something” campaign. The campaign was kicked off at Walmart. The program blurs distinction between terrorism and crime. “Is a simple and effective [way] to engage the public and key frontline employees to identify and report indicators of terrorism, crime, and other threats to the proper transportation and law enforcement authorities,” the DHS said.
“The DHS reports that approximately 230 Walmart branches have launched the campaign and nearly 600 will do so in the near future,” reports Security Managemnt. “At the locations already participating, a short video message from Napolitano is presented at some store checkout stations. Napolitano’s message reminds customers to watch for and promptly report to law enforcement any suspicious activity in the stores or parking lots.
DHS promises to expand this Stasi-like program. “In coming months, the department will continue to expand the… campaign nationally with public education materials and outreach tools designed to help America’s businesses, communities, and citizens remain vigilant and play an active role in keeping the country safe.” So-called “public education materials” are now appearing in farm supply and gun stores encouraging employees to act upon vaguely defined “suspicious” behavior and turn people in to the FBI and local police. read more ... |
| WTF? CIA Sets Up Wikileaks Task Force - Wednesday, December 22, 2010Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
December 22, 2010
You can’t make this stuff up. The CIA has established a Wikileaks Task Force and it’s acronym is WTF, same as the ubiquitous internet slang term. According to the Washington Post, the task force was officially created to examine the impact of 250,000 Wikileaks released diplomatic files. “Officially, the panel is called the WikiLeaks Task Force. But at CIA headquarters, it’s mainly known by its all-too-apt acronym: W.T.F.,” writes Greg Miller for the Post. “The irreverence is perhaps understandable for an agency that has been relatively unscathed by WikiLeaks.” Many have asked if Wikileaks is a CIA front. In 2007, John Young, now publisher of Cryptome, claimed the organization was a CIA front. In July, investigative journalist Wayne Madsen said his sources believe Wikileaks “is linked to U.S. cyber-warfare and computer espionage operations, as well as to Mossad’s own cyber-warfare activities.” Young stopped having anything to do with Wikileaks after the organization admitted taking money from the Open Society Institute, a George Soros operation. The CIA has created a large number of front organizations. Here is a list of known and suspected CIA fronts. “Throughout its entire history, the CIA has set up an elaborate shell game of ‘proprietaries’ (front companies), money-laundering operations and off-the-books projects so complex that no outsider — and few insiders — could ever keep track of them. BCCI was neither the first nor the last of these,” writes Mark Zepezauer. At the Campaign for Liberty Regional Conference in Atlanta earlier this year, Rep. Ron Paul said the CIA “runs everything.” Is it crazy to think it might also run Wikileaks? It is only natural to ask such questions. Ron Paul’s comments on the CIA and Alex Jones’ response:
read more ... |
| Obama: sanctimonious pied piper of surrender - Monday, December 13, 2010 In his now-infamous press conference defending his call to extend criminal Bush tax breaks for billionaires and corporations (and raise taxes on the poor), President Barack Obama angrily jabbed his finger at his critics, lambasting them as “sanctimonious.” |
| Ruby Ann Ruffolo made mockery of system - Monday, December 13, 2010Comment: Ruby Ann Ruffolo made mockery of systemManipulation led to years of delays and other criminals will try it, tooBy Lois Ruffolo, Times ColonistDecember 12, 2010 My son was murdered on Oct. 19, 2003. He wanted a divorce, but his wife wasn't willing to share the marital assets. We were devastated -- it's an indescribable pain. What followed were seven years of hurtful rumours that compounded that pain. Finally, I can publicly say John Ruffolo wasn't, and never was, a heroin user or dealer. He was not a slumlord and never ran escort services. He was a loving, hard-working man -- a son that any parent would be proud of. These allegations were put forth by one person -- his murderer -- in an attempt to divert guilt elsewhere. Parents can only imagine how difficult it was to endure such Louise Dickson's story in the Times Colonist on Nov. 21 was a long-awaited relief -- the truth was out. Here's a snapshot of my son's marriage. After his death, we learned his wife and killer, Ruby Ann Ruffolo, was eight years older than John had believed; she had four children he never knew about; her eight-year "terminal cancer" simply never was; and the "nephew" living with them turned out to be her son. John knew she was trying to have him killed and was living in fear. He was controlled and lived under the constant threat of losing his child. Had he reported the threats on his life, he might be alive today. I hope men learn from this and won't be reluctant to report abuse -- emotional or physical. It's real and only escalates. Our system allowed his murderer to walk freely among society (on bail) for seven years. Family members shouldn't have to pass their loved one's killer on the street on a daily basis. Our system is so hung up on the rights of the accused that the court's hands seem tied at every turn. When a criminal knows the law -- she has a law degree -- the system is easily played. Since October 2003, she has made a mockery of the system. Month after month, year after year, we left the courtroom in disbelief and friends left in shock and disgust. If they hadn't seen it with their own eyes, they never would have believed it. Unfortunately for me, I had to see it, and I want the taxpayers to be told what this charade has cost them. In the U.S., she'd have been dealt with years ago and would likely be looking at far more than 25 years. The system should focus on justice for victims, not on coddling the criminals. Many times, I felt my son was forgotten in all this and that his murder simply provided a stage for an accused and defence lawyer to play games. I wouldn't wish my horror on anyone, but I do wonder if the family of a victim with an "important" last name would have endured such performances and waited seven years for justice and closure In contrast, I'm so grateful to every member of the Saanich Police Department, the West Shore RCMP and prosecution team involved in this case, in particular Sgt. Glen Mackenzie of Saanich and Crown prosecutor Scott van Alstine -- both are credits to their professions. So many people worked tirelessly to bring justice for John, with genuine compassion and professionalism. The witnesses who came forward, the amazing members of the jury and the "angels" who miraculously found my son -- I will never forget you. I was so fortunate to have the support of many dear friends and loving family. I would not have made it without them. I think of my beautiful son every single day -- a fun-loving, caring, good person, liked by all who met him and deeply loved and missed by his family. This is yet another case that needs to be examined for its inexcusable delays and manipulation of the system. I've been told that there's never been another situation like it, but this farce will soon be repeated. Criminals who observed this process will be anxious to try it, as the tactics delayed the inevitable for seven years. The public has a right to see where their tax dollars are going; television cameras should be placed in our courtrooms. No one would have been impressed with what they saw here. This "show" was simply embarrassing to watch. Lois Ruffolo is the mother of John Ruffolo. |
| Who are the real Terrorists! - Thursday, December 09, 2010Just who are the real terrorists anyhow, well folks it looks like the US Government is as is the Pentagon criminals staging terrorist attacks...Here Alex phone the Terrorist watch command to report the government terrorists. read more ... |
|